Wellplan Training 2

TM
WELLPLAN Software
Release 5000.1
Training Manual
20 12 Halliburton
HALLIBURTON
Landm rk Softw re
& S rvic a
!
http://www.egpet.net

2012 Halliburton
All Rights Reser ved
This publication has been provided pursuant to an agreement containing restrictions on its use. The publication is also protected by
Federal copyright law. No part of this publication may be copied or dislributed. transmi tted. transcribed. stored in a retrieval system.
or translated into any human or computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic, magnetic, manual, or otherwise, or
disclosed to third parties without the express written pem1ission of:
Halliburton I Landmark Software & Services

2107 City West Blvd, Building 2. Houston. Texas 77042-3051. USA
P.O. Box 42806, Houston, Texas 77242, USA
Phone:713-839-2000
FAX: 713-839-2015
Intemet: www.halliburton.com/landmark
Trademark Notice
:m Drill View. 3D Drill View KM. 3D Surveillance. 3DFS. 3DView. Active Field Surveillance. Active Reservoir Surveillance. Adaptive Mesh
Refin ing. ADC. Advanced Data Transfer, Analysis Model Layering. ARIES. ARIES DecisionSu ite, Asset Data Mining. Asset Decision Solutions, Asset
Developme111 Center. Asse t Deve lopment Centre. Asset Journal. Asset Performance. AssetConnect. AssetConnect Enterprise. AssetConnect Enterprise
Express. AssetConnect Expert. AssetDirecwr. AssetJournal. AssetLink. AssetLink Advisor. AssetLink Director. AssetLink Observe r. AssetObserver.
..\ssctObserver Advisor. AssetOptimize r. AssetPlanner. AssetPredictor, AssetSolver, AssetSolver Online. AssetView. Asset View 2D, Asse t View 3D.
BLITZPAK. CanoSnap. Casi ngLife. CasingSeat, CDS Connect, Channel Trim. COMPASS. Contract Generation. Corporate Data Archiver. Corporate
Data Store. Data Analyzer, DataManager, DataStar. DB Plot. Decision Management System, DecisionSpace, DecisionSpace 3D Drill View.
DccisionSpace 3D Drill View KM. DecisionSpace AssetLink. DecisionSpace Asse tPlanner. DccisionSpace AssetSolver. DecisionSpacc Atomic
Meshing, DecisionSpace Desktop. DecisionSpace Nexus. DecisionSpace Reservoir. DecisionSu ite. Deeper Knowledge. Broader Understanding., Depth
Team , Depth Team Explorer, Depth Team Express, Depth Team Ex treme. Depth Team Interpreter. DepthTeam. DepthTeam Explorer. DepthTeam
Express. DepthTeam Extreme. DepthTeam Interpreter. Desktop Navigator. DESKTOP-PVT, DESKTOP-VIP, DEX. DIMS. Discovery. Discovery 3D.
Discovery Asset. Discovery Framebuilder. Discovery PowerStation , DMS. Drillahi lity Suite. Drilling Desktop. Drill Model, Drill-to-the-Earth-Model,
Dri ll works, Drill works Co nnect ML. Drill works Predic t, DSS. Dynamic Reservoir Management. Dynamic Surveillance System, EarthCubc. EDM.
EDM AutoSync, EDT, eLand mark, Engineer's Data Model. Engi neer's Desktop. Engineer's Link . ESP. Event Sim ilarity Prediction. ezFau lt. ezModel.
ezSurface. ezTracker, ezTracker2D. FastTrack. Field Scenario Planner. Fie ld Plan, For Production, Frame Builder, Frameworks to Fill. FZAP!. GeoAtlas.
GeoDataLoad. GeoGraph ix, GeoGraphix Exploration System. GeoLin k. Geometric Kernel. GeoProbc . GeoProbc GF DataServer, GeoSmith, GES.
GES97. GESXplorer. GMAplus, GM I lmager, Grid3D. GRIDGENR. H. Clean_ Handheld Field Operator, HHFO, Hi gh Science S implified. Horizon
Generation. 12 Enterprise. iD IMS. lnfrastnicture. lso Core. lsoMap. iWellFile. KnowledgcSource. Landmark (as a service), Landmark (as software),
Landmark Decision Center. Landmark Logo and Design. Landscape. Large Model. Lattix. LeaseMap. LithoTect, LogEclit. LogM. Log Prep. Make G reat
Decisions. MathPack. MOS Connect. MicroTopology, MIMIC. MIMIC+, Model Builder. NETool, Nexus (as a service). Nexus (as software). Nexus
View. Object MP. OpenB ooks, OpenJournal, OpenSGM, Open Vision, OpenWells, OpenWire. Open Wire Clien t. Open Wire Server. OpcnWorks.
Open Works Development Kit. Open Works Production, Open Works Wel l File, PAL, Pa rallel-VIP. Parametric Modeling. Permedia. PetroBank.
PetroBank Explorer, PetroBank Master Data Store. PctroStor. PetroWorks. Petro Works Asset. Petro Works Pro. PctroWorks ULTRA. PlotVicw. Point
Gridding Plus. Pointi ng D ispatche r. PostStack. PostStack ESP, PostStack Family. Power Interpretation. PowerCalculator. PowerExplorcr.
PowerExplorer Connect. PowerGrid. PowerHub. PowerModel. PowerView. PrecisionTarget. Presgraf, PressWorks. PRIZM. Production. Product ion
Asset Manager, PROFILE, Pmject Admi nistrator. ProMAG IC, ProMAGIC Connect, ProMAGIC Server. ProMA X. ProMAX 2D, ProMax 3D.
ProMAX 3DPSDM. ProM A X 4D, ProMAX Family. ProMAX MVA . ProMAX VSP, pSTAx. Query Bui lder. Quick. Qu ick+. Q UIC KDIF. Quick wcll.
Quickwell+. Quiklog, Q UI KRAY, QUIKSHOT, QUI KV SP. RAVE. RAYMAP, RAYMAP+. Rea l Freedom. Real Time Asset Management Center. Real
Time Dec ision Center, Real T ime Operations Center. Real Time Prod uction Surve illance. Real T ime Surveillance. Real-time View. Reference Data
Manager, Reservoir. Reservoir Framework Builder. RESev. ResMap. RTOC. SCAN, SeisCube, ScisMap. SeisModel. ScisSpace. SeisVision. Seis We ll,
ScisWorks, Se isWorks 2D. SeisWorks 3D, SeisWorks PowerCalculator. SeisWorks PowerJou rnal. ScisWorks PowerSection. ScisWorks PowerVicw.
SeisXchange, Semblance Computation and Analysis. Sierra Fami ly, S igma View. S imCon nect, SimConvert. S imDataStudio. S imResults. S im Resu lts+ ,
SirnResults+3D, SIVA+, SLAM. SrnartFlow, smartSECTION. smartSTRAT, Spatiali7.er. SpccDecomp, StrataAmp. S trataMap, StrataModel. StrataSim.
StratWorks. Str<1tWorks JD. StreamCalc. StrcssChcck. STRUCT. Structure Cube. Surf & Connec t. SurfNet. SynTool. Syste m Start for Servers.
SystcmStart. SystemStart for Clients. SystemStart for Servers. SystemStart for S torage. Tanks & Tubes. TDQ. Team Workspace. TERAS. T-Gricl. The
Engineer 's DeskTop, Total Drill ing Performance, TOW/cs. TOW/cs Revenue Interface. TracPlanner, TracPlanner Xpress. Trend Form Gridding.
Trimmed Grid. Turbo Symhctics, Unconventional Essentials. VESPA. VESPA+. VIP, VIP-COMP. VIP-CORE. VIPDataStudio. VIP-DUAL. VIPENCORE, VIP-EXECUTIVE. VIP-Local Grid Refinement. VIP-THERM. vSpace. WavX . Web Editor. Wel l Cost. Well H. Clean. Well Seism ic Fusion.
Wellbase. Wellbore Planner. Well bore Planner Connect. WELLCAT. Well Direct. WELLPLA N. WellSolver. WellXchange. WOW, Xsection. You 're in
Control. Experie nce the di fference .. ZAP!, ZetaAnalytics , and Z- MAP Plus are trademarks. registered trademarks. or service marks of Halliburton.
All other trademarks. service marks and product or service names are the trademarks or names of the ir respec ti ve owners.
Note
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by
Halliburton. Halliburton assumes no responsibility for any error that may appear in this manual. Some states or jurisdictions do not
allow disclaimer of expressed or impl ied warranties in certain transactions: therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
!

Third Party Licenses and Attributions

Halliburton acknowledges that certain third party code has been bundled with. or embedded in, its software. The licensors of this
third party code. and the terms and conditions of their respective licenses, may be found in a document called Third_Pany.pdf. This
document is included in the installation directory of each application from Landmark software. The path name of the file is similar
to the following :
Application/nstallationDirectory/ d ocs/ Third_Part y. pd f
or
ApplicationlnstallationDirec101y \ he l p\ Th i rd_Par t y . pd f
Disclaimer
The programs and documentation may provide links to external web sites and access to content, products. and services from third
parties. H alliburton is not responsible for the availability of, or any con tent provided on, third party web sites. You bear all risks
associated with the use of such conten t. If you choose lO purchase any products or services from a third party. the relationship is
directly between you and the third party. Halliburton is not responsible for: (a) the quality of third party products or ser vices; or (b)
fulfilling any of the terrns of the agreement with the third party, including delivery of products or services and warranty obligations
related to purchased products or services. Halliburton is not responsible for any loss or damage of any son that you may incur from
deali ng with any third party.
!

)
!

WELLPLANTM Software
Release 5000.1.10
Training Manual
Getting Started . ... .. .... ... .. .. .. ... ... .. ... ............. ... .... ... . .. .1-1
Manual Overview ....... . ... ...... . ................... ................ 1-1
Data .... . . .... .. ............... .. ...... . ............... . ........... I- 1
Technical Support Information ......................................... 1-2
Basics .. . ........................... . ...................................
1-1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Exercise l: Creating the Data Hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Exercise 2: Specifying Tubular Properties and Working With Catalogs ....... .. 1-1
Exercise 3: Using the Case Menu and Libraries, and Configuring the Workspace . 1-1
Exercise 1: Creating the Data Hierarchy . . ... .. . ..... . . ................ 1-2

Steps and Questions .... ............. ............ . ... ...... .......... 1-2
Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Exercise 2: Specifying Tubular Properties and Working With Catalogs . . 1-12

Steps and Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Answers . . . . . . .. . . .. . .... . . ... ... . .. . ... . .... . .. . .. . . .. . ... ... . .. 1- 14
Exercise 3: Using the Case Menu and Libraries, and Configuring the
Workspace .... ........ ........ . ........... . . ....................... 1-21
Steps and Questions . . .. .... . ..... . . .. . . ... ...... .. .. . .... . ........ .
Using the Case Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring the Workspace ............. .. ....... .. . .... . ...... . . .
Configuring and Using Plots .. . .. . . . .. . ... . ..................... . ..
Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Case Menu ................ . ........................ . . .
Using Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual
!

1-21
1-2 1
1-24
1-24
1-26
1-29
l-29
1-36
Contents
Configuring the Workspace ....................................... 1-46

Configuring and Using Plots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l-59
Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 1
Overview .............. . ... . ................................ .... . . . . 2-1
Data ..... . . . .. .. . ..... .. ... . . ...................... . . . .. .. . .. . ....
Workflow .............. ... . .... . . . . .................... . . .........
Workflow Solution ...... ....... . . .. . .... .. ............. ........... . .
What Is Covered .. . . ......... ......................... .... . .... . .. ..
Input General Well Data . ...... . . ... .. ................ ........ . . ...
To rque Drag Analysis ................. . ....... ...... . ... . . ........
Hydraulics Analysis ........... ............ ..... ..................
Surge Swab Analysis ..... ............................... . ... . ... .
Well Control Analysis ................. ........... ................
Critical Speed Analysis ............................................
Bottomhole Assembly Analysis .......... ........... ................
Stuck Pipe A nalysis .... . . . .. ............................ . ..... ...
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-4
2-4
Torque Drag Analysis (Using the Torque Drag Analysis Module) ...... . . 2-5
Data lmport for Exercises ............... ... . ... .......................
Input and Review Well Configuration and Analysis Options .................
Analyze Results at TD .. .. ........................................ . ..
Analyze Torque and Drag at Other Depths .......................... . . . . .
2-5
2-5
2-7
2-9
Analyze Hydraulics (Using the Hydraulics Module) ............... . ... 2-10

Input a nd Review Well Configuration and Analysis Options ................
Analyze Hole Cleaning . .. . .. . . .............................. .. . .....
Analyze Pressure Loss and Annular Velocity ............................
Determi ne Required Horsepower . .. ............................... . . . .
Check ECDs ........ .... ........................................ . .
Bit Optimization ............................................... ....
Final Design Check ................ ............... ..................
2- l0
2-10
2- 1 l
2-13
2 -1 3
2-14
2- 15
Analyze Surge/Swab Pressures and ECDs (Using the Surge Module) . . . 2-16
lnput and Review Well Configuration and A nalysis Options .............. ..
Analyze Transient Responses .... . . ...................... . .... . .. .....
Tripping Out Operation ..........................................
Tripping Jn Operation ...... ....... . .... .................... . . . ...
ii
2-16
2 -17
2-17
2- 17
WELLPLAN Software Release 5000. 1. 1O Training Manual
!

Contents
In vestigate Well Control (Using the Well Contro l Analysis Module) . . .. 2 -1 8

Inp ut and Review Well Configuration and Analysis Options ..... ...........
Determine Kick Type . . .. ........ .... .......... . ..... ............ ...
Estimate Influx Volume .. ............. ............ .. . .......... ... . .
Analyze Kick Tolerance . .. .. . ........... ....... ................. . .. .
Use Animation to Review Results ............... ............ .... ... .. .
Generate a Kill Sheet . . .... . . ..... ............ ...... . .. ... ... . . .. . . .
2- 18
2- 18
2- 19
2- 19
2-20
2-20
Determin e Critical Rotational Speeds (Using C riti cal Speed Module) ... 2-23
Input Analysis Parameters .. . . . . . . . .... . .... .. ......... .... . ... . ... . .
Examine the Stresses Acting on the Workstring . .................. . . . .. . .
Exam ine String Displacements . . . .. . . ..... ... ........... . . . . ..........
Review Bending Moments and Shear Stresses ....... . . ... . ...............
Review Results in 3D Plots ................................ . .. ... . ...
2-23
2-24
2 -25
2-25
2-25
Predict BHA Build and Drop (Using Bottom Ho le Assembly Module) .. 2-26
Input Analysis Parameters and Review Resu lts ... .......... .............. 2-26
Determine Where BHA Contacts the Wellbore ................ . . ... . ... . . 2-27
Evalua te Effect of WOB and ROP ........ .... ..... .... ... . ... ......... 2-28
Stuck Point Analysis (Using Stuck Pipe Module) ........ ............ . . 2-29
Inpu t General Analysis Parameters .............................. .. . ....
Determine the Stuck Point .. ............ ... ..................... . . ...
Setting and Tripping the Jar .......... . . . ................ . . .... .. .....
Yie lding the Pipe ...... .......... .. .. ..... ........ . ...... ...... . ...
Backi ng Off. . ..... . ....... .... . . . . ................ ... . . ...........
2-29
2-30
2-30
2-30
2-31
Drilling Solution .. .. . ...... ..........................................
3- 1
Overview ............. .... . .. ........................ ... . . . . . . ...... 3- 1

Torque Drag Analysis (Using the Torque Drag Analys is Module) ........ 3-2
Input and Review Well Configuratio n and Analysis Options ....... .. .. ...... 3-2
Analyze Results at TD ........... .......... . ... ............ ..... .... 3-13
Analyze Torque and Drag at Othe r Depths ................. ....... . ... . . 3-27
A nalyze Hydraulics (Using the Hydraulics Module) ... ... .. ... . . . ... . . 3-32
In put and Review Well Configuration and Analysis Options ........ ..... .. . 3-32
Analyze Ho le Cleaning ...... ... ... ............ ..... . ... . .... . . . . . ... 3-34
WELLPLAN TM Software Release 5000. 1. 1O Training Manual
!

iii
Contents
Analyze Pressure Loss and Annular Velocity ............... .. . .... . .....

Determine Required Horsepower .. . . . . .. . .. . ........ . ...... .. .... . .. ..
Check ECDs . .. ................. .... .. ........ . ...... . .. ... .. . ....
Bit Optimization .... . ....... ...... ... ......... . . ...... ....... . .... .
Final Design Check ...... . .. . ........ ... .. ............... . . .. . .. ....
3-4 1
3-49
3-53
3-56
3-60
Analyze Surge/Swab Pressures and ECDs (Using the Surge Module) .. . 3-63
Input and Review Well Confi guration and Analysis Options . .. .. ...... . ... .
Analyze Transient Responses . ............ .... . ..... . ... . .. . .. . .... . ..
T ripping Out Operation . ... .. . . .... . ................. ........ .. ..
Tripping In Operation .. . ..... .... .. .. ....................... . ....
3-63
3-64
3-64
3-68
Investigate Well Control (Using the Well Control Analysis Module) . . .. 3-70
Input and Review Well Configuration and Analysis Options .. . .... . ....... .
Determine Kick Type . ... . . .. ... ... . .... .. . . ... . . . . .... .. . .... . .. . ..
Estimate Influx Volume .... . .. . .. . ............. . .... .. ............. .
Analyze Kick Tolerance . ...... ............................ . ... . ... . .
Use Animation to Review Results . ....... . ..... . .. . . . .... . .. . . .. . .....
Generate a Ki ll Sheet ... . . . ...... ... . .... . ...... .. .. ......... . .. . . ..
3-70
3-72
3-73
3-74
3-83
3-84
Determine Critical Rotational Speeds (Using Critical Speed Module) . . . 3-93

Input Analysis Parameters . ....... . . . .. . .. . . . .. . .......... .. ........ . 3-93
Examine the Stresses Acting on the Workstring . ................... . . . . . . 3-95
Examine String Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100
Review Bending Moments and Shear Stresses ........ . . . .... .. . ....... . . 3- 102
Reviewing Results in 3D Plots .............. .. .... . ............ .. . . . . 3- 103
Predict BHA Build and Drop (Using Bottom Hole Assembly Module). 3-104
Input Analysis Parameters and Review Results ... .. .. .. . ... . .. . . . ....... 3-104
Determine Where BHA Contacts the Well bore . ........ . .... . ....... . ... 3-107
Evaluate Effect of WOB and ROP . ..... . .. . ............... . . ... ...... 3-108
Using Stuck Point Analysis (Using Stuck Pipe Module) ............... .3- 11 1
Input General Analysis Parameters .. . .... .. . . . . .. . .. . ... . .. . . ... . . . . ..
Determine the Stuck Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting and Tripping the Jar . ....... .. .. ......... . .. . .... . ...........
Yielding the Pipe . .. . ....... .... .. . .... . .... . . .. ...... ......... . ..
Backing Off. ........... . . . ...... . . .. . . ...... .. ..... . ... ....... . ..
iv
3- 111
3-112
3-1 13
3- 114
3-114
!

Contents
Running Liner ...... . ... .. .. ....... ....... ........ ........... ..... .... 4- 1
Overview ... ....... ............. .............. .................. . ... 4- I
Data .................. . . ............. . . ... .......... ... ..... ... ...
Workflow ......... ............. ........ . ..........................
Workflow Solution ..................................................
What Is Cove red ...... . ........... ............... ......... ..........
4- 1
4- 1
4-2
4-2
Input and Review Well Config uration and Analysis Options ... .. . ... .. .. 4-3
Centralizer Placement (Using OptiCemTM Module) ...... .... ..... ... .. . 4-4
Using Bow Centralizers .................... . .. .. ............... . ..... 4-4
Using Rigid Centralizers .................... . ................... . ..... 4-5
In-depth Torque Drag Analysis (Using Torque Drag Module) ........... 4-6
Matching Friction Factors to Actu al Fie ld Data .................... ... . ... . 4-7
Determining Surge and Swab Pressures (Using Surge Module) .... .. ... . 4-8
Input and Rev iew Well C onfiguration and Analysis Options ......... ........ 4-8
Specify the Operation Data ... .................................... . .... 4-8
Analyze Transient Response .................. . .................. ... ... 4-9
Check the Tri pping Schedule ......................................... 4-10
Reciprocating ...... ..... ..................................... . .... 4- I 0
Condition the Well Prior to Cementing (Usi ng H ydraulics Module) . . .. . 4- 11
Running Liner Solution . ................... ... ......................
5-J
O verview ...................................................... . .... 5- 1

Input and Review Well Configuration and Analys is Options ..... .... .. .. 5-2
Centralizer Placement (Using OptiCemTMModule) ............ ......... 5-3
Using Bow Centralizers ....... ...... ........ .... ......... .. ... . . ... .. 5-3
Using Rigid Central izers . ............................................. 5-8
In-depth To rq ue Drag Analysis (Usi ng Torque Drag Module) .......... 5-12

Mate hi ng Friction Factors to Actual Field Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- l 8
Determining Surge and Swab Pressures (Using Surge Module) .... ... .. 5-23
!

Contents
Input and Review Well Configuration and Analysis Options .... . . . .... . ... .
Determine Surge and Swab Pressures ... .. . . ...... . .. . .. .. . . ..... . . . ...
Check the Tripping Schedule .......... . . .. ... . . . ... . .... ..... ....... .
Reciprocating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-23
5-26
5-36
5-4 l
Condition the Well Prior to Cementing (Using Hydraulics Module) ... . . 5-43
Cementing the Liner .... ... .. .. . .. ... .... . ..... . .. .. .. .. ...... .. .....
6- t
Overview .... . ................................................. . .. . . 6-1

Data . . ... .. .. . . . ... .. . .. ........ ..
Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Worktlow Solution . .. .. . . . . ... . . . ...
What Is Covered ... . ... . ... ... . . ... .
.. . . . ..... . .... . .. . . . ... ... . . ...

.. .. . . . .... ... . ... .. . . .... .. .. ..
. .. . .. ...... .. . ... . . ..... ... ... .
. . . . . . .. . . . ... .. . . . . ...... . .... .
6-1
6- I
6-2
6-2
Open the Case . . .. . . .. . . . ... .... . . . .... . . . . .. . .. . . . ... . . . . . . . .. . . .... 6-3

Input and Review Wellbore Data . .. .. . ... . . . ..... ....... . . ... ... . ..... 6-4
Review Hole Section, String, and Wellpath Data .. . . .... .. .. . . . ...... . .. .. .
Define Cement Slurries and Spacers . . . .. ... . .......... ... .. . ... . ...... .
Review Pore Pressure and Fracture Grad ient Data . ...... . ..... . ......... . ..
Review or Input Geothermal Gradient Data . .... ... .... . . . . . .... . ... .. . ...
Review or Input Circulating System Data .. . . . .... .. . . .. .. . . . . .. ..... . .. .
6-4
6-4
6-5
6-5
6-5
Centralizer Placement . .. . . . . . ... . .... . . . ...... ... . .... . . .. . .. .. . . . ... 6-6

Specify Depths of Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Estimate Bottomhole Circulating Temperature ..... .... ....... ... . ..... 6-7
Input Cement Job Data ..... . . . ......... . . . ..... . . . ..... . . . .. .. ....... 6-8
Analyze Results . ... .. .. . . . ............... .... .... . . .. .. . ... . . .. . ... 6-10
Review Circu lating Pressures . . . . .. . ... .. . . . ..... . . . .. .. . . . ..... ... . . .
Review Downhole Pressure Profiles . . . . . ...... . . . ... . .. . ....... .. ..... .
Review Density and Hydrostatic Profiles . . ...... . ...... . ... .. ... . .......
Compare Rates In and Out .. . .. . . . .. .. .. . . . .... .. . . ..... . . .. .. . ......
Review Wellhead and Surface Pressures ... . . . ......... .. .... . .. .. ......
Review Hookloads . . . . . . .. . .... . .... . ...... . . . . .... . ... .... ... . . . ..
Use the Flui d An imation to Analyze Job Parameters ... . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ..
Review Hole Cleaning .. . . . ..... . . ... .. . .. . ......... . .... ..... ......
vi
6-10
6- 1.0
6-10
6-10
6- l I
6-1 l
6- 1 l
6-12
WELLPLA N Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual
!

Contents
Fine-tune the Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 13

Re-exami ne ECDs . . . ... . . . .... . . . .... . . . . . .. .. . . . . ..... .... . .... 6- 13
Re-examine Fluid Tops .......... .. . ........ .. . . . . ... . ... . ..... . .. 6-1 3
Cementing the Liner Solution . .. ............ . .. . .. ....... . ... .. . . . . 7- t

Overview . . ..... .............. . ..... . .. . . . .. ... . .... . ... . .... . .. . . .. 7-1
Open the Case . . ....... . . . .. . .. .. . . .. ..... . ......... . .... .... . . . . . ... 7-2
Input and Review Wellbore Data .. . . . . . .. . . . ... . ... . ... .. .. . .... .. .. .. 7-3
Review Hole Section, String, and Wellpath Data .. . ..... . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . . .
Defi ne Cement Slurries and Spacers . . ... .. .... . ... . ... . ... .. .. ... . ... . .
Review Pore Pressure and Fracture Gradient Data . . . ............. . . .. .. .. . .
Review or Input Geothermal Gradient Data . .. . . . . . . .... .. ... . ............
Review or Input Circulating System Data ... .. .. ........... . ... . .........
7-3
7-6
7-6
7-7
7-8
Centralizer Placement .... . .. . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . ... . ... . ... .. .. . .... .. . . .. 7-9

Speci fy Depths of Interest. . .... . .. . .. .... . ..... . .................... . 7- 10
Estimate Bottomhole Circulating Temperature ................ ... .. . . . 7- 11

Input Cement Job Data ..... . . . . . .... . .... .. ... .. . ... . . . . .. .. . . ...... 7- 13
Analyze Results . ... ... . . .. . . . . ............... . . . .. . . . .. . .. .... .. ... 7- 18
Review Circulating Pressures . ... . . . ............ . .. .. .... . . ... . . . .. . . .
Review Downholc Pressure Profiles ..... . ... ...... .. ... . ... .. ....... . ..
Review Density and Hydrostatic Profil es ..... . ... . . ... . . .. . .. ...........
Compare Rates Jn and Out ........... .... .. ..... . . . . . . . .... .. . . ......
Review Wellhead and Surface Pressures .. . . . . . ... . ... . .. .. ... . ....... . .
Review Hookloads . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. ..... .... .. .. . ........ . .
Use the Fluid Ani mation to Analyze Job Parameters ... . ... . . . . .. .. . . .. . . ..
Review Hole Cleaning .. . .. ... .... ... .. .... ... . ... .. . . . . .. .. .. ... . . .
Fine-tune the Job ... . ... .. . . . . ....... . .... ......... . ........... .. ...
Re-examine ECDs and Fluid Tops ....... . .... . ... .. . . .... .. . . ......
WELLPLAN Software Release 5000. 1.10 Training Manual
!

7- 18
7-20
7-2 1
7-22
7-23
7-24
7-25
7-31
7-34
7-34
vii
Contents
viii

!

Chapter
Ii
Getting Started
Manual Overview
This manual contains one chapter covering basic fu nctionality. The
remaining six chapters cover three workflows: Drilling, Running Liner,
and Cementing. Each workflow is covered in two chapters, one
containing the exercise or worktlow steps, and the other containing the
workflow solution. If the exercise steps for a workflow do not provide
enough infonnation to complete the step, please refer to the solution in
the subsequent chapter for that workflow.
An overview of each workflow is contained in the e xercise section
pertaining to the workflow.
Data
The data used in this exercise is not from an actual well. Although an
attempt has been made to use realistic data in the exercise, the intent
when creating the data set is to display as much software functionality
as possible. Therefore, some data may not be realistic. Please do not let
the accuracy of the data overshadow learning the functionality of
the software.
WELLPLAN Software Release 5000. 1. 10 Training Manual
!

1-1
Chapter I: Getting Started
Technical Support Information

Landmark operates a number of Technical Assistance Centers (TACs) .
Additional support is provided through district support offices around
the world. If problems cannot be resolved at the district level,
Landmark's escalation team is called to resolve your incidents quickly .
Support information is always available on the Landmark Graphics
Su pport internet page:
http://css. lgc.com/CustomerSupport/CustomerSupportHome.jsp
....AA,,,,.
HAU.IBURTON
Landmark Support Portal
$uppor1HrAM
. -1
~~ . . .
r, rk_ ..
~r
i'"
,~'.'3"3-"";'.,...r
<.
, J , rf(
:ll'
~~0
1-I.~
1,.-.1 !
f 1111 ~.
'
-------
JllnHSignln
Welcome to the t..ndmerk Toc:hnlcol Support Portal
ptj
V.. . . ~ . . . . . Lop_... tlci . . ~,_.Nl,.-e Ir.a
f:Dw,..."'...., COlllOll'r....,.
MWf!A_
. ,...... ,.........._.Cfeflflt ,._,........
1-2
.........
!

Chapter
II
Basics
Overview
Exercise 1: Creating the Data Hierarchy
In this exercise, you will create a new company, project, site, well,
wellbore, design, and case.
Exercise 2: Specifying Tubular Properties and Working With Catalogs

In this exerc ise, you will create a new pipe grade and use it to create a
new pipe in an inventory you create. You will also review creating a unit
system and importing a catalog.
Exercise 3: Using the Case Menu and Libraries, and

Configuring the Workspace
This exercise builds on the previous two exercises. Us ing the data
hierarchy created in Exercise I, you will specify additional data that
defines the case you are analyzing. You will use both the information
you entered into the catalog in Exercise 2 and the catalog you imported.
This exercise will also familiarize you with using li braries to quickly use
predefined strings or fluids. You will also learn how to configure the
workspace (tabs) for easily accessing the data and results you need.
!

1-1
Chapter 1: Basics
Exercise 1: Creating the Data Hierarchy

Steps and Questions
I. Launch the WELLPLANrn software.
2. Enter your user ID and password on rhe login screen.

3. Create a new company. There is more than one way to do this.
4. Specify Company properties.
a) Rename the company "Class." Entry of other company
information is not required for this course at this time.
b) What would you do if you wanted to prevent editing of the
company level data?
c) How do you prevent editing of all data associated with
the company?
5. Create a new project.
a) Name the project "Class Project." Select the UNRESTRICTED
Tight Group and use the Mean Sea Level as the System Datum
Description.
6. Create a new site.
a) Specify general site information. Name the site "Class Site." The
Default Site Elevation is 100 feet above Mean Sea Level. Do not
apply a tight group (use UNRESTRICTED). Entry of other site
information is not required for this course at this time.
7. Create a new well.
a) Select the UNRESTRICTED Tight Group Dataum.
1-2
!

Chapter 1: Basics
b) What unit system will be used for any design or case associated
with this well?
I Hint
Use the onhne help.
c) Specify the well depth reference, configuration (offshore or

onshore), and to view a depiction of the datum . This is a subsea
well in 500 ft of water. Specify a 490 ft wellhead elevation.
d) What datum will be used for designs associated with this well ?
Hint
Use the on line help.
e) Entry of other well information is not required for this course at

this time.
8. Create a new wellbore.
a) Define general information about the wellbore. Name the
wellbore "Class Wellbore." Entry of other wellbore information
is not req uired for this course at this time.
9. Create a prototype design for the Class Wellbore wellbore. Name
the design "Class Design."
10. Create a case for the Class Design design. Name the case
"Class Case."
11. Open the case you created.
!

1-3
Chapter 1: Basics
Answers
I. Launch the WELLPLAN software by selecting Start> Programs>
Landmark Engineer's Desktop> WELLPLAN.
2. Enter EDM as the user ID and
login screen.
Landmar kl
as the password on the
3. Create a new company. Using Well Explorer, right-click the

and select New Company from the menu.
Database icon
ce )
'P WELLPLAN
~
Fiie lllew Tools
II
D~
<none>
C~ar
- i:I' Pro
RiQCor
+ CJ WOfksp
+Tubt.W
fj cat~
at:
NIM F<llder .
Instant Case ...
Export .
l/nport .. .
l.kllts
Properties...
All:+Enter
Wei Name
Well>Dre~
ChariQe ~ory
1-4
Find .
Ctrl+F
Refresh
F5
!

Chapter 1: Basics
Alternatively, create a new company by selecting

File > New > Company
c~
...
Import
E:a:port
PllQe Setup .. .
Print Setup ..
Exit
Contractor/Rill
- o- as;e1'
'''
fh C~
-#
+
Prodi
CataioQ
Instant C4se
N Llli06i1i60 !Mb
O Rll) Contractors
CJ Workspoces
It TubUat Pr*'ties
fj CataloQs
4. Specify company properties.

a) On the General tab of the Company Properties dialog box , type
Class in the Company fi eld in the Details section.
1p1
[RJ
Company Properties
General Real rrne Corh;ations Audt Ir-lo
Details
Company:
Division:
Iaassl
...-~~~~~~~~~~
Company is lod<ed
Passwords
l~ 04 j C~ Level l
ClCel
!

1-5
Chapter 1: Basics
b) To prevent editing of the company-level data, you can set a

company-level password by clicking Company Level and
specifying a password. You can also check the Company is
Locked check box; however, this box will not be
password-protected unless you set a company-level password.
c) To prevent editing of all data associated wi th the company
(projects, sites, wells, wellbores, designs, and cases), cl ick
Locked Data to specify a locked data password.
5. Create a new project when prompted or by selecting File>
New > Project.
a) Use the General tab of the Project Properties dialog box to
spec ify project properties. Name the project Class Pr o ject .
Select UNRESTRECTED from the Tight Group Name pulldown list in the Security section. Select Mean Sea Level from
the System Datum Description pu ll-down list.
~
'P Project Properties

Genetal
I Audi: lrfo I
Details
jClass Proiect
Project:
Securty
Tight Group Name:
IU\'RESTIUCTEO
IMean Sea Level
r--
Active IXlt System

Project lnts:
j(none)
Proiect IS fod<ed
QI(
1-6
Cancel
Apply
!

Help
Chapter 1: Basics
6. Create a new site when prompted by clicking Yes.

a) Use the General tab of the Site Properties dialog box to specify
general site information. Name the site Cl as s S ite . The Default
Site Elevation is 1 oo feet above MSL. Do not apply a tight group
(select UNRESTRICTED).
General LocatlOll Audt irlo I
Details
IClass Slte
Site:
O.sb1ct:
Block:
Default ste Elevation:~ ft above Mean Sea Level
Seari;y
TiQht Group Name:
jl.NlESTRICTEO
Sle IS locked
Cancel
!

1-7
Chapter 1: Basics
7. Create a new well when prompted by clicking Yes.

a) Use the General tab of the Well Properties dialog box to specify
general well information. Name the well Class we l l. Do not
use a tight group. Select API from the Well Units pull-down list.
Leave the other fields on this tab blank.
1p1
Well Proper l ies
General Depth Reference 1.ocat1on Ai.at irlo
Details
Wei (Ccmnon):
Wel (lCQal):
IClass Wei
..------------------
location Sbinl,;J:
U"qJe Wei
Identifier
U.W.I.:
---------~----~~~--~
Type:
Wel No.:
Location
CO<.rtry:
State/Prov:
CO<rty:
Seady
T!Qht Group Name: jl..N<ESTRICTED
Active Urit System
Wel~s:
......-----3--..
Halards Preserl:
Wellislocked
H2S
LSA
C02
r
Cancel
b) API units will be used for any design or case associated with
this well.
1-8
!

Chapter 1: Basics
c) Use the Depth Reference tab of the Well Properties dialog box to
specify the well depth reference and configuration (offshore or
onshore), and to view a depiction of the datum. This is a subsea
well in soo ft of water. Specify a 4 9 o ft wellhead elevation.
If" Well Propert ies -
- - --- - - -
--
-- -
---
['gJ
- - -
General ~h R~ence ] tocabon Audit Info
o.n.n elevabon !lbove: Mean Sea Level
Corilcpatlon
Offshore Wik.er Depth
rsoo--
Del'"'* Oatun
ft
(MS\. to Mu<llne)
~ SUbsea
Wehad Depth:
~ ft
(from Mean Sea Lavell
- -- -
..'I
Otk.l.fn Elevation:
A.- Gap (MSI.):
100.0ft
100.00ft
Mean Sea Level
Muclne Depth (MSL):

. Mudorle TVO:
soo .OOft
600.00ft
- - - - -- --- --;::=====::;-- -- :-
OK
I _ C!lll<el I
Apply
d) Designs and cases associated with this well will use the datum
with the Default check box checked.
WELLPLAN TM Software Release 5000. 1. 10 Training Manual
!

1-9
Chapter 1: Basics
8. Create a new wellbore when prompted.

a) Use the General tab of the Well bore Properties dialog box to
define general information about the wellbore. Name the
wellbore Cl ass Wellbo r e .
fg)
IJ' Wellbore Properties
General I R~ Tine Corli\l<.ratiOnS Audl trio ChonQe Hstory
IClas$
Common N.!Jme:
Welbore
LeQal Nane:
Bottom Hole l ocation:

ST No:
r-
Sldetrack.ITom an ExisttiQ Welboro
ParontWellore:
,..,Not- Tled....,..---------------3-i
:::J
TAl"l. Class:
Kld<otf Date:
Kickoff "'1>:
i - - ft
Welbor& IS lod<l!d
OK
Apply
-I
Help
9. Create a design for the Class Wellbore wellbore when prompted.

Name the design C l ass Desig n . Indicate the design is a prototype
by selecting Prototype from the Phase pull-down list.
IRJ
IP Design Properties
General I ~ Wo Change Hstory
Detdils
IClass Oesq,I
Design:
Version:
Pl14se:
JPrototype
3
[:j
Effec!lve Date:
~h Reference
lnlormatoo
/Default Datum@ 100.0ft
Datum Elev~:
.1AM
Gap (MSL):
Mean Sea level

l>\Jdtne Depth (MSl):
l".udli>e TVD:
100.0ft
100.00ft
500.00't
600.00't
OK
1-10
!

Chapter 1: Basics
I 0. Create a case for the Class Design design when prompted. Name
the case Cla s s Ca s e .
{RJ
IP Case Properties
Genet al
jJob
Contact Audit Irio Ch.>oe History
Oet.!lils
c..se:
IClas$ c~I
~~~~~~~~~~~~- .
~:
Depth Reference !rlorlndtlOn
!De1au1t Datun@ 100.~t

Datum Elevl!ticn:
100.m
Air Gill)
100.00ft
.
I
1Mean Sea(MSI.):
level
Mudline Oei (MSl):

Mudline T'fO:
Or4I Depth Rotn;i:
r-
500.00ft
600.00ft
fl
(O$e 1$ locked
OK
(.,..;el
Apply
~~
11. If the case does not automatically open, you can open it by doubleclicking the case name in Well Explorer.
WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1 .10 Training Manual
!

1-11
Chapter 1: Basics
Exercise 2: Specifying Tubular Properties and

Working With Catalogs
Steps and Questions
I. Access the Materials spreadsheet.
2. Create a material named "Class Material." This material has the
following properties:
Description: Leave blank.

Young's Modulus: 30,000,000 psi
Poisson's Ratio: 0.3
Density: 490 lbm/ft3
Temperature Deration: Steel
Expansion Coefficient: 6.9 E -06 F
Thermal Conductivity (BTU/hftF): 26.8
Specific Heat Capacity (BTU/hftF): 0.1 3
3. Access the Grades spreadsheet.

4. Create a pipe grade named "Class Grade." Th is grade has the
fo llowing properties:
Section Type: Casi ngffubing

Material: Class Material
Minimum Yield Strength: 125 kpsi
Fatigue Endurance Limit: 25,000 psi
UTS: 135 kpsi
5. Create a new Casingffubing catalog. Name the catalog

"Class Casing."
6. Open the catalog you created and create a casing with the followi ng
properties. If a property is not listed below, leave the entry for that
property blank:
1-12
Nominal Diameter: 11 3/4 in

Nominal Weight: 65 lbs
Grade: Class Grade
Body OD: 11.75 in
Body ID: 10.682 in
!

Chapter 1: Basics
Weight: 65 lbs
Pipe Type: Special
Drift ID: 10.625 in
Burst: 9,940 psi
Collapse: 6,540 psi
Body Yi eld Strength: 2,352,0 J 0 lbf
Linear Capacity: 0.1108 bbl/ft
Closed End Displacement: 0. 1341 bbl/ft
Average Joint Length: 40.0 ft
Wall Thickness: 87.5 %
a) If the Pipe Type is Standard, what casing properties cannot

be specified?
b) Save and close the catalog.
7. Make a new Units sec and name it "Class Units." (Tools> Unit
System) Base the new unit sec on API units.
a) Use the psi/ft unit for Mud Weight.
b) What is the active unit sys tem ?
c) Is the unit for density psi/ft? You can refer to the Fluid Editor
(Case > Fluid Editor) to determine what unit is associated
with density.
d) Activate the API unit set.
e) Have the units for mud density changed to ppg?
8. Save the case, but do not close it.
!

1-13
Chapter 1: Basics
Answers
l. Access the Materials spreadsheet by double-clicking Materials in
the Well Explorer. You may need to expand the Tubular
Properties node.
2. To create a material named Class Ma t er i al, add the new material
in the first blank line at the end of the list.
If' Material
- - - --------- ~
-
(Q][EJ
locl<ed
DenUy (lbmllt')
~ Yourvts Mod - - .
30.000.000D
0 300
90
~ Coelfide<it (E-OO"f)
6 90
The.-rnol CoMlctlVCy (BIUA>ft'F) Spec:.rl: HMO~ (BT~'F) ,,
26JOOOO
0 1300
3. Access the Grades spreadsheet by double-clicking Grades in

Well Explorer.
4. Create a pipe grade named Class Grade. Add the new grade in the
first blank line at the end of the list. It is very important to specify
the section type. If not, the grade will not be available to you when
you create a new pipe in a catalog later in this exercise.
t' Grd
1-14
!

(g rg:
Chapter 1: Basics
5. Using Well Explorer, right-cl ick the Casingffubing catalog and

select New from the right-click menu.
To create a new catalog:
1. Click on the catalog group (Drilling
Tools, Completion Tools, or
Wellhead Equipment) in the Well
Explorer. For this example, select
Drilling Tools.
2.
3.
- /( dass Site
,..
- i Class Well
Class Wellbore (S/12
dass Design
0 dassCase
Company
Ful FeatU'e Oil Co.
NeptU'le 0.1 ComPIY t:i Canada Linlt:ed
Tr alnlr19 Company
RIQ Contractors
Workspaces
Tubular Properties
- I..
- 1'
Highlight the catalog type in Well

Explorer. In this example, Casing/
Tubing is highlighted.
Right-click the highlighted catalog

category and select New from the
right-click menu.
fb
fb
fb
fb
0
D
rlt:
S cat~
- WI
Drilllnc;i Tools
g Accelerators
Im Ad)UStable Near Bl Reamers
+
Q &ts
+ (g CllSIOQ Serapers
+
CamQ Shoes
~ Camo/Tubino Connectors
+
+
fi) H..-.!.Qiif . .:.;
Centrallers
, . , ,. .J ... ... -
4. Specify the name of the

new catalog in the
Catalog Properties
dialog box.
5. Optional: Specify a
description of the catalog
to help you identify it later.
6. Click OK to create
the catalog.
/pf
Catalogs Properties
General
IAudit Info
Details
Paste
Ctrl+V
IBJ
Name:
IClass Casing
Description:
j User created cataloQ
New... Ins
Locked
!

1-15
Chapter 1: Basics
7. The new catalog

displays in the Well
Explorer within the
catalog type you
selected in Step 2.
OrlnQ Tools
Accelerators
(gl
(!I CaslnQ Scrapers
mCasl'lQ/Tl.bfrw;j ConoedOl's
Adjust able Near &t Reamers

&ts
mCaS1119
Shoes
- ~ CaS1119S/TubS'lgs
~ AP! Casing/T ubinc;J
~---- ~ lifjfjf1!.I.J
g
g
::::=:~:: :
Ha!iburton Redbook Casing I

Halliburton Redhook Cas111Q I
Halibl.rton Redbook Casi~ !
Hl!Bb.rlon Redhook Tubir'q I
~ Halibu'ton Redbook Tubing l
Q;g Halbxton Redbook Tubir'q I
\i;6 H"1ibuton Redbook Tubiig I
Centralizers
Coiled Tubings
fg Core Barrels
. m ,,... ...... _. . ,....... , .... .. ..... ..
>
<
6. Using the Well Explorer, double-click the catalog you created to

open it. After the catalog is opened, you can specify the new
catalog entry.
8~
~ Ca-
Dewill<ion Monti"'"'"
Model
N""'"'61
Diamo.I.,
11 75
Nomnal
We9>1
&5
Gtodo
00
(l!'I)
ClasoG1odo
11 750
10
1...1
10682
Woigtll
(ppJj
Pipe Type
65.00 Special
DnttlD
linl
10.625
. . f=r=~i
(pstJ
!Poi)
9940.00
6&CQ.OO
(pa)
iL(
_!_
a) If the Pipe Type is Standard, the Collapse Resistance and Body

Yield Strength will be calculated based on the grade and
associated material of the casing.
b) Save and close the catalog using the catalog node rightclick menu.
1-16
WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1 . 10 Training Manual
!

Chapter 1: Basics
7.
Use Tools> Unit System. Base the new unit sec on API units.
Notice that the active Unit Set name is displayed in the Status Bar.
~
IP Unit Systems [ditor

Artrte Vlewt'IQ IN System:
API
ISI
jAPI""
API - us Suvey Feet
f'\ted AP! Ohld API
Class
U1t
:mf".,., bick New to

Angles
ArruM Velocity
Arel>, TFA
Alilluth, Vettlcai Section Ar'(je, BeerlnQ
Bi Diameter
Cement Yoeld
.'"
ft/rrln
reate a new
nit system.
In
ft>/sk9'1
Coefficient rJ Friction
no unM:s
Component L~h
Oej:>th, Distances, He!Qhts
ft
ft
o.erneters
In
~Severty
EQl.ivalent fl\Jd W"lt
FamReadrqs
Flow RMe (Cemott)
Flow RMe (MUd)
1 10Clt
PllO
~Ce/length
GasV~
(gJ
'P1 New Unit System
Select API from the

Name:
Iaass ttts
Template pull-down list
to base the new unit set
Descripboo:
on AP I units.
- -_ . Template: IAP1
OK
!

1-17
Chapter 1: Basics
a) Use the psi/ft unit for Mud Weight.

Select Mud Weight from
the list of unit types and
then select the unit you
want to use for that
unit type.
(8)
If>' Unit Systems ditor
...,
gram
oal/sk94
..bf/lenottl
i
'
Normaliled Force
Percent
Per~
%
md
!'tie 5f>eed (Sts'oe)
ft/s
Prec...on
Expo(t
~Speed
ftJroo
Import
Power
hp
hp[n>
psi/ft
psi
New ...
Power/Ar~
PresStXe Gradient
Pressure
Rate ot Penetration
revs
Revolutlons
... .... 1.w ....... ~
OK
ft/hr
Edt ...
...,
Delete
~_J
b) The active unit system is Class Units. You can tell what unit
system is active by referring to the Active Viewing Unit System
pull-down list in the Unit Systems Editor. The active unit system
is also displayed in the Status Bar.
1-18
!

Chapter 1: Basics
c) Refer to the Fluid Editor (Case> Fluid Editor) to determine

what unit is associated with density.
IP fluid [ditor
tE}
I New I 1.tirarvl
Activate
1 f>\Jd Density
F!uod # 1
psi/ft
j.Hl6
R~Model
lllngMm Plastic
_:J
R~Oata
IPV and yp
Plastic Viscosity
~~cp
T""llCI'atLl'e
Yield!>ort
~ llli/IOO't>
Fann Data
Save RPMs as Oefaull:
i...
Speed
000211
(rpm)
-1--+,.....,...,,.f-__,+,._.:;..'-t---t--
Dial
rJ
600
300
0.0010
o~~l----.-~-r--.-~1~,_. . . ,~,. . . . . .,.1

100
200
300
400
600
l!OO
Sl>ur Fbr(l/uc)
QI;
I__:_ance1 J____.
_ Heli>
__
d) Activate the API unit system using Tools> Unit System. Select
API using the Active Viewing Unit System pull-down list.
~
IP Unit Systems Cditor
Active Viewinq lkll System: IAPI
AP!
1s1
1 AP! .us n~im

API US SLl'vey Feet
Class lk1is
fllxed AP!
Ol'ieldAPI
fJ.r9es
l!rnkr Velocity
/>lea, TFA
Azinuth, l/ertlcal Section M9e, BeatinQ
Bit Diamete<
Cement Yield
Coefficient of Frittion
Component Length
Depth, Distances, He~s
Diameters
OoQleo Severity
t:qUvalent f>\Jd w~
Fam Re&dlni)s
Flow Rate (Cement)
Flow Rate (Mud)
Force/Leo;ith
GasVoUr.M
ft
ft
--- -
ft/mln
in>
on
ft>/sk91
no units
In
0
/IOO't
New...
bbl/rm
IP"
______________
!

ti/ft
Mscf
_,
1-19
Chapter 1: Basics
e) Refer back to the Fluid Editor (Case> Fluid Editor) and note
that the units are now ppg.
1P 1
Fluid fdilor
I New I lheryj
Activate
FUd 11
ja.so
l'MJOensty
PPQ
Rheolo<Jy Model
1~Plastlc
Rheolo<Jy Data
IPV and YI'
..:.J
~ cp~
I2.000 lbf/loctt>
T~ature
Plastic Viscosity
Yield Pttt
rg)
RudPlot
FannO<>to
Save RPMs os Oefd
Speed
(rpm)
600
300
00020
I
Dial
11
0.11010
100
200
300
..,
600
000
Sti.or Rat (1/ffo)
OK
Cao:<JI
J_ __..
8. Save the case by selecting either File > Save As or File > Save.
1-20
!

Chapter 1: Basics
Exercise 3: Using the Case Menu and Libraries, and

Steps and Questions
Using the Case Menu
1. Define the hole section, including the last casing, liner, and the open
hole section. (Case> Hole Section Editor)
The hole section depth is 17 ,968 ft.
Use 12,534 ft of A Pl 13 5/8", 88.2 lb/ft, Q-125 casing with 17 .5"

effective hole diameter. (Effective hole diameter is only used in
the OptiCemTM module for cementing analysis.)
Enter 3,597 ft of 11 3/4'', 65 ppf, "Class Grade" liner. ("Class

Grade" is the grade of the pipe. You must select this casing from
the catalog you created in the last exercise.) Use Casing as the
section type for liners. The effective hole diameter is 14.75".
There is l ,837 ft of 12 1/4" open hole. The open hole is gauge.
Use .2 friction factor in cased hole and .3 in open hole.
2. Define a simple drill string to become familiar with using the

Case > String Editor.
String Depth: 17,968 ft
Drill Pipe: API Drill Pipe Catalog, 17 ,045 ft, DP 5 in, 19 .50 ppf,
G, NC50(XH), P
Heavy Weight: System Heavy Weight Catalog, 60 ft, HW Grant

Prideco, 5 in, 49.7 ppf
Jar: System Jar Catalog, 33 ft, Dailey Mechanical 6 1/4 "OD,

2.25" ID
Heavy Weight: System Heavy Weight Catalog, 300 ft,

HW Grant Prideco, 5 in, 49.7 ppf
!

1-21
Chapter 1: Basics
Drill Collar: API Drill Collar Catalog, DC, 390 ft, 8" X 2.5",
7 H-90
Stabilizer: System Stabilizer Catalog, 5 ft, IBS , 10 5/8" FG,

8 x 2.5"
Drill Collar: API Drill Collar Catalog, DC, 30 ft, 8" X 2.5",
7 H-90
Stabilizer: System Stabilizer Catalog, 5 ft, TBS, I0 5/8" FG,

8 x 2.5"
Drill Collar (Non-mag): API Drill Collar Catalog, 31 ft,

NOC 8" X 2.5", 7 H-90
Stabilizer: System Stabilizer Catalog, 5 ft, IBS , 10 5/8" FG,

8 x 2.5"
MWD: System MWD Catalog, 30 ft, MWD 8, 8 x 2.5 in
Mud Motor: System Mud Motor Catalog, 30 ft, BHM 8,

8 x 2.5 in
Sub: System Sub Catalog, 3 ft, BS 6, 6 x 2 1/2 in
Bit: Security DBS, 10.625, Tri-Cone Bit, XL20, 5 l 7X
3. Import a catalog containing a bi-center bit using the file

Class Bits.cat.xml. C hange the bit in the string to the bi-center bit in
the catalog you imported.
4. Import the Wellpath data using the file
WPR5000_ TrainingWellpath.txt. Your instructor will tell you
where the file is. The column order and units are: MD (ft), Inc
(deg), and Az (deg). Review the wellpath data using Case>
Wellpath > Wellpath Editor.
Note
It is important that you correctly specify column order and units.
1-22
!

Chapter 1: Basics
5. Create a fluid using the following properties. Activate the fluid

after you create it. In this example, PY and YP are specified. If you
have access to Fann data, it can be specified instead of PY and YP.
Use the following properties:
Name: 15. l ppg OBM

Density: 15. l ppg at 70 F
PV: 24 cp at 70 F
YP: 12 lbf/I 00ft2 at 70 F
Rheological Model: Bingham Plastic
6. Copy all pore pressure and fracture pressure from the file
WPPoreFrac.xls. Paste the pore pressure data into the Case> Pore
Pressure and the fracture gradient data into the Case >
Fracture Gradient.
a) How is the first row of the Case > Pore Pressure
spreadsheet calculated?
b) Depth is always required for entry into either of these
spreadsheets. Why is it necessary to specify either EMW o r

pressure for entry or copy into these spreadsheets?
7. Specify the geothermal gradient. The surface ambient temperature
is 80 F, the mudline temperature is 40 F, and the temperature at
TD is 279.5 F. What is the geothermal gradient?
8. Specify mud pump and other circulating system data.

a) The surface equipment rated working pressure is 6,000 psi, the
surface pressure loss is 100 psi, and the surface equipment type
is IADC.
b) Select the follow ing two pumps from the catalog. Activate only
the A 1400PT pump.
Make
Description
Type
Liner
ID
Rod
OD
Efficiency
Oilwell
Al400PT
Triplex
5"
none
100
Oilwell
A l700PT
Triplex
6.5"
none
100
!

1-23
Chapter 1: Basics
Using Libraries
9. Export the string you created by clicking Export on the Case>
String Editor. Name the string' 10.625" BHA.'
I 0. Export the fluid titl ed " 15.1 ppg OBM" by clicking the Library
button in the Fluid Editor. You could change the name if you
wished, but, for this exercise, you will not change the name.
11. Create a new case by right-clicking the Database icon in the Well
Explorer and selecting Instant Case from the right-click menu.

Include this case in the Class company. Create new names for the
remaining hierarchical levels. The well is subsea, in 328 ft of water,
with a wellhead depth of 323 ft, and a default site elevation
of 100 ft.
12. Open the case you created in the previous step, if it is not
already opened.
13. Open the Case > String Editor. Notice there is no string data in
String Editor. Import the 10.625" BUA string you created from the
library. Set stri ng depth to 17 ,950 ft.
14. Open the Case> Fluid Editor. Notice there is no fluid data in the
Fluid Editor. Import the 15.1 ppg OBM fluid you created from
the library.
15. Assume you want to transfer your libraries to another computer, or
you want to share your libraries with another person. Create a
library transfer fil e.

16. Continue to use the case you created in Step 11 (using the
Instant Case option).
17. Create the following tabs by renaming or creating additional tabs.
Use window splitters near the scroll bars to create window panes.
a) Create a tab titled Sc he mat i c . On that tab, put the Well

Schematic-Full String-not to scale.
b) Create a tab titled Editor s . Create two horizontal panes on that
tab. Open the Hole Section Editor in one pane and the String
Editor in the other pane.
1-24
!

Chapter 1: Basics
c) Create a tab titled ~vellpath . Open the Wellpath Editor in

this tab.
d) Create a tab titled Plots. Open the Inclination plot in this tab.
18. To illustrate the Copy/Paste functionality between cases and
designs, you will copy the hole section from the Class Case case in
the Class Project you worked with earli er in this exercise.
a) Jn the Well Explorer, highlight the Class Case in the Class
Project. What items are linked at the case level?
b) In the Associated Data Viewer (located at the bottom of Well
Explorer), right-click the Hole Section entry and select Copy.
c) In the Well Explorer, right-click the case you created in Step 11
and select Paste from the right-click menu.
d) Notice the Associated Data Viewer indicates the hole section
depth has changed.
e) Notice the Case> Hole Section Editor displays the hole
section data.
19. Copy the wellpath from the Class Design design in the
Class Project project to the design you created in Step 11. Notice
the wellpath is now displayed on the Wellpath tab and the
inclination is displayed on the Plots tab.
20. Using the Associated Data Viewer, determine what data is linked at
various hierarchy levels (design, case, wellbore, and so on).

a) What data is shown to be linked at the design level?
b) What data is shown to be linked at the case level?
c) What data is shown to be linked at the wellbore level?
21. Save the tab configuration as User Defined Workspace . Name the
workspace C l ass Workspace . Notice the workspace you created is
now listed as User Defined Workspace in Well Explorer.
22. Save and close the case.
23. Re-open the case. What tabs are displayed and why?
!

1-25
Chapter 1: Basics
24. You can export your workspaces if you want to share them with
another person. Export the Class Workspace workspace
you created.
25. In the Well Explorer, notice the node titled "System Workspaces."
System Workspaces are installed with the software. Can you
modify a System Workspace? Review the tab configurations
associated with each System Workspace.
26. Module Workspaces arc a convenient way to use the same tab
configuration every ti me you use an analysis module, regardless of
the case you are analyzing. To illustrate, continue to use the case
you created in Step 11.
a) Activate the Torque Drag Analysis module.
b) Apply the Torque Drag Analysis System Workspace. Did the
tabs change?
c) Save this as the default workspace for all Torque Drag analysis.
d) Open the Class Case case in the Class Project project, if it isn't
already opened.
e) Activate the Torque Drag Analysis module and notice the tab
configuration. What tab confi guration is used?
f) Assume you do not want to use the Torque Drag default
workspace configuration; how can you use the Class Workspace

you created?
Configuring and Using Plots

27. This exercise step demonstra tes the Freeze Line. Continue to use
the case you created in Step 11.
a) Freeze the curve on the Inclination plot using the Plots tab.
Specify the color of the freeze line to green, change the width
to 3, and change the name of the curve.
b) Using the Wellpath tab, change the inclination near 2500 ft to
50. Notice the two curves visible at this depth on the
Inclination plot.
1-26
!

Chapter 1: Basics
c) Right-click the curve with the 50 inclination and select

Hide Line. What happened to the line?
d) Add a Halliburton logo as a background logo to the plot. Your
instructor can tell you the location of the file.
28. Generate a survey Vertical Section plot. Use the Plot tab.
a) Change the width of the data curve (vertical section line) on the
Vertical Section plot to 3.
Hint
Righl-click the curve and use the Line Properties oplion of the rightclick menu.
b) Activate the Graphics toolbar by clicking anywhere on the plot.

c) Use the Data Reader (third button from the left on the Graphics
toolbar) to determine the vertical section at TD. What is it?
d) View X/Y coordinate data for the plot and then return to the
plot view.
29. Click the Properties button to open the Properties dialog box. The
following questions highlight the functionality of these tabs.
Hint
To easily view the changes to the plot, move the Properties dialog box so that
the plot is visible. Do not forget to click Apply to implement changes.
a) Using the Axis tab, draw the X axis where Y =0 and remove the
tick marks from the Y axis.
b) Using the General/Grid tab, remove the grid lines from the plot.
c) Using the Labels tab, change the Y axis label to ''True
Vertical Depth."
d) Using the Font tab, change the axis labels to green and italic.
e) Using the Markers tab, display data markers every
50 data points.
!

1-27
Chapter 1: Basics
I) Using the Legend tab, tum off the legend.
g) Click OK and notice the changes to the plot.

30. Save and close this case.
31. Export this case at the company leve l using the fi le name of
your choice.
1-28
!

Chapter 1: Basics
Answers
Using the Case Menu
I. Use Case> Hole Section Editor.

Hole S~IOI Ediol
Hole Name
jHole SectlOl'I
Hole SectlOn De> (MO)
1179680
SecllOl'I Type
!Asng
qopenHole
Elfecbve
Shoe
Ler>!l(h
(fl]
(ft)
1253-4 0
16131 0
17968 0
--
p- Addot!OMI Cok.rrrn
It
Meas1J1ed
Depth
~Casng
I~ Hole Section
12534 oo
359700
183100
L......
o_:
10
(tnl
01,l
(tn)
17968.0
16131 0
12.375
10.682
12.250
12250
10.625
Meatl.fed
Tapeied?
r
r
r
r
Hole
O'j;iei
17500
14 750
12250
Fncloon
Factor
Lineai
Uipact,y
{bbl/fl)
025
01489
01108
030
01458
E><eeu
(%)
Item DesaipOOn
13 5181'1. 88-2 pp/, Q-125.
11 75 n, 65 pp/, H2S9J
boo
2. Use Case> String Editor.

SmglSmgN~
Smg"'4D!
179680
sec1 ... 1~
DrPw
H...,,Ww;Jt
J..
H_,.w.qw
OrlC.
s......
Orl C...
s~
o.. Colar
s~
M'WO
lbal)I
E- t
II
Spedr hop1o8-
I.er
(ftJ
:3
l~Smol
M...,..ed
DOl>Ch
~)
1104500
6000
3300
moo
39000
5.00
30.00
5 00
31 00
500
3000
3000
100
100
17045.0
inoso
1n380
174360
17828.0
17833.0
17963.0
17868.0
17899 0
00
(nJ
5000
5000
6250
5000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
1~.o
aooo
17934.0
8000
17964 0
8000
179670
6.000
10625
179680
'""""
10
(nJ
'211i
3000
2250
3000
2500
2.500
2500
2.500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2400
WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1.1 0 Tra ining Manual
!

21 92 Ori Poe 5 "' 19.SD ll!ll. G NC5Q?Oi ~ P

41'0 Hw..,. w.qw Ori ,,.,. Gran! Pndoco. 5 n. 49. 70 ppf
9Q98 Mec:henicol J o-.,Moch. 61/4 n
49 70 HN\O)l 'Y/t9'1 Ori P'* G1an1 Pftdoc:t>. 5 n. 49 70 ppl
15433 Dr1Color 8 n 2 112n7 H-9Q
1506 tn1egit1BladoSl.._,10518"FG 8"2112n
154 33 DrfColor8"'. 2112n. 7H-!Q
1S4 36 lnlegtl Blade St..... 10 518'' FG. 8 "2112 in
15211i Non Mag Orf Colar 8 " 2112 n. 7H!D
154 36 ll'llegr.. Bl.ode Sl..,.,Ol 10 518'' FCi. 8 "2 1/2in
154 36 M'WO Tocl8 , S.2 112n
15436 BlntHOUMg8 , 8"21/2n
79518Slb66"21/2n
166 00 Ti.Cone 8~. Jw16. 0 589 in'
1-2 9
Chapter 1: Basics
3. Right-click the Catalog node in Well Explorer and select Import

Catalog from the right-click menu. Use the Import Catalog dialog
box to navigate to the correct folder, then select the file you want to
import. After you import the catalog, it will be located under the
catalog category titled " Bits" because it is a bit catalog.
1. Click an inactive (gray) cell
in the row defining the bit in
the Case > String Editor.
2.
Access String> Catalog

using the main menu .
3.
Select the
catalog you
imported by
selecting Class
Bits from the
pull-down list.
4.
1p1
fZ;j Ale Edt MOO.Jles Case View Composer Tools
WI Window
Help
.,,:.t.
Data ..
@~
BIT Caralog
ICJM a~.
~~
:.:.!
(l(t'HI:
St Sect.llty OBS
WJCCode
ll'P"
Model
II!
Highlight the bit

you want to use.
(In th is example
there is only one,
so it is
automatically
highlighted.)
DK
C&'leel
~eU
5. Click OK and the

selected bit will
replace the bit in
the Case>
String Editor.
1ngEditor
--
StMQI~~'"
SttngNarne
rlAss-emb_.,.,ly---- - -- - -- - - - --
Slting (MD~
117968.0
Section Type
Dnl~
Heavy \\/etglt
Jar
Hea..,,weq.t
OrilCoLlr
Stabili2..
D1i1 Colar
Stoboi.?ei '
DrilC:.
Stdzei
M'WO
Mud Motor
Sub
B~
1-30
ft
Sgedy.
ITop to Bottom
Loni
(It)
iJ
De;.lh
(It
170-44.50
60.00
33.00
30000
~. 00
5.00
:ll.00
5.00
31.00
5.00
30.00
30.00
3.00
1.50
E><l)Oft
Import Suing
Measured
OD
(in)
17044.5
Jn04.5
17i37 5
17437.5
17827.5
178325
17862.5
17867.5
178985
5.000
5.000
6.250
17933.5
17963.5
17966.5
17968.0
aooo
aooo
1nms
----
Lbary
5.000
8000
8000
aooo
9000
8000
8000
6.000
1.--t
10
(in)
4.276
3.000
2.250
~000
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.400
i0.625
We'qi.
(ppl)
21 .92 O,.Pipe 5 in. 19.50ppl. G. NCSC<HJ. P

49. 70 ' Heavy Wt:9-t Onl ~Grant Prideco. 5 n. 49. 70 ppl
~.BB M ~ J111 Dailey Mech.. 61 /4 in
49.70 HeavyWeoghtOrl ~Grant Podeco. 511. 49 70ppf
154.33 DrilColal 8 in. 2 112 n. 7HSO
154.36 Integral Blade Stabiizer 10 518'' FG. B"21/2 ii
154.33 Ori Colar 8 ii, 21/2 l'I. 7 HSO
154.36 Integral Blade Slaboli2er 10 5/8"FG. 8 "21 /2 in
152.76 NonMag Oril Colar 811. 2 1/2 in. 7 H90
154.36 lntegr<ll Blade Stabilize< 10 51S'" FG. 8 "2 1/2..,
154 36 MWOTool 8 , 8 x2 1/2 tn
154.36. Bent Housing 8 . 9 "2112 in
79.51 Bl Sub 6. 6 x2 1/2 11
150.00 B>Cenleied B~. 3.10. 5x10. 0.614 rl
WELLPLAN TMSoftware Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual
!

Item Oescriplion
Chapter 1: Basics
4. Use File > Import> Wellpath File to import the file

WPR5000_TrainingWelpath.txt. Review the wellpath data using
the Case > Wellpath > Wellpath Editor.
It is important that
you correctly
specify column
order and units.
Urit
Cok.rnn Ordef
MD:
Inc:
Az:.
11
MD
ltt
12
13
Inc:
Ideg
.::::.1
~
:o:J
Az.
' deg
ligs\hz15239\Desktop\WPA5000_Trainino\.Velp
OK
I Browse
C&lcel
Help
5. Enter mud properties in the Fluid Editor. Click New to enter data
for a new fluid (Case> Fluid Editor). After you have finished
inputting fluid properties, click Activate to indicate you want this
fluid used in the analysis.
Click New to enter a

new fluid.
[El
'P' Fluid [ ditor
~~
Mud Density
j1s.10
Fluid If I
Rheology Model
IBingham Plastic
15. I PP9 OflM
P.heoloQY Data
IPV and yp
Lilnry
After you activate

the fluid, a tear-drop
symbol is placed
next to the active
fluid. There can only
be one active fluid .
ppg
~=
T~ature
Plastic V!sccmt:y
Yield Peri
112.000
lbf/IOOfP
Fluid Plot
Fam Data
_ ___J
Speed
(rpm)
Dial
rl
600
300
100
300
>o
Shur Rate (l/uc)
200
__
OK~ _
Cancel
!

Apply
eoo
~-'
1-31
Chapter 1: Basics
6. Copy all pore pressure and fracture pressure from the file
WPPoreFrac.xls. Use Ctrl-C and Ctrl-V to copy and paste the
data. In Excel, select the columns you want to copy and use Ctrl-C.
In the WELLPLAN software, high light the second row (because it
is the first empty row in the spreadsheet) and use Ctrl-V to paste
the data. Paste the pore pressure data into Case > Pore Pressure
and the fracture gradient data into Case > Fracture Gradient.
Because these spreadsheets contain no data except for the first
calculated row of data, you can either Overwrite or Append the
data into these spreadsheets.
0
In Excel, select the
columns you want to copy
and use Ctrl-C to copy the
data to the clipboard.
1 de th fl
2
- - 4-'-3-M
depth ft
1476
1004
1969
m7
B 21
B 35
8 41
8 49
1476
1804
1969
2297
11 .24
11.4
11 .56
3181
8.81
3181
3279
3344
3764
4505
4624
4712
5100
5344
8.82
8.82
8 87
8.92
9 29
9.57
9 69
1017
3279
3344
3764
12.3
12.45
12.6
12.75
12.95
5400
10.64
5400
56aJ
11 11
9 27
9 29
96
1c
Highlight the row

where you want to
begin the copy. I n this
~
<*''
4505
4624
4712
5108
5344
6475
7355
7798
8281
8767
9259
9756
1079
10 99
11 29
11 .58
10254
9.86
5600
5801
6475
7355
77'38
8281
8767
9259
9756
10254
10504
10
10504
10753
14.63
10753
11-,,:;1
11 AA
11?1;1
5801
?A
E
F
frac p psi frac ppg
10.2
1 \Sheen,( Sheet2
Ve<llC~f
Sheet3 /
11
13.25
13.42
13.51
13.85
14.19
14.53
13.22
13.24
13.47
13.9
14.41
14.46
14.67
14.88
17
17
17.82
1F'
I
~0,:,)0
I
[:)
I
1
example, highlight the___... k1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~223
i~;;~~~~~~~~~~~;;;;11
first empty row. Click
I'::'
600 0
on the row number to

highlight the row.
Click Ctrl-V to paste
the data into the
spreadsheet .
1-32
WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1. 10 Training Manual
!

Chapter 1: Basics
Indicate whether you want to

Overwrite existing data or
Append data by clicking the
appropriate button. In this
example, either button
will work.
1p1
[E)
Paste
Please select one cJ the folowlno.
Overwrto wl overwrto the Sll'oadsheet exdudno
the 1st row

Append Wll append to the bottom cJ the Sll'eadsheet
Abort wll not paste any data
10verwrteJI
Append
Abort
a) The first row of this spreadsheet is automaticall y calculated from

the data on the Well Properties> Depth Reference.
b) Entry of either EMW or pressure is required. The other value
will be calculated.
7. Use Case> Geothermal Gradient. The gradient is calculated
based on the supplied temperature data.
st.Yldard Additional Piot
:oooo
looo
'F
'f
T ~ab.re at Wei TVD
r. Te!Tl)et!ltl.re@ j175S3.6
OK
ft
j279.5C1
'f
11.41
'F/ 100ft
Cancel
!

1-33
Chapter 1: Basics
8. Use Case >Circulating System.

a)
1p1
Circulatin~ S~tem
51.rface E~ J Mud Punps lv\Jd Pls + Envl'OMleflt
Surface EQUIPmeOt Rated Worbng Pressure:
16000.00
psi
r.
5pecfy Pressure loss
1 100.00
psi
C!llculate Pressure loss
l1AOC
Surface Equipment Type:
Surface EQIJpment IR!ta
r
r
Cancel
Apply
Het;>
b)
Click Add
(gJ From
Catalog to
'1' Circulaling System
~~.:
(%)
I
=
~ff~
Cat.ioc,
~------.,H
f.!pn)
t<
j
1-34
!

select a mud
pump from
the catalog .
Chapter 1: Basics
Double-click to select the Make, Description, Type , Liner ID,

Rod OD, and Efficiency.
Select the System Pumps

catalog.
OK
Help
r8'.J
'I" Circuldling System
Click the Active check

box to check or
uncheck it.
Check only the Oilwell
H01400-PT 5" Liner
pump to make it the only
active pump.
Concel
!

1-35
Chapter 1: Basics
Using Libraries
9. Export the string you created by clicking Export on the Case>
String Editor. Name the string 10 . 625 " BHA.
Click Export to export the
string to a library.
String lrit~at.oo
StnngName !Assembly
String Qepth J17968.0
Section Type
Drill Pipe
Heavy Weight
Jai
Heavy Weiglil
Drill Collar
Stabizer
Dril Coftar
Stabilizer
Oril Collar
Stabizer
M\\IO
Mud MotOI
Sub
Bil
llxary
Export
It
SJ;!eClly:
ITop to Bottom
Length
De1
rt)
(fl)
17044.50
60.00
33.00
300.00
390.00
5.00
30.00
5.00
31.00
5.00
30.00
30.00
3.00
1.50
17044.5
17104.5
17137.5
17437.5
17827.5
17832.5
17862.5
17867.5
17898.5
17903.5
17933.5
17963.5
17966.5
17968.0
OD
(in)
5.000
5.000
&250
5.000
B.000
8.000
8.000
8.000
8.000
8.000
8.000
8.000
6.000
10.625
1p1
Click Yes to save

the case before you
add the string to
the library.
1-36
..:J
Copy String
ID
(in)
4.276
3.000
2.250
3.000
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.400
Weigit
(ppl)
21.92
4S.70
90.88
49.70
154.33
154.36
154.33
154.36
152.76
154.36
154.36
154.36
79.51
150.00
WfLLPLAN 5000. 1
_IMPOI~
Item Description
Drill Pipe 5 in, 19.50 ppl, G, NCSO(XHL P
Heavy W~ Oral Pipe Grant Prideco. 5 in
Mechanical Jar Oaiey Mech.. 6114 in
Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Grart Prideco. 5 in
Oril Colal Bin, 2 112 in, 7 H90
Integral Blade Stabiizer 10 518" FG. 8 x21
Drill Calaf 8 in. 2 1/ 2 in. 7 H90
Integral Blade Stabilizer 10 5/8" FG. 8 x2 1
NonMao Drill Collar 8 in. 2112 in. 7 HOO
Integral Blade Stabilizer 10 518" FG. 8 x2 1
MWD Tool 8 , 8 x2 1/2 in
Bent Hous119 8 8 x2 1/2 in
Bit Sub 6, 6 x2 1/2 in
BiCentered Bit. Ox16. 0.614 in1
"x
This requres a save to be done.

woUd you li<e to cootlrue?
!

Chapter 1: Basics
Specify the name you

want to give the string.
You will use this name
to identify the string in
the library.
(8)
'P' Export Assembly String To l.ibrary
~N.ne j10.625"BHA
Export
Help
Click Export to make

a copy of the string in
the library using the
assembly name
you provided.
'To move lbaiies between dalc!lbMet. use lmpo1t/E><POfl on the root node
. . . -- .
~
!

1-37
Chapter 1: Basics
10. Export the fluid you created by clicking Library on the Case>
Fluid Editor. Highlight the fluid you want to move to the library.
In this example, highlight 15.1 ppg OBM. Click the left-facing
arrow to copy the fluid to the library. The fluid will have the same
name in the library as it did in the Fluid Editor. You could change
the name if you wished, but, for this exercise, you will not change
the name.
i:,. Fiuid Editor
- ---
export a copy of a -t-t--No....-t
fluid to the fluid

library.
Llbrarj
Activate
15.l ppgOBM
Fluid #I
I1s. 10
I Mud Density
ppg
Rheolo<Jy Model
1~1'tastic
..:J
Rheology Data
IPV and VP
Temperature
170.00
Of
PIMtlc Vlsc~y
121 .00
cp
Y'ield Point
I12.000
tif/ I oo.<t >
Fluid Plot
Fam Data
Slier
'0'
8
.,~
0 .0020
0.00 10
~
:;;
54ve RPMs as Defid:

Speed
(rpm)
600
:m
0 .0000
100
200
300
400
Shur R<lt (lino)
Cancel
1-38
600
WO
_j ____, __Heir:>
_ __.
!

-[8)
--- ---- - - - - - - - - - -
Click Library to
Dial
()
Chapter 1: Basics
-- -
. -
Import I Export fluids
lpl
Library Fluids
WeMbore FUls
C8J
OK
He!p
Highlight the name of the

fluid that you want to copy
to the library. Click the leftfacing arrow to copy the
fluid to the library.
Selected Lbr ary Fluid
__
_J
Density
Selected Wellbore Fluid
Delete
PPo
Density
Type
Type
Base Type
Base Type
Base Flid
Base Fluid
Model
Model
Data
Data
Renane
PPo
r-
*To move Libraries between databases, use Import/Export on the root node of the Wei
WELLPLAN TM Software Release 5000.1 . 10 Training Manual
!

1-39
Chapter 1: Basics
Import I
Ip!
The fluid is now in the

Library Fluids list.
IBJ
Expor~Flulds
Welbore FIOOs
IS.I
08M
S. I
OK
OBM
Fk.Jid #I
Selected Ubrary Fltid

Delete
Densl'y
Selected Welbore Fll.Jfd

Delete
Rename
PPO
Rename
Density
Type
Type
Base Type
Base Type
BaseFUd
Base Fluid
Model
Model
Data
Data
.----- -
'"To move lilraries between databases, use Import/Export on the root node of the Well
1-40
!

Chapter 1: Basics
11. Create a new case by right-clicki ng the Database icon ( e ) in the

Well Explorer and selecti ng Instant Case from the ri ght-click
menu. Incl ude this case in the C lass company. Create new nam es
for the remaining hierarchical levels. The well is subsea, in 328 ft
of water, with a well head depth of 300 ft, and defau lt s ite elevation
of 100 ft.
To include this case in

the Class company,
select Class from the
Company pulldown list.
Names:
CompMy: Class
Y-our
- Pr-ojec
- t N_ame
______
Project:
s.te:
l....
IYour Site Name
IYour Wei Name
:J
Wei:
Wel>ore: rvo;; w_
el>or
_ e_Name
_ _ _ _ _ _ __
Oesqi:
Case:
IYour Oesqi Name

fvour C_a_se Name
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Dlllum elevation above: Mean Sea Level

Default Datum Elevation:
Offshore Wate Depth

(MSL to Mudine)
~ ~
rm-
ft
w~ Depth:
t;;' SUbsea
Training (EDM 2003. 16.1 .12 (06.01 .01 . 121); "

Clan
- !}
- 9? Class Project
Notice the case you

created is
associated with the
Class company.
- /( Class Sit e
- i Class Wdl
- I.. Oass Welbore (S/ 12,
- Y
dass Oeslon
0
0 assCase
- . . Your Project Name

- /( Your S"lte Mame
- j_ Your Wei Name
Your Wellbore Name
Your Design Narm
- I..
- 'J
Your Case Nan-
12. Double-cl ick the case name in Well Explorer to open the case you
created in the previous step, if it is not already opened.
!

1-41
Chapter 1: Basics
13. Open the Case> String Editor. After the import, notice that the
string data is displayed .

Click Import. When the warning message displays, click Yes to
indicate that you want to overwrite any existing string data.
Strnglnibaliz~
~---------------StJing Name
1Afsem1i1y
rt
Sb1119 (MOl
Sectioo TJ1PO
Sl)edy
Length
[fl)
ITop to Bottom
Meas.xed
Depth
lpl
::::J
Import Stnng I
l~t
ID
OD
fin)
fin)
Item Desaiption
[g)
Import Assembly String From Library
Assembly Name:
Highlight the 10.625"

BHA string library entry
in the Import Assembly
String From Library
dialog box. Click Import
to import the string from
the library.
Cancel
Help
Delete
'To move Lbaries between databases. use lrrc>0rt/Expo1t on the root node
ol the \IIel Explorer
1-42
!

Chapter 1: Basics
- - - -
Lbary
' ng 1.-.111on
S rngN- 1062S'BHA
Smg(MDJ Jt79500
II
Sect.,,,Twe
Dnl PIPO
HNV)l'W'e9"
J
HNYy'W'"ltol
D1Co1
..
s~
Sgec:fy
IT"" IO Bolk:m
Depth
(It)
171)26 50
60 00
3300
:moo
:m.oo
5.00
D1Co&ai
Stobeoi
01 Colai
Stbilttoi
:noo
MWD
Mud Molor
30 00
Sib
500
31.00
5 00
31) 00
300
150
Bt
.,..Sbno
.,:;
Meaued
l er9h
E>q>Ol1
l~t
- - --'
J
17026.5
171B3_5
ln195
17419.5
178095
17814 5
17S.U5
178495
17S805
17885.5
179155
17945 5
179485
17SOO O
OD
ID
fnl
Item Oesac>bOn
(11'1)
5000
5000
62Sll
5000
8000
8000
4276
3000
2.250
3000
2500
2500
9.000
9 000
8000
9.000
2.500
2.500
2 500
2500
2500
2500
6000
2 00
8000
8000
10625
2192 DlfPoe5 ... 1950IJll( G N~J.P

49 70 Heevy 'W'e!/'4 0 .. Poe Giant Pncloco. 5 I\. 49 70 pp/
90 88 Mechano:al J Daile)' Mech., 6 1/ 4 n
49 70 HNYy 'W'. Di Pipe Giant Prideco. 5 .._ 49 70 ppl
154 33 Oil Col. 8 I\. 2112 in. 7 H90
154 36 lrUQllll Blade Stabil 10 518'"FG. 8>(21/2 in
154 33 01 Col. 8 in. 2 1/2 n. 7 H90
154 36 lntegilll Blade St<lbiizeo 10 518'' fG. 8 >(21 12 n
15276 Nori-MagD1Co1ot8 ... 2 1 12n.7 H ~
154 36 lnteglll Blade St~ 10 5/8" FG. 8 "2 112 in
15436 MWD Tool8 8 x2 1/2n
15436 Bor.t HOUSJnOB.9><2 1/2.,
7951 8tSlb 6. 6><2112 n
150 00 81-Untoied 8~. 3><10, S.10. 0 614 rl
14. Open the Case> Fluid Editor . Notice there is no fluid data in the
Fluid Editor until after you import the fluid from the library. You
must click Activate if you want to use the flu id in the analysis.
~
IP Fluid Editor
Click Library.
My
Activate
FkJid #1
11\Jd Density
le.so
RheolooY Model
RheolooY Data
!~Plastic
IPV and VP
Temperature
170.00
Of
Plastlc Viscosity
124.00
cp
Yield Point
j 12.000
lbf/IOOft >
Fluid Plot
PPO
..:J
Fann Data
save RPMs as Defaut:

Speed
(rpm)
Dial
rJ
2
3
SM:or Rae (line)
OK
WELLPLAN TM Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual
!

1-43
)
Chapter 1: Basics
f8)
'P Import I Export Fluids
Highlight the 15.1 ppg OBM _~_.,lni

b;yymF~IUlds
fluid library entry in the

:
Library Fluids column.
Click the right-facing arrow

button to copy the fluid from
the library to the Wellbore - -1--- 1 - - - - - - - -Fluids list. Click OK.
OK
FUd#l
Help
~
~
Selected Library Fluid
Delete
Density
Selected Welbore Fluid
Rename
PPCJ
Delete
I~name J
Density
Type
Type
Base Type
Base Type
Base Fluid
Base Fluid
Model
Model
.------
Data
*To move Lbraries between databases, use lf11)0t't/Export on the root node of the Well
1-44
!

Chapter 1: Basics
'P' Fluid [ dilor
~ ~ ~
IS.I PPQO&M
Fluid # I
Mud Density
ItS.10
RheoloQy Model
Iflin9harn Plastk:
Rheoloc;iy Data
T~attxe
PPO
IPV and VP
ro.oo-
Plastic 'mcosll:y
~ cp
Y-teld Point
1,...1-2 .000
- - 1itt100ft>
Fluid Plot
Fam Data
Save RPMs as Defd
Shurl
ti
Speed
(rpm)
O.ll020
Dial
(")
600
300
2
3
0.0010
(/)
0.0000
0
100
OK
400
200
300
Shear Rate (I/sec)
Uncel
600
000
I.
15. Using the Well Explorer, right-click the Database icon and select
Export from the right-click menu. Specify the file name you want
to use and be sure that Save as Type says "Library Transfer Files
(* .lib.xml)." Click Save to create the library transfer fi le. You or the
person to whom you are giving the file can import the library
transfer file by selecting Import from the Database icon's
right-click menu.
!

1-45
Chapter 1: Basics

16. Continue to use the case you created in Step 11 (using the
Instant Case option.)
17. Use View> Tabs.

Ip!_Tab Mana;~---- - -
- - - - r1]~
Tabs:
Sc nematic
Tab2
Click New to create a new

tab. Click Rename to
rename an existing tab.
Click Delete to delete the
highlighted tab.
Delete
Walplot Tabs:
Ale Name
Walplot
New j
<
>
Help
1-46
Delete
Rename
!

Chapter 1: Basics
Window splitters
s-o-
-a-.._
U>HSOOC.1S<>Q1e.-Ob(W'!SOOO 11.0(090).
- fl Class
o . - IH""O.....,edH'"foSc* '
- I( CIM$ Sitt
- t O.S.w.I
.."'
- ~ ca...-e(l/JOj21!JO)
You can also rename

a tab by doubleclicking on it and
specifying a
new name.
- -i
- "0...0..,...
oa...c...
-~-
......._
Wd -....
w-.. .......
._;) RigCOttracb:lts
lt:
D..
r.-.._,,..
a) Use View> Schematics> Well Schematic-Full String and then

use the Option pull-down list to select Not To Scale.
WelSchema!_acFulStr
Schemallc Options
--~
----~-
Option Not To Scale
Schernat_l_~_l
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _l.!J
!

1-47
Chapter 1: Basics
b) On the Editors tab, put the Case> Hole Section Editor in one
pane and the Case > String Editor in the other pane.
!'Joie Section EdotOI
----
Hole Name:
IHole Section
Hoje Section Depth (MD)
117950.0
ft
Section Type
Meaiured
Depth
(ft)
Length
(ft)
Import Hole Section
p Additional Columns
Shoe
Tapered?
M~ured
Depth
(ftJ
ID
[in)
Drlt
frn)
Effective
Hole
Diameter
[1'1)
Friction
F&etOI
Lneai
E~
Capacity
(bbl/It)
<
J_>
Sting Initiafizalion
Library
String Name lr-1-0.-625

--.-. 8-H-A- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Stnng (MD)
117950.0
Section Type
DrilPipe
He~yWeigt(
Jai
Heavy Weigt(
DrilColar
S~y
ft
j ToptoBouom
Length
(ft)
Measi.se
d Depth
17026.50
GD.CO
33.00
300.00
390.00
17026.5
17086-5
17119.5
17419.5
17809.5
[fl]
OD
(ml
5.000
5.000
6.250
5.000
8.000
:::::J
lmportSt1roo l
4.276
3.(0J
2.250
3.000
2.500
21.92
49. 70
90.88
49.70
154.33
lmpoll
A
Weight
(pp/)
ID
frn)
Export
Item Description
DriUPipe 5 in. 19.50 ppf. G. NC5QP<H), P
Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Grant Prideco. 5 in. 49.70
Mechanical Jar Daaey Mech.. 6 1/4 in
Heavy Weight Drill P~ Grant Prideco. 5 in. 49. 70
v
Dril Colla1 Bin. 2 1/2 h 7 H90
c) Put the Case> Wellpath Editor on the Wellpath tab.
Y5ection Definition
lder6rcalion
Mame:
jWellpath
Options...
OriQfl!:{:
Qe$ciip(ion:
Originf:
'tiell Depth (MOl

INC
MD
.)
ft)
0.0
Generate w~h Ac\ual Stations
ft
0.00
AZ
0.00
TYO
(fl)
0.0
DLS
r110001
0.00
AbtTOlt Reff Oft

111cntJ ('/100ft
0.00
8zimuth:
VSed
0.00
<
1-48
!

(fl)
0.0
r-r-jCi.Cil
N01th
(ft)
0.0
Chapter 1: Basics
d) Open the View > Wellpath Plots > Inclination plot on the
Plots tab.
LEGEND
- - lncirnllion
~10;--~-t--'-+--t----'-~--:--;-;-;--r-.-;-_,......-+........,,.........~
as 20
-0
~ 30+---+....-+--....-..--+----'1--.------r-----+----i
:J
CJ)
ro
Q)
~40+----t--~-t---;.-+--:--;---.--t-i-+-~rl-...-,~
50-t-- - - + - - - - + - - - - t - - - - - t - - - - + - - - 1
-40
-20
20
40
Inclination (")
Schematic
Editors
Wellpath 'APlots
!

ffe.l!_ J
1-49
Chapter 1: Basics
18.
a) In Well Explorer, highl ig ht the Class Case in the Class Project.

x
Highlight the case by clicking it.

Refer to the Associated Data
Viewer to determi ne which items
are linked to the case.
EDM 5000. 1 Si'lQie User Db (EDM 5000. I.7 .O (09 .OJ.
- fl a ass
Class Project
- /( Class ste
Class Wei
- I,. Class Welbore (8/10/2010)
- ''Class 0esq.
- i
In this example, the Hole Section

and Assembly use the default
__ _-i-i:Tiii"V~;,:;:'; 0 @mtm
names of Hole Section and
Your Project Nam e
Assembly . You can rename
items in the Associated Data
Viewer by highlighting them and
then clicking them again. The
active fluid is also displayed .
/( You' Site Name

_
v ourWeUName
.t
-
I- Yourwenbore Name
-
1' Your Design Name
(;) RAO Contract0<s

Cl w0<1<spaces
Your Case Nam e
+
+
0~+ TulxW Properties
Cataloos
to 17, 968.0 rt
15. J PPQOBM
1-50
15. l OPPO
!

Chapter 1: Basics
b) In the Associated Data Viewer (located at the bottom of the Well

Explorer), right-cl ick the Hole Section entry and select Copy.
x
er
EDM 5000. 1 Single User Db (EDM 5000. 1.7 .O(09.03.
-*'- N
- fa Class
ci.,ss Project
To copy a hole section

associated with the
highlighted case, right-click
the hole section in the
Associated Data Viewer.
Select Copy from the
right-click menu .
Cklis S<te
- i ClbSS WeJI
- I.. ci.,ss Wellbore (8/10/20 10)
- '' Class Design

0
Class Case
~~~~~-+-~--:~~Y~our~P~ro~j~ectName
- If Your Site Name

- i Your Well Name
- I.. Your Wellbore Name
- 'lJll' Your Design Name
Your Case Name
+ ( ) Rig Contract ors
fi} Catafoos
Workspaces
+ (I~; Tubolar Properties
>
Oeta~s
No Rig

Open
15.1
7, 968.0 ft
Pl'~~:a~~s~n~~-~ 10 PP9
c) In Well Explorer, right-click the case you created in Step 11 and

select Paste from the right-click menu.
- . , Class Project
Class Site
Class Well
"'
- N
10 -
- .i
- I..
-*'
-
Highlight the case to

which you want to copy
the hole section.
Right-click and select
Paste from the
right-click menu.
Class Wellbore (5/ 12,
- 'f Class OesicJn

C
Class Case
5 20
Your Project Name

/( Your Site Name
Your WeU Name
Your Wellbore Name
Your Design Name
- i
- I..
-Y
~-;---------.o m
Open
ii&.
a.
(I)
0
-0
Q)
:;
30
(/)
m
Close
<
New Attachment ...
New lesson ...
Name
X No Rig Associated , ..
Copy
Ctfl+C
[] Hole Section
Paste
Ctrl+V
Rename
F2
Properties...
Alt+Enter
B 10.6zs" BHA
Fluld #I
to 17,9so
8.50 ppg
!

1-51
Chapter 1: Basics
---
--
---
--
-- - - -
lpl WELLPLAN 5000. 1
'X
This will req.ilre a save of assoeiated open cases.

Are you SU'e you want to copy the Hole Section Group to Case: 'You Case Name"?
Click Yes to indicate you want to copy.
d)
Class Project
;..
- I( Class Site
- t. OassWell
- I..
dass Wellbore (5/ 12,
- 1fr Cla.ss Design
- 9;7
-
C Class Case
Your Project Name
I( Your Site Name
Your Well Name
Your Wellbore Name
- ~~ Your Design Name
- .t
- I..
f}
+?i %{$
Cl 'ffltij
Company
+ ~ Ful Feat\J'e Oil Co.

~
Notice the
Associated Data
Viewer indicates the
hole section depth _ __
has changed .
1-52
<
.. .
Nlll'l'le
X No Riq Associated .. .
[ ] Hole Section
1:1
10.62S' BHA
Fluid # I
....
'
Details
No Rig
to 17,968.0 ft
to 171 950.0 ft
8.SOppg
!

Chapter 1: Basics
e)
Hole Section Edlor
Hole Name.
IHole Section
Hole Sechon Depth [MD~
117968.0
Section Type
Ci1$inQ
Casing
J - Open
Hole
~
<
Import Hole Section
W Additional Columns
ft
Meas1.aed
Depth
(ft)
12534.0
1&131.0
17968.0
Shoe
Meastsed
Tapered?
Depth
(ft)
Length
(ft)
17968.0
16131.0
12534.oo r
3537.oo r
1037.oo r
ID
Drift
Effective
Hole
fnJ
fnJ
D~ei
12.375
10.682
12.250
12.250
10.625
17.500
14.750
12.250
U25
0.30
(bbl/ft)
,.
Ex
(
0.1489
0.1108
01458
>
Libtary
Suing Name 110.625" BHA
Section Type
Linear
Capac~y
ml
Stmg lnibaization
String (MD): 117950.0
Friction
Factor
Si;iecify:
It
Length
(ft)
IT op to Bottom _:.J
Measure
d Depth
(ft)
OD
frn)
ID
fill)
lmportSuino
Weight
(ppl)
Expoit
Import
J
,.
Item Des~
v
19. Follow the same procedure as in the previous step.

20. Using the Well Explorer, highlight the hierarchy level in which you
are interested, then view the linked data using the Associated
Data Viewer.
a) Well path, pore pressure, fracture gradient, geothermal gradient,
and casing designs are linked to the design level.
!

1-53
Chapter 1: Basics
)(
EOM 5000. 1 SinQle User Db (EDM 5000.1. 7 .O (09.C "
- ft Class
-
Highlight the design in

which you are
interested. The
Associated Data
Viewer displays the
items that are linked to
this design.
Class Project
- N Oassste
- .i OassWel
- i,.
-*'- N
Cass Wel:lore (8/10/2010)
- VEC#fA
0 Class Case
Your Project Name
Your Site Name
Your Well Name
- I,. Your Wellbore Name
- 1Jll' Your Design Name
0 Your Case Name
- i
<
+ _;:> RIO Contractors

0 Workspaces
Name
welpoth
iif Formations
U Pore Pressure
~ft Frat Gradlent
) Geothermal Gr~nt
~ ~ camo Assembles
Bl T\bilo Assemblies
>
Details
209 stations to
17,968.0 ft
0 Formation Tops
47 v~
47 values
Bottom Hoje: 279.50 f
0 CllsinCJ
0 Tubinl}
b) Ri gs, hole section, assembly, and fluids are linked to the

case level.
c) Fluids are linked to the wellbore level.
1-54
!

Chapter 1: Basics
2 l. In Well Explorer, right-clic k User Defi ned Workspace and select

New from the menu. Name the work pace Class workspace and
click OK. Notice the workspace you created is now listed as 'User
Defined Workspace" in the Well Explo rer.
x
EOM 5000. 1 SirlQleUserOb(EOM5000.1.7.0 (09.03.

Class
Class Project
- f)
- ii
- I( Class~e
- i Class Wei
- I.. Class Welbore (8/10/2010)
- 1tr Class Design
Right-click User
Defined Workspace
and select New from
the right-click menu.
Class Case
- *1 Your Prol ect Name

- I(
Your Site Name
- i Your Well Name

- J.. Your Wellbore Name
- 'f Your Design Name
0
- Q w
..
Your Case Name
es
(}) Userr"'ml
" =J~
+ Ill MoO.J ...
~ Systo Export...
B~ TlbA.Y Pr~
fil Cataloos
x
EOM 5000. I ~ User Db (EOM 5000. 1. 7.O (09.03.
aass
Class Project
- I( Class Sito
- j Oass Well
Class Welbore (8/10/201 0)
- f)
- llP
- J..
- "
-*'
Notice the workspace you

created is now listed as "User
Defined Workspace" in the
Well Explorer.
Cla$~ OesiQrt
0 Class Case
Your Project Nome

Your Site Name
Yoor Well Name
Yoor W ellbore Name
- , , Your Oeslon Name
Yoor Case Name
_) Rig Contractors
Worl<spaces _________
- (}) User Defned Worl<.spaces
(Jl Class Worl<space
(}) ModtM Worl<spaces
(}I System Worl<spaces
+
TlbJ.y Properties
- I(
- .l
- J..
- CJ
Dt.
ii Cataloos
<
22. Save and close the case by using the File menu, or by right-cl icking
the case name in the Well Explorer.
!

1-55
Chapter 1: Basics
23. Re-open the case by double-clicking on it in the Well Explorer.

Notice that the tabs are those you created. When you save a case,
the current tab configuration is saved with the case data. Therefore,
when you re-open the case, the tab configuration is
automatically displayed.
24. Right-click User Defined Workspaces and select Export.
25. System Workspaces are installed with the software and cannot be
changed. You could use a System Workspace as the basis for a User
Defined Workspace, but you must always save your workspaces as
User Defined Workspaces. Review the tab configurations
associated with each system workspace by double-clicking the
workspace name in the Well Explorer, or by highlighting the
workspace and selecting Apply from the right-click menu.
D Rig Contractors
- CJ Workspaces
+ (}) User
Defined Workspaces
(i} Module Workspaces

- ~ System Workspaces
(JI Bottom Hole Assembly Analysis
(JI Cementiig Analysis

(JI Critical Speed Analysis
(JI Hydraulics Analysis
(JI Real Time Analysis
Apply the workspace by

highlighting it and selecting AP-from the right-click menu .
1---
(JJ stuck Pipe AnalystS

(JI Su'ge s-b ReQ>. Analysis
C!l a;z '3k&i!@# MW
(JI Wei Coruol Analys.!I

~ ~~~
<
26.
a) Activate the Torque Drag Analysis module by using Modules>
Torque Drag > Normal.
1-56
!

Chapter 1: Basics
b) Apply the Torque Drag Analysis System Workspace by doubleclicking it in the Well Explorer. Ig nore any error messages
displayed in the Status Message area. These errors occur because
you have not entered required analysis data.
Wei Schematic Ful S!!!Jg _
Schematic Oplions
_ _ __ _ _ __
__
_ __
Option Not T0 Scale
Mean Sea Level (100.0 ft)
12534.0 ft
1613 1.0 ft
Mudline (428.0 ft)
13 5/8 In, 88.2 ppf, Ql25,, 12534.0 ft

11.75 in, 65 ppf, Class Grade, , 16131.0 ft
OH 12.250 in, 17968.0 ft
Notice the tabs have

changed.
l
17968.0 ft
17968.0 ft
\ W ork
i< w ellpath I\ Hole_String I\ Schematic /(BHA )(L I I
c)
x
EDM 5000. ! Single User Db (EDM 5000. 1. 7.0 (09.03.05.228))
- f}
Class
Class Project
- I( Class Site
Class WeD
Class Wellbote (8/ 10/ 2010)
- *1
- 1.
- I..
-
Right-click the Module

Workspaces node in the
Well Explorer tree and
select Save As Default.
- tl1
-
'~''
Class Design
Class Case
Your Project Name
I( Your Site Name
- j: Your Well Name
Your WeUbore Name
~r Your Design Name
Your Case Name
- I..
(.) RIQ Contractors
- Cl Workspaces
(lJ User Oef111ed Workspaces
+ ~ r.wwwmu
~5)
~ 0~; Tubular Propetties
Catalogs
!

1-57
Chapter 1: Basics
"
EOM 5000. t Single User Db (EDM 5000. 1.7 .O (09.03.05.228))
- fa Class
Notice that Torque Drag
now displays beneath the
Module Workspace node.
This indicates that a
workspace default has
been associated to the
Torque Drag Analysis
modu le. (This is not the
name of the workspace,
but rather the name of the
module.) You can only
have one default for each
analysis module, although
you can change the default
whenever you want.
Class Project
Class Site
dass Well
- I., Class Wellbore (8/ 10/ 2010)
Class Design
0 Clan Case
'lour Project Name
/i( 'lour Site Name
- j: 'lour Well Name
Your Wellbore Name
'lour Design Name
0 'lour Case Nam e
- /i(
- .i
- 'J
- I..
- 'If
+ [ ) RtQ Contractors
- CJ Workspaces
+ (}) User Defined Workspaces
- t - -+ -
(})l!@'[tj#1.f.!4J
GD System Workspaces
(!I Torque Drag

+
lit;
f j Catalogs
Tubular Properties
d) Using the Well Explorer, right-click the Class Case case in the
Class Project project to open the case, if it is not already open. If
it is open , you can use the Window menu to switch to this case.
e) Click the ~ toolbar icon to activate the Torque Drag module.
The tab configuration is the one you specified to use as the
default for all Torque Drag Analysis, regardless of which case
you are analyzing.
f) Double-click the User Defined Workspace you created to apply
that workspace. Notice the tab change.
1-58
!

Chapter 1: Basics
Configuring and Using Plots

27.
a)
_ elp.3lhlncirtatoo
Using the Plot tab,

place the cursor (arrow)
on the data curve of the
Inclination plot. Click
the right mouse button,
and select
Freeze Line ....
__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I "=.. ~
g
5000
a.
(I)
0
"O
Hide line
10000
(I)
....
Cf)
line Properties
(I)
(I)
~ 15000
Graph Properties ...
10
25
20
15
Inclinati on (0 )
Specify the color of the freeze

line to be green , the width to 3,
and change the name of
the curve.
(BJ
'P' Freeze line

legend: ) Frozen ll1dil1atiOl1i
Width:
5tyle:
:::J 13 :B
IScM
,___0_1<_
Colour:
Symbol:
I l_Squar_e--iJ
_.I __:~J
b)
Identtuion
'f.)ection Defnbon
flJ~
t!ome
Opboni
Qe$0!~
~el Depth (MD~ 11 7968.0
Using the Wellpath tab,

change the inclination
near 2500 ft to 50 deg.
Oogonti
Ongin f;.
Gene<ate Wllh Adu.of Stabons
-:1:J757
32630
1.80
50.00
1.83
1.89
1 95
325.79
32532
327 10
pia.61
32S 18
327.00
32919
24289
24781
25212
2564 1
2616 6
26658
Azm'.h
Re!Toil VSect
11001
(ft)
000
52
000
76
000
101
114
000
000
126
XIS
000
000
483
0.00
49.7
000
51 1
It
lo.oo
N..th
Eat
RJ
R)
52
76
101
11 4
126
305
483
497
511
90
.99
11 6
-12.4
13 3
Build "
/100!
07
03
-0.0
01
0.0
24 2
~7
-:1f> 1
360
369
.979
01
01 ..,
>
I I
!

1-59
Chapter 1: Basics
__ elp~ll_ltifknahon _ _ ____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _
Notice the two curves

visible on the Inclination
plot. The legend indicates
the name of each curve.
E.
Q)
0
"O 10000
:::I
(fl
(.'O
Q)
:z
0
10
20
30
Inclination (
40
50
40
50
0
)
c)
Right-click the desired

curve. Select Hide Line.
i
a.
Q)
10000
::I
(fl
('O
Q)
::z
0
10
20
30
IncIi nation ()
1-60
!

Chapter 1: Basics
~ -----
- - - - ---
--
------
--- - - -
When a line is hidden. it

disappears from the plot.
LEGEND
Frozen Inclination
15000
10
15
20
25
Inclination()
d) Add a background logo to the plot. Right-click anywhere on the

plot and select Properties. In the Background tab, select the
Bitmap radio button. Add the Halliburton logo to the plot. Your
instructor can tell you the location of the fi le.
1p1
(EJ
Properties
Scale
Axis
General/Grid
Markets
labels
Font
line Styles
Backgiound
Apply To Graph Area Only P
(' None
(' Color:
(: Bitmap:
legend
1..raini
--.
no-\_
Dat_a-\F_orela_s-s\_
Dat_a\Hal_ibur
_ t-ori.-090
- .-bmp- J
Tile
~ Center
P'
Stretch To Fit
Maintain Aspect
OK
!

Ratio
I_ Cancel
H~
1-61
Chapter 1: Basics
Notice the
logo is
applied.
LEGEND
Frozen lncinallon
.sa.
Q)
0
~ 10000
....
::::>
(/)
CD
Q)
~ 15000
10
20
15
25
Inclination()
28. Generate a survey Vertical Section plot using View > Wellpath
Plots > Vertical Section.
500
1000
1500
Vertical Section (ft)
1-62
!

Chapter 1: Basics
a)
/pf
line Properties
Apply to al
Line
style: Soid
r
r
r
Wklh:f313
Colcu: .J
Data OictJolwy
X Property
OK
YProperty
Cancel
J
I.
Heb
b) Activate the Graphics toolbar by clicking anywhere on the plot.
rE; 1!:!. l-:-1Uj
r[~il~ edii ~ I
ftiD
Data Reader
c) Use the Data Reader (third icon from the left on the Graphics
toolbar) to determine the vertical section at TD. What is it?
Move the data reader to the point on
the curve in which you are interested .
Read the coordinate values here.
>
f15000
200
400
600
800
1000
1600
Verncal Section (ft)
ea, Oefd Oat.on e> 100.0 ft dbove Mean S'ea Level, Ai' Gap 100.0 ft, Wel>edd 590.0 ~, ~ 600.0ft Vertical Section pt..ao6 x-1733.6 y. 17581.1
!

1-63
Chapter 1: Basics
d) Click the Grid View icon (fifth icon from the left on the
Graphics toolbar) to view X/Y coordinate data for the plot. Click
the Arrow icon (left-most icon on the Graphics tool bar) to return
to the Plot view.
To toggle between tabular
data and plotted data, you
can also select Graph/Grid
from the right-click menu.
,..
Vertical Seobori
0.0
0.0
00
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1
we~hEdltor
Plan View
OogleQ Severity
lndinatioo
Almlth
AIMolte Tortuosiy
Relative Tortuosity
BUldfllane Curvatu'e
-0.
WakPlane CurvatU'e
-0.2
-0.2
Graph Export to metafte ...
-0.2
-0.2
-0.3
-0.3
-0.3
1fl
Properties
n?
29. Click the It) ~ tool bar icon.
1-64
!

30.0
60.0
000
114.8
12.0.0
139.1
1500
178.5
180.0
210.0
240.0
vo.o
27&9
300.0
330.0
3600
378.6
:al.O ..,
'""">
Chapter 1: Basics
a) Using the Axis tab, draw the X axis where Y = 0, and remove the
tick marks from the Y axis.
Click this radio
button to draw
the x-axis
where y= 0.
1p1
C8J
Properties
Markers
Axii
Scale
Genei allG nd
~ XAxls
r.
r
Remove tick marks

by unchecking the
associated
check box.
L~
Lllbels
Foft
Back110l.nd
Lne St}es
Invert the scale
AXis ldbels
Draw axis where y 0

Draw dlCIS at the ecfoes rJ the oraph
r.
TlckMarks P'
ncklabels P
("
Vertical
Invert the sc.,!e
Y-Axls
Draw axis where x 0
r.
Draw aids at the ecfoes rJ the oraph
r.
.~
AxiS Labels I;;
("' Ticks on the lnSlcfe
left side
-f----,----'r _..,.,jl&..00...,,__
TICk Mdrks
_...._-ld~~~~- ~
Tick Labels ~
vetbcal
Both
Border Gap (4): 10.0
H~
OK
JJ
b) Using the General/Grid tab, remove the grid lines from the plot.
(g)
'P Properties
Scale
L~
Markers
Uncheck this
check box to
remove the grid lines.
Geneial/Grrd
Axis
Labels
Fort
Backgiound
Line S~es
Grid
--1- r
ShowGrid
Mnot Treks:
M<IJOf rd every:
ndles
General
~ Border ar<X.nd the IJ'aph.
j
OK
!

Cicer
I_
Apply
_J
H~
1-65
Chapter 1: Basics
c) Using the Labels tab, change the Y axis label to

True Ver ti cal Dept h .
1p1
rg:j
Properties
Scale
Markets
Al<ii
Legend
General/Grid
Labels
Font
Backgoood
Line Styles
I
I
x - vertical Section
Y - True Vertical Depth
Specify the Y axis label here.
OK
I-
Help
G.Ylcel
d) Usi ng the Font tab, change the axis labels to Green and Italic.
1200
1p1
Click Axis
Labels to
change the
fonts used tor
axis labels .
CTJ[E)
Font
Font.
,~
Font $1y1e
S12e.
lttdic
OK
Tlck Labels
~alabels
0
0
0
0
0
Alia Black
Aiial Narrow
Alia Rouided MT Bolo
Arial Unicode MS
Baskervile 0 Id Face
v
Baillaut 93
Effect$
r
r
"'
Bold
Bold Italic
v
Sample
Strikeout
AeBbYy..:'z
Underltne
Color
!
Green
OK
1-66
J_
Scnpt
iJ
lwestem
Cancel
A~
!

Heb
Cicel
Chapter 1: Basics
e) Using the Markers tab, display data markers every

50 data points.
s~
Gene1al/G1id
Legend
Alas
Markers
f.i
Labels
Font
Lne Styles
Backgrouid
Size Js.oo
Show Data Markers
P"
data
Poiits Of Interest
Always one at the end
P" Show Poi1ts Of Interest
No Labels
r
r
r.
Labels on Unes
Cyde l.i"le styles
Cyde line Colors
Check the Show

Data Markers check
box to indicate data
po int frequency.
OK
f) Using the Legend tab, tum off the legend.
r8J
'P Properties
Scale
Allis
Markers
Geneia/Grid I
Legend
Labels
Font
Lne s~
Backgound
r
X Ongi'l:
YOngn:
fiO
fiO
Uncheck the Show Legend

checkbox to remove the
legend from the plot.
OK
!

Cancel
I
Help
JJ
1-6 7
Chapter 1: Basics
g)
ellpolh Veihf~S_ection_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Vertical SectJon (n)

0
5000
--e
10000
:S
200
400
600
800
1000 1 200 1400 1600
~
lb
<:...>
Q)
15000
20000
30. Right-click the case name in Well Explorer and select Close.
31. Export this case at the company level using the file name of
your choice.
x
EOM 500'.l.1 Si1gle User Db (EOM 5000 .1.7 .0 (09.03 .05.228))
Click the company containing

the case you want to export.
Select Export from the rightclick menu .
- ,0
mm
- #_ C
~
New Project ...
RCMlllO
Note: You must close all cases

associated with the company
before you can export.
Ins
New Attachment ...

NewFolder...
F2
Del
E;port ...
Properties ...
Rig C
Expand Al
CoGailse Al
- D Workspa(es
- (}) User Defined Workspaces
(II Class Workspace
- llJ ModJle Workspaces

(ll Torque Drag
+
+
1-68
Oii System Workspaces
O~i TubUar Properties

CataloQs
ii
!

ChapterE
Drilling
Overview
Data
The data used in this exercise is not from an actu al well . Although an
the accuracy of the data overshadow learning software functionality.
Workflow
In this section, you will drill o ne hole section in a well. During this
analysis, you assume previous hole sections have been drilled, and will
focus only on the current section being drilled.
The following is a brief, general overview of the workflow and does not
include a description of all workflow steps.
Initial analysis evaluates the stresses acting on the string when the bit is
at TD. Adjustments to the drill pipe are made based on this analysis.
Next, the torque and drag is evaluated at depths o ther than TD.
After all string adjustments based on torque drag analysis are completed,
hydraulics analysis begins. First, hole cleaning is reviewed. Flow rate
adjustments are made to improve hole cleaning. Pressure losses,
incl uding system, string, and annulus are exami ned. Critical annu lar
velocities are determined. Pump horsepower requirements are
determined. ECDs are analyzed, and bit nozzle sizes are optimized. A
fi nal design check is performed to ensure hole cleaning, pressure losses,
and ECDs are acceptable.
After the hydraulics analysis is completed, tripping surge and swab
transient pressures are investigated.
!

2 -1
Chapter 2: Drilling
Well control analysis is the next step in the process. The kick type is
determined, as well as the expected influx volume. Using the estimated
influx volume, the kick tolerance is examined. A kill sheet is generated,
and the well control animation is used to display the pressures and other
parameters as the kick is circulated out of the wellbore.
After well control analysis is completed, critical vibrational speeds are
investigated, as well as the stresses, bending moments, and
displacements acting on the string.
Next, the BHA performance is investigated, including the response of
the BHA to various WOB and ROP combinations.
Finally, the forces required to set, trip, and reset a jar in the event the
pipe becomes stuck are determined.
Workflow Solution
Solutions for the workflow steps in this chapter can be found in the
"Drilling Solution" chapter.
What Is Covered
During this workflow you will:
Input General Well Data
Integrate between WELLPLAN software modules

Define the hole section
Define the workstring and the component parameters
Define the wellpath and how to apply tortuosity
Define wellbore fluids
Torque Drag Analysis
Understand the torque and drag analysis parameters, including:

analytical methods
stiff string and soft string models
mechanical limitations
selecting desired tripping and drilling modes
defining friction factors
2-2
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
Analyze torque drag at TD, and at other wellbore depths

Examine effecti ve and true tension and when to use each
Examine fatigue
Determine available overpull
Determine the torque acting on the string
Investigate the possibility of buckling
Investigate ways to resolve torque and drag issues
Hydraulics Analysis
Examine hole cleaning at various pump rates

Investigate the effect of ROP o n ho le cleaning
Determine press ure losses
Determine annular velocity
Input circu lating system information
Investigate required horsepower
Check ECDs
Optimize hydraulics
Surge Swab Analysis
Analyze transient surge/swab pressures and ECDs

Generate a trip schedule
Well Control Analysis
Investigate well control

Determine predicted kick type
Estimate influx volume and kick tolerance
Evaluate pressures as a kick is circulated out
Predict a safe drilling depth
Generate a kill sheet
Critical Speed Analysis
Determine critical rotational speeds

Examine the stresses acting on the workstring at various RO Ps,
includi ng the type of stress and where it occurs
Examine stri ng displacements
Review bending moments
!

2-3
Chapter 2 : Drilling
Bottomhole Assembly Analysis
Predict BHA build and drop

Evaluate BHA contact points along the wellbore
Analyze the effect of various WOB and ROP combinations on
BHA performance
Stuck Pipe Analysis
2-4
Estimate a stuck point for specified surface conditions, and

string stretch
Determine loads required to set and trip a jar
Determine load required to yield the pipe
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
Torque Drag Analysis (Using the Torque Drag

Analysis Module)
The Torque Drag Analysis module predicts the measured weights and
torques while tripping in, tripping out, rotating on bottom, rotating off
bottom, slide drilling, and backreaming. This information can be used to
determine if the well can be drilled or to evaluate conditions while
drilling a well. The module can be used for analyzing drillstrings, casing
strings, liners, tieback strings, tubing strings, and coiled tubing.
The Torque Drag Analysis module includes both soft string and stiff
string models. The soft string model is based on Dawson's cable model.
In this model, the work stri ng is treated as an extendible cable with zero
bending stiffness. Friction is assumed to act in the direction opposing
motion. The forces required to buckle the string are determined, and if
buckling occurs, the mode of buckling (sinusoidal, transitional, helical,
or lockup) is indicated. The stiff string model includes the increased side
forces from stiff tubulars in curved hole, as well as the reduced side
forces from pipe wall clearance.
Data Import for Exercises

At this time, it is necessary to import the training data. Select File >
Import > Transfer File from the drop-down menus and import
Training Company.edm.xml from the training data folder.
Input and Review Well Configuration and Analysis Options

I. Using the Well Explorer, open the Case titled "Drilling."
2. Activate the Torque Drag Analysis module.
3. What is the mudline depth (MSL)?
4. Review the hole section information.
a. Why is the riser length 590 ft?
b. What friction factors are used?
!

2-5
Chapter 2: Drilling
5. Review the string information.

Note
The length of the top row cornponenl is automatically adjusted.
a. What is the string depth?

b. Does the d1il l pipe weight include the tool joint weight?
c. What type of connections are used for the drill pipe, and what is
the make-up torque for the drill pipe connection?
6. Review the wellpath information.
a. What is the best azimuth to view the View > Wellpatb Plots >
Vertical Section plot?
b. How can you use this dialog box to set the Vertical Section plot
to use that azimuth?
7. Apply tortuosity to the open hole section. Use the Sine Wave
Tortuosity Model, 12,500 ft MD Top, a 500 ft Angle Change
Period, a 0.5 degree magnitude, and a 30 ft Depth Interval.
Note
In this example, only one MD Top is specified. Therefore, the same tortuos ity
will be applied co all data points below the specified MD Top.
a. When should you use tortuosity?

b. When using the Sine Wave model, why should angle and pitch
not be a multiple of each other?
c. Review the Inclination and Azimuth plots. What is causing
the "corkscrews?"
8. What fluid is used in the analysis?
Torque Drag Analysis uses viscosity and density for the analysis.
2-6
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
9. S pecify the Torque Drag Analysis setup options. Check all the
boxes in the Mechanical Limitations section. T hi s information will
now be displayed on the applicable plots.
The Soft String model is more widely used than the Stiff String
model. For more information, re fer to the online help.
10. Review the additional analysis parameters.
a. From what source are the friction factors coming?
(Calibrated, Hole Section Ed itor, and so on)
b. What operations will be analyzed?
c. What is the WOB (or overpu ll) and the bit torque?
Analyze Results at TD
Using the Normal Analysi s mode, you will review the results when the
bit is at TD (total depth). Later, you wi ll use Drag Charts to review the
results when the bit is at other depths along the well path.
11. Review the Summary Loads table.
a. What problems exist?
b. Can you dete nnine where the problems occur?
c. What is the overpull margin with and without tortuosity applied?
Continue the exercise with tortuosity applied.
d. If you consider viscous drag effects of the fluid acting on the
drillstring, what is the overpull margin? What additional
problem have you introduced and in what mode of operation?
Do not consider viscous effects after thi s point.
e. Does buckling occur?
12. Review the Effective Tension plot.
a. Why not use the True Tension plot?
b. Which operation is close to exceedi ng the tension limit?
c. Is buckling predicted based on this pl ot?
!

2 -7
Chapter 2: Drilling
13. Review the Torque Graph to determine the location in the string
when the torque limit is exceeded for each operation indicated in
the Summary Loads table.
14. Review the Fatigue plot to determine where fatigue may be
a problem.
a. What is fatigue, and why is it important?
Hint
Refco to the ooHote help
b. What is one possible cause of the fatigue?

15. Review the load data to determine which limi ts are exceeded during
the Backreaming, Rotating On Bottom, and Rotating Off Bottom
operations. When backreaming, at what depth is the yield strength
and utilization factor exceeded?
16. What can you do to avoid the problems in the string? There are
several possible options. For this exercise, change the drill pipe.
a. One option would be to change the drill pipe to 5", 25.6#, S, FH,
Class l pipe.
b. Review the make-up torque and fatigue limits for this pipe.
I 7. Review the Normal Analysis Summary Loads table as another
means to confirm the problems are resolved. Is the overpull
over-designed?
18. How could you save some money on the string? Continue to use the
S grade pipe in the top 7,500 ft of drill pipe. Because the original
drillpipe (5", 19.5 lb/ft, G, NC50, P) was sufficient below that
depth, change to the original pipe below 7,500 ft. Review results
again using the Summary Loads table. (7,500 ft of S pipe is used
because the problems began about 7 ,000 ft. The additional 500 ft
allows for a margin of safety.)
There are other possible drill pipe configurations that would be
acceptable. Because of time constraints, additional analysis will not
be performed in the course setting at this time.
2-8
!

'
Chapter 2: Drilling
We have analyzed results when the bit is at TD (total depth). Now

we will use Drag Charts to review the results when the bit is at other
depths along the wellpath.
Analyze Torque and Drag at Other Depths

19. Select the Drag Charts analysis mode.
20. Analyze every l 00 ft from 0 to TD.
Note
Much of the information on this dialog box defaults from the data specifi ed in
the Normal A nalysis mode.
2 1. Review the Hook Load chart.

a. What does the Max Weight Yield line represent?
b. How can you determine the overpull at a specific point?
22. Review the Torque Point chart.
a. This plot displays the torque at what depth?
b. Why is there 0 torque while tripping in and tripping out?
23. Specify an RPM of 80 for the tripping operations (as with a top
drive). Notice the difference in the plot. Set the RPM back to zero
before proceeding.
24. Review the Minimum WOB chart. Look at the last data point and
compare the results to the Normal Analysis Summary table res ults.
Notice the Run Depth is the same as the bit depth.
!

2-9
Chapter 2: Drilling
Analyze Hydraulics {Using the Hydraulics Module)

The WELLPLAN H ydraulics module is designed to assist the engineer
with the complicated issue of designing hydraulics. The module can be
used to optimize bit hydraulics, determine the minimum flow rate for
hole cleaning, determine the maximum now rate to avoid turbulent
flow, analyze hydraulics for surge and/or swab pressures, and quickly
evaluate rig operational hydraulics.
The module provides several rheologica l models, including Bingham
Plastic, Power Law, Newtonian , and Herschel Bulkley. The chosen
rheological model provides the basis for the pressure loss calculations.

25. Access the Hydraulics modul e.
26. Review the string information.
a. What are the bit nozzle sizes?
b. What are the flow rates and pressure losses for the mud motor?
c. What are the flow rates and pressure losses for the MWD?
Analyze Hole Cleaning

27. Access the Hole Cleaning - Operational analysis mode.
28. Review the analysis parameters.
29. Review the Hole Cleaning Operational plot at 600 gpm and a rate
of penetration (ROP) of 50.
a. What is the minimum flow rate to clean the wellbore?
b. What is the bed height in the riser?
c . What is the bed height in the casi ng (between the drill pipe and
the casing)?
2-1 0
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
d. Will changing the flow rate help clean the annulus (not including
the riser)? Try 615 gpm.
Note
Use the slider on the plot to change the tlowrate
e. How much add itional flow is needed to clean the riser? Try a
flow rate of 720 gpm.
f.
To pump at the lower flowrate of 615 gpm, add a booster pump.

The injection depth is 590 ft, 40 F injection temperature, and an
injection rate of I05 gpm.
g. Now that you have added a booster pump, set the flowrate to
615 gpm. Are the wellbore and riser clean?
30. Review the Minimum flow Rate vs. ROP plot.
Note
Using this plot, you can perform sensitivity analysis by selecting any RPM . To
increase ROP, you can vary the RPM or the flowrate.
a. At 0 RPM, what flowrate is required to achieve an ROP

of 70 ft/hr?
Rotary speed is the speed of the rotary bushing or the top drive.
b. How fast can you drill, and keep the well bore clean, if you rotate
at 30 rpm?
c. Set the rpm to 25 before proceeding.
Analyze Pressure Loss and Annular Velocity

31. Access the Pressure: Pump Rate Range analysis mode.
32. Review the surface equipment and mud pump information.
a.
What is the surface equipment rated working pressure?
b. What is the maximum discharge pressure and horsepower rating

of the active pump?
!

2-11
Chapter 2: Drilling
33. Now that you know you need to pump at 615 gpm to clean the
wellbore , analyze pressure losses for a range of fl owrates to
determ ine if your pu mps can handle the requi red flow. Use the
fo llowi ng analysis parameters:
Analyze rates between 475 - 725 gpm using an increment

of 50 gpm.
Include mud te mperature effects.
Include tool joint pressure losses.
9 hr circulatio n time
a. W here do the Maximum System Pressure and the Maxi mum

Pump Power come from?
34. Review the pressure losses. Are the system pressures losses too
high at 615 gpm?
35 . Change from the 5,660 ps i pump to a 7,500 ps i pump.
Note
To use the active pump in the analysis, you must update the Pumping
Constraints on the Parameter > Rates dialog box by clicking O btain from
Circulating System.
36. Is there still a pressure loss problem?

37. Review the Annular Ve loc ity plot.
a.
Is there turbulent flow ?
b. What is the minimum flowrate that causes turbulent flow ?

c. If you want a turbu lent flow regime in the open and cased hole,
how fast would you need to pump?
Hint
Use the Annular Pump Rate plot.
38. Save your data to the database.
2-12
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
Determine Required Horsepower

39. Check the required horsepower using the Pressure: Pump Rate
Fixed analysis mode. Pump at 6 15 gpm.
a. What is the standpipe pressure? Is this less than the maximum
pump pressure?
b. Using the pie-charts, review the power losses in the drillstring
and annulus. What are the total power losses and how do they
compare to the available power for the pump you selected?
c. Using the pie-charts, review the pressure losses in the drillstring
and annulus. What are the total pressure losses?
d. Activate the other 7,500 psi pump and use both in the analysis.
(Both 7,500 psi pumps should be active.)
Hint
This is a two-step process: one step to activate the pump, and the other to
use the pump in the anal ysis.
When using multiple pumps, the pump pressure used in the

analysis is the minimum pump pressure for any active pump.
However, if using multiple pumps, the HP used in the analysis is
the combined HP of all active pumps.
e. Clear the status messages.
Check ECDs
40. Continue using the Pressure: Pump Rate Fixed analysis mode to
check the ECDs.
a. Using the Circulating Pressure vs. Depth plot, is there like ly to
be trouble?
b. Does the ECO vs. Depth plot indicate any trouble?
c. Hide the pore and fracture pressure curves displayed on the ECO
vs. Depth plot.
!

2-13
Chapter 2: Drilling
d. Using the Freeze Line functionality, freeze the remaining curve

on the plot. To identify the curve later, change the color and
increase the thickness of the curve.
e.
Include cuttings loading in the analysis.

Note
To include cuttings loading in the analysis, un-check the Mud

Temperature Effects check box . You can then check the Include
Cuttings Loading check box.
f.
Refer back to the ECD vs. Depth plot and notice the difference
in the curves. Why is there a difference?
Bit Optimization
41 . Access the Optimization Planning analysis mode and specify the
following analysis parameters. What size nozzles do you need to
use to optimize based on Bit Impact Force or HHP?
The minimum annular velocity is 120 ft/min.

Allow three nozzles, with a minimum size of 14/32 nds.
Allow I 00% bit flow.
Include tool joint pressure losses.
42. Access the Pump Rate Fixed analysis mode.

43 . Use the Rate dialog box to inves tigate the effect on HSI when the
nozzle sizes are changed.

a. What is the HSI?
b. Change the Local nozzles to three l 5/32nds. What is the TFA?
Note
Local nozzles can be used for sensitivity analysis so the String Editor
nozzles can be left unchanged. After you finish the sensitivity analysis,
you can copy the Local nozzles to the String Editor nozzles.
c. Indicate that you do not want to use the String nozzles. What is
the HSI now?
214
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
d. Notice the stand pipe pressure is close to the maximum pump

pressure, so use three I 6/32nd nozzles instead. What is the
HSI now?
e. Copy these nozzles to the String Editor.
Note
Notice the Item Description field associated with the bit on the String
Editor did not change when the Local Nozzles were copied to the String
Editor. This field is for description only. You can change the description if
you wish.
Final Design Check

44. Review the hole cleaning. Is everything OK?
45. Review the pressure losses. ls everything OK?
46. Review the ECDs. Is everything OK?
!

2-15
Chapter 2: Drilling
Analyze Surge/Swab Pressures and ECDs (Using

the Surge Module)
The Surge module is a transient pressure model to determine surge and
swab pressures throughout the wellbore caused by pipe movement. This
analysis is used for well planning operations when surge pressures need
to be controlled and to evaluate well problems related to pressure surges.
It is also useful for critical well designs when other surge pressure
calculation methods are not sufficiently accurate.
The Surge module is based on a fully dynamic analysis of fluid flow and
pipe motion. This analysis solves the full balance of mass and balance
of momentum for pipe flow and annulus flow.
Surge solutions consider the compressibi li ty of the flu ids, the elasticity
of the system, and the dynamic motions of pipes and fluids. Also
considered are surge pressures related to fluid column length below the
moving pipe, compressibility of the formation, and axial elasticity of the
moving string. In-hole fluid properties are adjusted to reflect the effects
of pressure and temperature.

47. Access the Surge module.
48. Review the pore pressures. At what measured depth is there a
0.5 ppg pore pressure increase in the open hole section (other than
at the shoe)? (Hint: Use Convert Depth/EMW.)
Hint
Use Convert Depth/EMW.
2 -16
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
Analyze Transient Responses

Tripping Out Operation
49. Specify operations data. Specify the following analysis parameters.
Use defaults for other options.
Swab analysis.
Enter 15,000 ft for the Additional Depth of Interest.
Specify 12,500 ft (shoe), 15,000 ft (depth of interest), and
20,000 ft (TD) pipe depths. Use 270 ft/min for the pipe speed at
all depths.
For each depth of interest, the analysis will be performed assuming

the pipe is at the depths specified in the Pipe Depth column, using
the trip speed specified in the Pipe Speed column.
50. Review the Swab Transient Response Plot. Examine all depths, but
the follow ing questions pertain to TD.
a. Is there a problem?
b. How much of a swab effect exists (in psi)?
51. Run a trip schedule for the open hole. What is the recommended
safe trip speed?
52. Adjust the trip speed to 150 ft/min, and review the transient plots to
confirm the problem is resolved.
Tripping In Operation
53. Change the operation from swab to surge. Leave all other
parameters the same as for the swab operation.
54. Review the transient plot. Why was the analysis not performed?
55. Adjust the moving pipe depth, and review the transient response
plot at all three moving pipe depths. Are there any problems?
56. Is it possible to experience a "swab" effect while tripping in and a
"surge" effect while tripping out?
!

2-17
Chapter 2: Drilling
Investigate Well Control (Using the Well Control

Analysis Module)
The Well Control module can be used to:
calculate the expected influx volume.

assist with casing design in terms of shoe settings depths.
calculate expected conditions resulting from an influx.
generate kill sheets.
determine maximum safe drilling depths and maximum allowable
influx volumes .
Well Control Analysis analyzes three different influx types: oil, water,
and gas. The default influx type is gas.
If the influx type is gas, the analysis assumes the influx is a single,
methane gas bubble. Dispersed gas influxes are not modeled. The influx
density is the density of methane at the current temperature and
pressure. The compressibility factor, Z, is based on the critical
temperature and pressure of methane.

57. Activate the Well Control Analysis module.
58. Review geothermal data.
59. Review well control setup data.

60. Review the temperature distribution model.
61 . Review the geothermal plot.
Determine Kick Type

62. Specify the Kick Interval Gradient of 0.732 psi/ft. Why is this a
kick whi le drilling?.
I Hint
Ref" to the onlinc help.
2-18
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
Estimate Influx Volume

63. What type of kick detection method is used?
64. Review the reservoir info rmation.

65. Review the reaction time.
66. What is the expected in flux volume, and how long did it take to
detect the kick?
Analyze Kick Tolerance

67. Access the Kick Tolerance mode.
68. Use the Wait and Weight method.
Note
Available tabs on the Case> Well Control Setup dialog box vary depending
on selected analysis mode.
69. Specify the kick tolerance analysis parameters.
The Kill Rate is 135 gpm.

Specify the shoe depth as the Depth of Interest.
Assume a 50 bbl kick.
Design for a 14.3 ppg kill mud (0.743 psi/ft).
I Note
P<ess F4 to convert un;ts
Analyze between the shoe and TD. (Depth Interval to Check

is 7 ,500 ft).
Note
The Depth Interval to Check begins at the Depth of Interest.
Assume a Gas kick. This is the worst-case kick type.

Influx types can be Gas, Oil, or Salt Water.
!

2 -19
Chapter 2: Drilling
70. Analyze kick tolerance results.

a. What is the maximum allowable influx volume?
b. Is the annular pressure at the shoe between the pore and fracture
pressures as the kick is circulated out?
c. What is the highest choke pressure?
d. Review the Maximum Pressure plot. How does this plot
compare to the Pressure at Depth pl ot?
e. Review the Safe Drilling Depth plot. What does this plot
tell you?
f.
Review the Formation Breakdown Gradient plot. What does this

plot tell you?
g. Will there be a proble m if there is a full evacuation to gas?
Use Animation to Review Results

71. Use View> Animation> Schematic to view a representation of
the fluids moving through the pipe and annulus using the Wait and
Weight method. What fluid is in the well bore and string at the e nd
of the animation?
72. View the animation using the Driller's method. What flu id is in the
wcllbore and string at the end of the animation?
73. Set the kill method back to Wait and Weight.
Generate a Kill Sheet

74. Access the Kill Sheet analysis mode.
75. S pecify the following analysis parameters:
2-20
Use a choke and kill line (590 ft line length, and both choke and
kill line IDs are 3.5 inches).
Use the Wait and Weight method.
BOP pressure rating is I 0,000 psi.
!

Casing burst pressure rating is L0,035 psi.

Casing burst safety factor is 80%.
Leak off pressure is 450 psi.
Leak off mud weight used fo r the leak off test is 13.8 ppg.
The WELLPLAN software internally calculates the equivalent mud

gradient when performing the Well Control analysis. If the calcul ated
equivalent mud gradient is less than the fracture gradient, the calculated
gradient will be used in the analysis.
76. Optional Step: Use the Notebook module to determine the
formation breakdown pressure and equivalent mud gradient based
on a leak off test. Use a test pressure of 450 psi.
a. What mud density sho uld you use?
b. The leak off test was performed at the casing shoe. What is the
casing shoe measured depth, and how can you easily determine
the true vertical depth at the shoe?
c. How can you easily determine the air gap and sea depth ?
d. How does the calculated equivalent mud gradient compare to the
fracture gradient?
77. Access the Well Control Kill Sheet analysis mode.
78. Review the slow pump information.
79. Review the kill sheet analysis parameters. Specify a 6 bbl pi t gain.
Select the pump with the 40 spm s peed.
a. What weighting material is used?

b. What shut-in casing pressure is input?
80. Review the Kill Graph.
!

2-21
Chapter 2: Drilling
81. Does pump efficiency make a difference?

a. Freeze the current line on the Kill Graph.
b. Change the pump efficiency for pump #1 to 90%.
c. Compare the two curves on the Kill Graph.
d. Set the pump efficiency back to 95 %.
82. Access the Kill Sheet report.
Note
The las t page of the report contains an index to assist with locating
information in the report.
a.
Review report options.
b. How many sacks of weighting material are required?

c. What is the final circulating pressure?
d. How many strokes and minutes does it take to fill the drill pipe?
2-22
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
Determine Critical Rotational Speeds (Using Critical

Speed Module)
The Critical Speed Analysis module identifies critical rotary speeds and
areas of high stress concentration in the drillstring. The analysis uses an
engineering analysis technique called Forced Frequency Response
(FFR) to solve for resonant rotational speeds (RPMs). The Critical
Speed Analysis module is based on a nonlinear finite element sol ution
written to include intermittent contact/friction, finite displacement,
buoyancy, and other effects that occur while drilling.
The Critical Speed Analysis module is designed to analyze the 3D
lateral bending vibrational responses of a bottomhole assembly. The
analysis can model axial vibrations (vibrations parallel to the drillstring
axis), lateral vibrations (perpendicular to the drillstring axis), and
torsional (twist) vibrations. The module includes damping and mass
effects in order to more accurately represent the downhole environment.
Input Analysis Parameters

83. Access the Critical Speed module.
84. Input the following analysis parameters:
Torque at bit of 2000 ft-lbf

Weight on bit of 25 kips
Steering tool orientation of 0
Note
If you use a steering tool, the orientation will be included in the analysis to
determine the original position of the string in the wellbore. Steering tool
parameters can be input to the mud motor using the Case> String Editor.
Starting speed of 20 rpm

Ending speed of 200 rpm
a) Speed increment of 5 rpm
b) Excitation Frequency Factor of 3
c) Mesh from 0 to 99999 ft
!

2-23
)
Chapter 2: Drilling
a. Why are you using an excitation frequency of 3?
Hint
Look io the ooli"e help.
b. Why do you mesh to 99999 ft?
Hint
Look io the oolioe help.
c. Why is Dynamics disabled?

85. Review the mesh zone parameters. Use the default parameters.
a. Why is a mesh used in the analysis?
b. In what size elements will the BHA be meshed?
c. Why is Aspect Ratio 1 the smallest ratio?
d. What is Length 2 used for?
Examine the Stresses Acting on the Workstring

This exercise will focus on one critical rpm at 140. In reality, you should
analyze all peaks, and the range of rpms near a peak rpm. For example,
for the peak at 140 rpm, you should consider between 130 and 150 rpm.
86. Examine the stresses acting on the workstring.
The model used is based on harmonic analysis, therefore stresses are
relative and not actual.
a. What rotational speeds may result in high relative stress in the
string? Look for abnormalities in the curve.
b. Where in the stri ng are these stresses likely to occur at 140 rpm?
Consider re-scaling the plot to view the data easier.
c. What components are at these points in the string?
2-24
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
d. What type of stress is causing the high equivalent stress?

e. Explain the difference between the View > Position Plots >
Stress Components plot and the View > Rotational Speed >
Stress Components plot.
Hint
Split the window and display each plot in a vertical pane.
Note
Many plots have a "slider" to change analysis parameters.
Examine String Displacements

Vibration may result in excessive displacement in all directions.
87. Review string displacements.
a. Is there more relative displacement at certain rotational speeds?
b. At 140 rpm, how does the relative magnitude component stress
in the MWD compare to the relative magnitude displacement in
the MWD?
Review Bending Moments and Shear Stresses

88. Review bending moments and shear stress to determine if there are
concerns at 140 rpm. Split the screen.
Review Results in 3D Plots

89. Access View> 30 Plots> Resultant Stresses> Equivalent. W hat
is the advantage of using a 30 plot to review results?
Note
Use the left mouse button to zoom, rotate, and move the walls of the 3D plot.
!

2-25
Chapter 2: Drilling
Predict BHA Build and Drop (Using Bottom Hole

Assembly Module)
The Bottom Hole Assembly module analyzes a bottomhole assembly
(B HA) in a static "in-place" condition or in a "drillahead" mode. Many
different fac tors influence the behavior of a bottomhole assembly. These
fac tors include more controllable parameters such as WOB, and
drillstring component size and placement, as well as less controllable
items such as format ion type. Because the performance of a bottomhole
assembly is impacted by such a wide and varied range of parameters,
predicting the behavior of a bottomhole assembly can be very complex.
Engineers in other fields have often relied on the Finite Element
Analysis Method to solve complex problems. The Finite Element
Analysis (FEA) method solves a complex problem by breaking it into
smaller problems. Each of the s maller problems can then be solved
much easier. The individual solutions to the smaller problems can be
combined to solve the complex problem. Depending o n the number of
elements (smaller problems) that the complex structure (overall
problem) is comprised of, the solution can become very laborious.
Fortunately, the combination of the increasing speed of computing
power and creative mathe matics have significantly simplified
FEA analysis.
Because a bottomhole assembly is composed of many different
elements of varying dimensions, it lends itself quite well to the FEA
method. The following sections describe the major steps performed by
the Bottom Hole Assembly module while solv ing for an "in-place"
solution, as well as a "drillahead" prediction.
Input Analysis Parameters and Review Results

90. Activate the Bottom Hole Assembly module.
9 l. Review the mesh zone parameters. Use the default parameters.
2-26
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
92. Input analysis data and review results. How is the bit tilt relative to
the wellbore?
Torque at bit is 2,000 ft-lbf.

Weight on bit is 12 kips.
Rotary speed is 120 rpm.
Do not check the Enable Drillahead check box.
93. Examine the results for drilling ahead 300 ft. Unless noted
otherwise, use the same analysis data as in the previous step.
Check the Enable Drillahead check box .

Steering tool orientation is 0 degrees .
Drill interval is 300 ft.
Record interval is 30 ft.
Bit coefficient is 50.
a) Formation hardness is 30 .
b) Rate of penetration is 30 ft/hr.
a. What is the build rate?

b. What is the walk rate?
Determine Where BHA Contacts the Wei/bore

94. Access View > Plot > Displacement.
a. Where is the BHA in contact with the wellbore?
b. What does the inclination curve represent?

95. Access View> Plot> Side Force.
a. Where are the side forces greater than zero?
b. What component has the highest side force?
!

2-27
Chapter 2: Drilling
Evaluate Effect of WOB and ROP
Note
Analysis parameters are shared between modes.
96. Activate the BHA Parametric mode.

97. Specify the following WOB and ROP data.
WOB (kip)
ROP (ft/hr)
15
25
35
35
50
a. How will the build and walk rates be affected by weight on bit?
2-28
!

Stuck Point Analysis (Using Stuck Pipe Module)

The Stuck Pipe analysis module calculates the forces acting on the
drillstring at the stuck point. It can be used to determine the location of
the stuck point, the overpull possible without yielding the pipe, the
measured weight required to set the jars, and the surface action required
to achieve the desired conditions at the back-off point.
The Stuck Pipe Module:
includes the frictional effects of the drill string in a threedimensional wellbore.
adjusts for stretch when the string is buckled.
uses the WELLPLAN Torque Drag Analysis calculations,

including equilibrium equations and stresses, stretch, and buckling
calculations.
uses yield load limits based on the calculated effective yield stress.
does not consider fatigue in the Yield Analysis.
Input General Analysis Parameters

98. Activate the Stuck Pipe module and select the Stuck Point
Analysis mode.
99. Input the analysis parameters.
Traveling assembly weight is 50 kips.

Check all three Mechanical Limitations options and use the
values provided.
!

2-29
Chapter 2: Drilling
Determine the Stuck Point

100.Compute the stuck point. Assume you were tripping out when the
string became stuck. The ini tial load of the stretch test was
375 kips, and the final load was 395 kips. The stretch was
23.8 inches.
a. What is the measured weight when stuck?
b. Where is the stuck point?
c. Is the stuck point below the j ar?
Setting and Tripping the Jar

10 I.Activate the Jar Analysis mode.
I 02.Specify the follo wing j ar operating fo rces:
Up set and trip forces are I 0 kips.

Down trip force is lO kips.
Pump open and seal friction forces are 5 kips.
I03.What are the forces to set, trip, and reset the jar?
Yielding the Pipe

Yield analysis can be performed to ensure the pipe is suitable for a jar.
I 04.Activate the Yield Analysis mode.
IOS.Determine if the loads required to set, trip, and reset the jar cause
the string to fai l. Is the pipe buckling o r yielding?
2-30
Minimum applied measu red weight is 200 kips

Maximum applied measured weight is 500 kips
Increment is 10 kips
!

Chapter 2: Drilling
Backing Off
I 06.Activate the Backoff Analysis mode.
I 07.Determine the initial surface actions required to backoff at
19,158 ft using the following parameters:
Backoff force i 5 kips.

Backoff torque is 2,000 ft-lbf.
a.
What is the initial surface action for setup ?
b. Why do you slack off?

c. To back off, what do you do?
!

2-31
Chapter 2: Drilling
2-32
!

ChapterllJ
Drilling Solution
Overview
This chapter contains the answers fo r the exerc ises found in the previous
Drilling chapter.
!

3-1
Chapter 3: Drilling Solution
Torque Drag Analysis (Using the Torque Drag

Analysis Module)
1. Using the Well Explorer, open the Case ti tled " Drilling."
2. Click the Torque Drag Analysis icon ( ~ ) .

3. The Reference Datum section is located in the Well Explorer. If the
Well Explorer is not displayed, click the
icon. [f the Reference
)
Datum is not displayed, click the Datum button (
at the bottom of the Well Explorer.
l.J!l
Datum:
Datum Elevation:
Air Gap (MSL):
...J
1
Mean Sea level
Mudline Depth (MSL):
. Mudhne TVD:
Training Rig:DF
100.0ft
100.00ft
The
soo.OOft ~--+- mudline
depth is
600 .00ft
500 ft.
4. Use Case > Hole Section.
Hole Name
jHole Secbon
Hole SecCJon Depth (MD~
l21X010
CopySbng
ID
fr>I
Length
Section Type
(ft)
Ori!
(r>)
Elfeclrve
Hole
Frocbon
Qlllfne(e
Factcw
fr>
amg
Open Hole
3-2
20'.roO
12500 0
2!lWI
12.375
12.250
12.250
17.500
12250
0.20
020
0.:.1
lneat
~
(bbl/1t)
0.3886
01489
01~58
Excess
(X)
RSR Secbon. 20., x 18 ri

CAS 13 518 n. 88.2 ppl. Q125.
0.00OH121/2in
!

Item Oeicrt)(IOr'I
a. The riser length of 590 ft (490 ft + 100 ft) is based on the

Wellhead Depth (490 ft) specified on the Well Properties >
Depth Reference tab plus the Elevation ( 100 ft) specified o n the
same tab .
Getwtl Oocith Relence loc.llal .tuc1t Wo
o.t\ft ........ ..,.,... -S..L....i
-... J o.1....J
-.1a1]
,,.....
co
l"9
- - 1 *] "
...
Trtnrooll.IQOf
100 Olt
100 Oft
O .W.EltvotJon
I ~ Gap tMll>
-S..L...i
1-
.......... Oocith (M!ll)
500 Oft
600 Of\
M);
"' I
""~
J __l _~
b. The default friction factors are used. These fric tion factors
(0.2 for cased hole and 0.3 for open hole) are generally accepted
within the industry as defaults, or a place to begin your analysis.
Note
lt is a good practice to correlate friction factors to existing data
where possible.
!

3-3
5. Use Case> String Editor information.
a. The bottom of the string is at the String Depth (20,000 ft). Notice
that the string is entered from Top to Bottom, therefore the bit is
the bottom row of the spreadsheet.
b. The drill pipe weight includes the tool joint weight. This
information can be foun d in the online help topic titled "String
Drill Pipe Data Dialog."
3-4
!

c. To determine the type of connections used for the drill pipe, and
the make-up torque for the drill pipe connection, double-click a
non-editable cell in the spreadsheet row that describes the drill
pipe. The String Drill Pipe Data dialog box will display. The pipe
is 5", 19.5 lb/ft (the stated weight of 21.92 lb/ft includes the tool
joints), G grade, P class pipe with a makeup torque of
21,914 ft-lbf. The connections are NC50(XH).
!pf
Strin~
ori1IPlpeOat~-. - - - -
(1][8)
From Catalog. .
Geneial
Descr~ IDril Pipe 5 in, 19.50 ppl, G. NC~). P
Maniactae1
fDril Pipe
Li'leal Capacty
10.0173
Closed End Dispjacement j0.0253
Model No.
I Makeup Torque
Length
flsa>a.oo
rt
Body OD
ls.ooo
11'1
Minimum Yreld Strength
Body ID
14.276
in
Colapse Resistance
1:1.92
pp(
LAppioxrnate \11eight
Grade
T_ype
NC~)
Comection
?J '
Jcs_AP! '!/:) 17
Material
bbl/ft
bbl/ft
121914.0
l1osooo.o
It-bl
psi
Porsson's Ratio
13000000100
10.300
Dend y
1490
Young's ModWs
psi
psi
lbmlft'
Coelf. of Thelma! Exp.
ECJSrF
Dril Pipe
..:J
Service Class
IP
Connection OD
1&094
Cornection ID
ll250
Conn. TOlsional Yield
136523.0
ft-I>/
Ultimate Tensile Strenoth
jl.42
lso.oo
120000.0
1115000.0
Average Joint Length
j30.0
rt
Ninlber of Joints
ls~
Tool Joint Length

11'1
'Wlll Thiekness (%)
in
Fatigue Endurance Limit
OK
!

Caocet_j
Apply
ft
%
psi
psi
H~
3 -5
6. Use Case > Wellpath > Editor.

~hEdlf0<
\ISect<in Oefinu:in
Ide<1tt IC4too
iw~
!fame:
Optoons
u~
I ~e1oep1h(MDI lio:mo
ft
,..... Ge<1e1ate wilh Actwl Stotions
MO
OlS
nOOI
If!
0.0
600.0
5200.0
5315.0
5413.4
5511.B
5610.2
5708.7
5807.1
5005.5
6003.9
61024
6200.8
6299.2
63976
6496.1
6594.5
6692.9
6791.3
6889.8
6988.2
7086.6
7200.0
72.25.8
12500.0
13750.0
18000.0
18877 9
18976.4
1!Kl74.8
200JD.O
0.00
0.00
0.53
3.53
6.53
9.53
12.53
15.53
18.53
21.53
2453
2753
3!.53
33.53
36.53
39,53
42.53
45.53
48.53
51.53
54.53
57.53
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60 00 1
0.00
224.84
224.84
224 84
:m.04
224.84
224.84
224 84
224.84
224.84
224.84
224 84
224.84
224.84
224.84
224.84
224.84
224 84
224.84
224.84
224 84
224.84
224.84
224 84
224.84
224.84
224.84
224.84
224.84
224 84
,,z.m1
0.0
6000
51999
5314.B
54129
551113
~.9
5702 4
57965
5888.9
5979.5
6068.0
6154.0
6237.4
6318.0
6395.5
64698
654Q.5
66076
6670 8
6730.0
6785.0
68-43.8
6856 7
9493.8
10118.8
12243.8
12682.7
12732.0
12781 .2
13243.8
Ongrn.E.
loo
jo.o
jo.oo
OriginN
000
0.00
0.01
2.61
3.05
3 05
3 05
3 05
3 05
3.05
305
305
3.05
3 05
3.05
3.05
3.05
3.re
3.(li
3.05
305
305
2 18
0 00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0 00
000
0.00
0.00
AbsT0<t
nini)
000
0 00
0 01
0.07
0 12
0.17
0.22
0.27
032
0.36
041
045
049
0.53
0.57
0.61
0 64
0.68
0.71
075
078
0.81
0.83
0.83
0 48
0.44
0.33
0.32
0 32
0 31
OX!
It
II
Rell Oil
('1100\J
0.00
000
0.00
000
0 00
0.00
0.00
0.00
000
000
000
000
000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
000
0 00
0.00
0 00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
VS eel
ft}
0.0
00
15.1
180
241
-33.8
4 7.2
-64.1
84 5
108 4
135.7
166 4
200.2
237.2
2n 3
320 3
366 1
41 4.6
465 6
-519.2
.574 9
-632.8
-701 .5
717.4
3956.1
-4n:J.7
-7333.6
-7872.7
7m2
-7993.6
8561.7
N0<lh
East
ft}
(ft)
00
00
-15 1
-18.0
24.1
33 8
H.2
64.1
84 5
-108 4
135 7
166 4
-200 2
2372
2773
320.3
<l66.1
-41 4.6
465.6
519.2
-574.9
632.8
-701.5
-717.4
3956 1
4 723 7
73336
7872.7
7933.2
-7993.6
S56'1 .7
00
00
-150
.179
24 0
33 6
-46.9
-63.8
-84 1
-1078
1350
165 5
-199.1
2359
275 7
318.5
3641
-412.3
4S3.1
516 3
571 7
-629 2
-6976
713.4
39341
4 697.4
Bi.id
110011
0.00
000
001
2 61
3.05
305
3.05
305
3.05
305
305
305
3D5
3.05
-1m1
7828.8
78890
-7949 1
-8514.1
3.05
3.00
3.05
3.05
3 05
3 05
3.05
305
218
0.00
0.00
000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Wl/lt.
110011
0.00
0.00
000
0.00
0.00
QOO
0.00
0.00
0 00
0.00
000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0 00
0.00
0 00
000
0.00
000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
a. The current vertical section azimuth is 0.0 degrees. It is best to

view the View > Wellpath Plots > Vertical Section using the
same azimuth as the last survey point. In this example, the
azi muth at the last survey po.i nt is 224.84 degrees. View the
Vertical Section plot with the azi muth at the original 0.0 degrees,
and again at 224.84 degrees.
3 -6
!

b. Use the Azimuth field in the VSection Defi nition group box to
set the viewing azimuth.
LE OEND
-
Vertical section plot

with vertical section
azimuth set to 0.0
degrees.
Vtncll Sec:lion
5000
g
0
>
I-
10000
8000
-7000
-6000
-5000
4000
3000
-2000
1000
Verncal Secnon (ti)
LEOE NO
-
Vertical section plot

with vertical section
azimuth set to
224.84 degrees.
Ve.1Qll Soc:tion
g
~
I-
5000
10000
2000
4000
5000
SOOD
Vertical Secnon (ft)
!

---
10000
12000
3.7
7. Use Case> Wellpath >Options, or click Options on the Wellpath

Editor to specify tortuosity.
1 1
/'
Wellpath Options
CT)r8J
a. Apply tortuosity to the open hole sections of planned wellpaths

to simulate the variations found in actual wellpaths. Applying
tortuosity allows for more realistic predictions of torque and
drag for planned wells. See the online help for more information.
CAUTION
Do not apply tortuosity to actual survey data.
b. When using the Sine Wave model, angle and pitch should not be
multiples of each other because the result will go to zero. Refer
to the online help for an example.
3-8
!

c. Review the View > Wellpath Plots > Inclination and View >
Wellpath Plots > Azimuth plots. The "corkscrews" are caused
by applying tortuosity. Tortuosity creates "ripples" in the
planned wellpath .
...,~,nc~
------ ---- -----
- -
-- - -- - -- -- - -----
LEOE N O
lnClonSJon
rdneCJon w/Tonuosy
2000
4000
6000
g 8000
a.
(I)
0 10000
u
(I)
:5
Ill
(I)
Q)
12000
::e
14000
16000
18000
20000
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
Inclination()
!

40
50
55
60
3-9
LEGENO
-
Azinuth
Azlmih wrrortuosity
2000
4000
6000
BODO
li
(J)
10000
(J)
';;:)
"'
(I)
(J)
12000
:E
14000
16000
1BOOO
20000
0
3- 10
20
40
60
80
100
120
Azimuth ()
140
160
180
200
!

220
8. Use the Case> Fluid Editor. The 13.8 OBM is used.

To activate a fluid ,
highlight the fluid name
and then click Activate.
::::J
IFV'IData
Temperat\J'e
Plastlc 'llscosty
YieldPorit
~
20.00
"F
Cl>
~ lif/loctt>
FUdPlot
Speed
(rpm)
-t---t-_,.-.~~-+-"~o-t-
100
400
eoo
aoo
1
2
3
600
:m
Dial
48.00
28 00
1000
Shtar fb< t (1/HO)
()I(
Cancel
Note
The teardrop next to the fl uid name indicates it is the active fluid.
!

3-11
9. Specify the Torque Drag Analysis setup options using Case>

Torque Drag Setup. The Soft String model will be used because
the Use Stiff String Model check box is not checked.
1p1
ITJ(g)
Torque Drag Setup Data

Hool<.-load/Weight~rdcatOI
Correction
jso.o
l raveing Anembjy Weqc
kip
f.nable Sheave Froction Correction
l.tleS Strung
Mec::hri:al Elficiere)' (ingle sheave)
Analytjcal Methods
Use !!ending Streu Mairkatron
Ute St/I String Moder
I' E><ecutJon Tme wi be long)
Ute '{m:our Torque and Drag
131.0
tonlact F01ce Normaizallon Length

Mechanical Lrnitations
Block Rating (H01$1rlg S~em)
1750.0
kip
TOIQUll Rating (Rot.mg ecpment)
1500XJ.O
ftlbl
P' M~ Weq-,t-on-Bt Rotatrig (no snJsoidal bucking)

Q
M~ Weq-,t-on-811 Rolamg (no neic.!I buckling)
!;I'
M~Qverpo..tUmgXofYoekt
I_
OK
1so.oo
,.
Cancel
I0. Use the Mode Data (Parameter> Mode Data) dialog box to
review additional analysis parameters.
1 1
1'
@~
Mode Data Normal Analysis

Drling
WOB/Overwl
T01oueat Bit
p Rotaling Do Bottom j25.0
kip
125.o
jis.o
kip
120010
ftlbl
kip
j1500 0
fllil
~ ~lide
Oriing
l;l l!bekreami>g
12000.0
ft-Ill
? Rotaling O!f Bottom

Tripping
RPM
Soeed
~ TrC>ping!n
11000
IVmin
,v T'illll"l9 .Qut
J180.0
It/min
io-- ,pm
rpm
lo
Friciiori Factofs
r. Hole Section EdtOI
t" Advanced
OK
C<lr1Cel_j
_J
Apply_ J _ _He.,
a. Friction factors specified on the Case > Hole Section Editor

will be used because the Hole Section Editor radio button
is selected.
3-12
!

b. All drilling and tripping operations will be analyzed because the

check box associated with each operation is checked.
c. There is either 25 kips WOB while rotating on bottom or sliding,
15 kips overpull for backreaming, and 1,500 or 2,000 ft-lbf
torque (depending on the operation). WOB and torque vary
depending on the operating mode.
Analyze Results at TD
I l . Access the View > Table > Summary Loads table. The Measured
Weight indicated in this table is the hookload .
\olOB to Hel Buclclo IROlar>gJ
je1 5
ke>
d. 1187382
ft
\I/OB to Sn Buckle IAOlngl j11 0
kC>
IJ
j187J82
tt
ovor"" M.,ll"'IT'W""}Outl
j1 s
kC>
:tclYiekt j90oo
:t
Plclc.UpWeoolll
pno
kci
Sloc:k.Off JlllO
kC>
Lood!Aso
8ACKREAMING
T AtF'f'l ~lG o u r
ROTATING ON BOTTOM
TAIPPl ~IG IN
ROTATING Of'FBOTlOM
I
3324
270
190680
9320
O.
3' 0
19068 0
932.0
~
223
1$269
3731
l3.U
182
13561 B
6435 2
3174
?.; 3
17'Jl7 5
209L 5
~ 3~~......:.;
1 5~
5 ~--1.1
10235
~3"-~~
97~
64~
7~~~~~~~
a. Several problems exist. Refer to the online help for a definition

of all fai lure flags.
The X fl ag indicates the yield strength and utilization factor is
exceeded. In this example, this occurs when backrearning.
The T flag indicates the make-up torque is exceeded. In this
example, this occurs when backreaming, rotating on bottom,
and rotating off bottom.
The F flag indicates the fatigue e ndurance limit is exceeded. ln
this example, this occurs when backrearning or rotating
off bottom.
b. Using this table, it is not possible to tell where in the string the
problems occur. rn the following steps, you will look at other
plots and tables that provide this information.
!

3-13
c. The overpull margin with tortuosity is 1.6 kips, and without

tortuosity is 7.3 kips.
Toique Or.;g Load Surnm<iry
W'OB to Hill Buci<le lRotatngl '81 6
kip
l!J
118738.2
ft
71.0
kip
at 1107311.2
ft
'W'OB to Sn Buckle (Rotamgi

OverpYI Ma1gn (Tr~ Out)
16
PickUp W'ef!#
1123.0
kC>
LoadCa$e
kip
STF
BACKREAMING
TRIPPING OUT
ROTATING ON BOTTOM
TRIPPING IN
ROTATING OFF BOTTOM
SLIDING ASSEMBLY
~olYreld ~
Slack-Off ~
TOl(tUe at Rota1y
Table
(ft.flf}
29501 8
00
27400.0
00
269819
200!0
XTF
-T-
- TF
ke>
\Ifrd.op \lllh
'Windup \tlrthot.rt
TOIQl.Je
(revs)
TOIQl.Je
(revs)
!kill)
241
00
22.8
00
23.6
00
261
00
254
00
236
2.6
MeasuredW
332.4
440.4
292.4
2344
317 4
214 3
Total Stretch
(ft)
AmiStren~o
M-uied Depth
ft)
lnBO
lnB.O
156269
13564.8
17937.5
10235.3
270
34 0
223
1a2
253
155
BIT
rn
4:;
~
2C
97
TorQVe (Ir~ Load Summar
woe to Hill Buckle !Rotamo~
fB0.7
WOB to Sn Buckle (Rotat119}
69.5
kip
al
OverpYI Ma1gn (T llPIJllO Ot.t)
,1.3
kip
%o1 Yreld
P1ek-IJp 'Well#
,117.3
kip
SlbekOff. 82.7
l.04dCate
BACKREAMING
TRIPPING OUT
ROTATING ON BOTTOM
TRIPPING IN
ROTATING OFF BOTTOM
SLIDING ASS EM BLY
3-14
kip
STF
-TF
-T- TF
8t. '1mo
Torque at Rot41y
Table
B
(ft.flf)
2S833 7
00
272135
00
265386
20000
19008.0
f90"00
\Ifrd.op Wh
TorQUe
(revs)
254
0.0
252
00
231
2.6
ft
ft
%
kill
W'rd.op \lmioul
Torque
Mea:suredW
(rm)
(kip)
23.5
00
226
00
231
0.0
3324
434 7
292.4
234 7
317 4
214 4
Total Stretch
{It)
A>Gaf Streu-0
Measured Depth
27.0
335
22.3
183
25.3
15.5
~ti
1n80
1n8.0
15Eal 1
136232
179111
10243.6
BIT
(ft)
4:;
s::
2C
97
!

d. Check Use Viscous Torque and Drag in the Analytical Methods

section of the Torque Drag Setup Data dialog box.
~ Torque Drag Setup Data
ff)[E)
Hook-load/Wetght-lndcatOI C01reclion
jso.o
I raveling Assembly Wet!;#;.
.E.nable Sheave Friction Correction
l,ine$ StrLng:
,Mechanical Efficiency (single sheavei
Analytical Methods
Use lten<ing Stiess Magnlicion
Use Sl)lf Suing Model"
Use Yiscous T01que and Drag
r Not ava~ for Drag Chatt. Caliblation mode$ and RT Module)

131.0
,Contact Force N01malization length:
It
Mechanteal limitations
j750.0
j50000.0
p Block Rating (Hoistng System)
P TOlque Rating (Rotating equipment)
kip
lt-lbl
P M~><inc.rn Weq,ton-8~ Rotating (no sinusOldal bucl<ling)

P Ma~ WeigitonBit Rotating (no helical buckling)
P Ma><inc.rnQverpul Usng %ol Yield: ,9:1.00
%
OK
Cancel
The overpull margin is -2.6 kips, and the yie ld utilization fac tor
is exceeded during tripping out
\A/OB to Hel Buckle (Rotatingi
1016
kip
at (18730 2
It
woe to Sin Buckle (Rot~t
ln.o
kip
at: j1873R2
ft
jrooo- - ;:
OverptAI Mar9n (TrWing Out~
12.6
kip
~ ol Yield
PickUp WeV>t:
1127.2
kip
Slack-Oii: ~-- ke>
Tor~at
LObdt:a>e
STF
BACKREAMING
x- TRIPPING OUT
ROTATING ON BO -r- TRIPPING IN
ROTATING OFFBO - TF SLIDING ASSEMBL --- -
Rotal)I
Teble
\Yll"d4>
W ith
Torco
~19.4
0.0
27917.6
0.0
27499.5
2000.0
264
0.0
257
00
23 9
2.6
'W'll"d4>
\,\!'thou(
TorQU$
24 5
00
231
00
21 9
0.0
Me<ssuted
'Wtitt;J'I.
(kipJ
332.4
4.6
2S2.4
2313
3174
2.14.3
Mal Strett-o
Total
s"'
Stretch Measured
BIT
Me.
(f\)
Depth
fl
D
27.0
19068.0
9320
34 2 19068.0
9320
22.3 156269
4373.1
18 0 13406.5
65935
25.3
17907.5
20925
15.S 10235.3
9764 7
e. No, buckling is not predicted to occur. Notice the buckling flags

(Sor H) are not displayed in the table.
!

3- 15
12. Access the Torque Drag Effective Tension plot (View> Plot>
Effective Tension).
QI.le Drag EtleclJve Ten:.on
G1"'Ph
_ _
L EG EN D
- T~Lirri
Hdcal!U:ltng(NonRotoling)
Heteal a.clclng (Rotetrog)
600
400
200
Tension (kip)
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
S-rusri:lftl Buckling (all open1llons) ..._._+'-'......_........_......_.-+-'-......_'-+-'......_....._...._.-'+.._._.._._._......_~_.__._....._.f-'-L-'-'-.._._._._,_......_.._._._._,_..o....u'-+-'-
Baclcreemlng
Side Orlln!I
Rotole Off Bottom
Rotole On eottom
Tripprog OU
Tripping In
8000
a.
(])
0 10000
-0
:::>
(fl
('I)
(])
12000
::E
14000
16000
18000
20000
a. The True Tension plot should only be used for stress analysis . If
you want to determine when the string will buckle or fail due to
tension, use the Effective Tension plot.
b. Notice that the tripping out operation is nearing the Tension
Limit at the surface, resulting in the very low overpull margin .
c. All operation curves fall to the right of the buckling curves,
therefore buckling is not predicted to occur.
3- 16
!

13. Access View> Plot> Torque Graph. Notice where the curves
cross the Torque Limit line. T he curves for all rotating operations
indicate that when the string is at TD the makeup torque is
exceeded above 7,000 ft MD.
0
5000
100DO
15000
20000
35000
45000
50000
55000
2000
LEOENO
000
-
Torquo U..
=.~.,,.
Rotote Off Bollom

Tr\:lllOlgo.t
Trlll!*>ol'I
Slo<MDr*>g
6000
9000
O>
c::
(/)
O>
c:
10000
05
(I)
12000
Ul
Ci
u ooo
16000
19000
20000
14. Access the View > Plot > Fatigue Graph. Notice the Backreaming
and Rotating Off Bottom operations have a Fatigue Ratio greater
than 1.0 at about 5,200 ft MD, indicating a fatigue problem.
a. The fatigue ratio is the calculated bending and buckling stress
divided by the fatigue endurance limit of the pipe. Fatigue
analysis is important because it is a primary cause of drilling
tubular fa ilure. A fatigue failure is caused by cyclic bending
stresses when the pipe is rotated in wellbores with high dog legs.
!

3-17
5000
10000
Torque lft-lbf)
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
40000
45000
2000
6000
8000
a.
~ 10000
~::0
~
12000
:E
14000
16000
18000
20000
3- 18
!

50000
55000
b. Use View> Wellpath Plots> Dogleg Severity to review the

doglegs. Notice the high doglegs beginning at about 5,200 ft.
l'GEND
-
Doglog-ly
Dcglev Sewrty w/Tortuoeey
2000
4000
6000
8000
t
a.
10000
'O
Q)
'5
ig
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
0 00
0 20
0.40
0.60
0 80
1.00
I 20
140
I 80
1 80
Dogleg Seventy (11 OOft)
2 00
2.20
2 40
2 60
2.80
3 00
15. Access View> Table> Load Data.

Note
The flags in the STF co lumn that indicate what limit is exceeded.
!

3-19
The problems beg in around 7 ,000 ft MD. While backreaming, the X

fl ag in the STF column displays at 0 ft MD, indicating the yield
strength and utilizatio n factor is exceed at the s urface.
11~:1,.;L
~1t.,i, ,E.,.~~'Y;
Ma Fotce AoNI Foooe
10155 OP
'85828
llJ.C56 DP
4$4640
~-DP
4"'5
885& Of'
lllll U
4B.!Z55
4822 55
4~37
'12766
411315
47'1631
478ln
416"l68
479; 9)
47, 211
'727 66
Hl315
4&:Ja 41
409841
DP
OP
C'P
OP
DP
DP
67458 OP
67158 DP
418ln
' Jf.368
' r.69)
'''211
....
Oeplh
lltJ
Cerro
Tioe
Cntanc.e
r..... e.
EPt......
Pl
"'
IPcrt
1304 1
OP
64160 OP
'3lll 0 DP
650 DP
135541
4~83
4')').t SJ
154 0
131>140
l:itUO
4W
~788
632f.O OP
umo
i>.:'.lGO DP
6-.;G 1 DP
131'040
U7ll9
,_.,o
P.Atee
""'
"''
319
":IIll 9
S57
12, 5
~I
,2, 8
965
1.-; 1
1255
1258
l.!$2
1:165
969
!17)
978
982
986
~~ ~ 1
&50'; 9 OP
f,1 4~ 9
3-20
-
,,.,...,,.
p,_..
468) 36
"'""""
IPtol
A..i Force
T....i
S11~ch
~evt)
(ti
sro.o.w
Bu.;llrog
~ol
00
218h7
1JI
75
41 5
00
00
00
00
00
220352
132
132
131
76
77
41 3
411
'1.0
221158
l.21968
17
W1BJ
Ill
7.8
22360 4
13 ,
18
00
Z244JI
11 4
78
OS
00
00
00
Z.."'526 4
13'
135
135
79
79
41) 4
402
400
~103
~7
,...,,)
Torque
Oieg
(l..ol
,_
,_,
80
S1'eld>
PI
l8
H
s.-
Hok41
BIO.Ing
~~
:R<Ur>OI
Budlr>Q
-01
2191l9
123
102
.009
15'.i '
00
00
00
lZLll6
:?ZC9
12)
'38~
wa
~3
.)QI
22l2
2:.41
00
2llt.~9
00
22578 .
22&31'7
2200': 6
-~
lOJ
10 4
104
105
10'
106
106
1~2
1:Jl.7
1'312
1516
1580
.U 2'.be.
"'
' 5lll 05
' '1J'.>le
w:T!l'.I
l~llll
1~.ol
00
44679'.I
444<349
45"1'.151
6)305
<MS!Sle
44'9 ' 9
1290
128&
1291
1296
r..que
01eg
1546
15'58
1563
1$7
1571
4'MC51
....
111
127 3
""'I
0
(l..oJ
1270
ee
00
00
00
1~9
AM Forc.e
B""IEH T
PAIN
01
105
106
106
107
10 7
.A.oo!F~e BA..odl~fr"
IPtol
8.vlrog
(llj
129
130
130
131
EOlnll
lr.t.....
Pr.-i1.1e
(~I
s.._.
Setch
'-I
10,
10 '
478ln
476968
FromB
r....
1!8
129
00
00
00
o........
&9256
6895.7
6TIS5 7
68357
QKli 7
6715 7
111-bll
'639
1... 2
1,15
l{,18
165 I
4009 :J)
Como
Tioe
ll.pt
4a.?255
'796 37
(lJ
oJ
r.._
0.ag
tl<>I
00
&9.."'56 ::;p
68957 OP
6865 7 OP
Oe(llh
8-!:: T
16l0
1633
6S556 DP
M...._.od
p Aleo
-A
le
ll
O ft
ttl>40
1.?4
12 4
ll5
125
126
...
tZi
'"
'379
377
37S
....
'373
!

'65 I
16.
a. Use Case> String Editor to change the dri ll pipe to 5", 25.6#,
S, FH, Class I pipe. To edit the drill pipe data, double-click a
non-editable cell in the spreadsheet row that describes the drill
pipe. The String Drill Pipe Data dialog box will display. Click
From Catalog to display the Drill Pipe Specification dialog box.
Select the API Drill Pipe catalog from the Type pull-down list.
From~alog
ffi~
IP Drill Pipe Cotdlog

M!IA.tacit.et
Model No
API Ori Pipe
~alog
Twe
Length
Body OD
Normal
Diametet
Weqt.
ll!i:..C.. .
Body ID
..:J
Normal
Grade
Connection
Reset
OK
Cieel
Clan
"
Appioxlnate W
Grade
Material
Connection
Ori~
H~
SetVice Dau
ComecoonOD
'7 2:i()
Walll hc:kness ~
llOOW
ConnectionlD
lf250
Fatigue Encbance Lmt
Conn. Torsional Yield
(7871~70 - -
ft lbl
Ukmale Teoie Sttength
rmxi o
Jumi.o
Avetage Joint Length
130.0
ft
Numbet ol Joris
OK
1'
-- psi
psi
63)
Cl!nCel
Apply
H~ j
__,
Double-click each of the desired parameters to select the pipe

you want to use and click OK.
(1J(RJ
IP Drill Pipe Specificotion
Catalog
Type
tJl'l:l
NClllWlal
Diameter
-~e;et J
IAPI Drill Pipe

NomiMI
Weq,t
..
Grade
Connection
a.,n
OK
!Alcel
- -
I
I
He_!_j
!

3-21
Notice the drill pipe has been changed on the String Editor.
I
EdolOI
51Tl'l!l lnibaiz*"1
Stll"l!)Name ~embl)i
Stll'l!l(MOJ jmno
SectiOn TJIP<!
--
---
---
--
Lbao;y
Export
ft
SQeClv.
ITop to8onom ::::J

Me&t.11ed
Leogth
1n1
Depth
1906800
60.00
3000
270.00
100i80
19128 0
191580
19428 0
19878 0
19883.0
19913 0
19918.0
199<49.0
19954 0
199no
19974.0
19996.0
199990
(~)
45o.OO
5.00
31100
5.00
31 00
500
17.00
300
2200
3.00
1.00
lmpoct Stnng
00
10
fl'I)
fl'I)
5.000
5.000
6.250
5.000
aooo
aooo
aooo
aooo
aooo
8000
8000
8.000
8000
8000
12.250
20000.0
lmpoct
\;/eqt
(pp/)
4000
J,000
2.250
2S 35
49 70
90 88
49 70
15433
154.36
154 33
154.36
152.76
154 36
154.36
154.35
15436
154.35
267.00
3.00)
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2500
2.500
1000
2.500
2.500
ltemO~""'
Dril Pipe 5 ii. 25 60 ppl. S. 5 112 FH. 1

HWGrant Prideco. 5 ii. 49.70 pp/
M~ J111 Ol!iey Mech.. 6 1/4 in
Hea'<)I IN.,qt Oril Pipe Grant Prideco. 51'1. 49.70 ppl
Dri1Col!lf8in,21/2ii.7 H90
Integral Blade Stabiizer 12 1/4" FG. a >C2 112 in
DC 8on.21/2 rt 7 H90
Integral Slode Stabi2er 12 1/4" FG. 8 x2 1121'1
NDC8rn. 2 1/2n. 7H90
Integral Slade Stabilizei 12 1/ 4" FG. 8 x2 112 in
MWD Tocl8 , 8x21/2in
CtouOver Sub. aooo in. 154.35 pp/. 4145H MOD. 6 518 REG
8entHouMg8 . 8x21121'1
CtouOver. aOOOin.15435ppl. 4145H MOD, 65/SAEG
Tri-Cone B~. 3"18. 0.589 W
Note
Double-click a non-editable cell associated with a component to view/edit
the parameters defining the component
Double-click a non-editable cell associated with the drill pipe

and review the parameters defining the pipe.
1p1
@~
String Drill Pipe Data

From Catalog...
General
Descriplion !DllllPipe 5 in. 25.60 ppl, S. 5 112 FH. 1
Manulactllei
Type
IDril Pipe
Lr- Capacity
10.0152
bbl/It
Clo;ed End Displacemert
ft-tbf
psi
l1!m!.OO
ft
Make14> TOfque
j0.0258
jm30.o
Bodv OD
j5.ooo
in
Miniml.ln Yield Strength
j135000.0
BodvlD
)4.000
in
Colapse Resistance
ApprOl!imale Wefgt-i
!29.35
ppl
Young's Modulus
Grade
Material
Is
lcs_APt son
Comection
j5 1/2 FH
Model No.
Length
bbllll
psi
l3roXXro-:00 p$I
...:.!
Poisson's Ratio
f0.300
...:.!
DenSlty
1490
(6.90
E-06/'F
Coetf. o1 Thermal Eicp.
limllt'
Drifl Pipe
Service Class
Ii
Connection OD
ConnectlonlD
17.250
13.250
Conn. TOlsional Yreld
178717.0
Average Joint length
j30.0
3
in
'Wal Thickness(%)
11.42
(100.00
in
Fatigue Entbance Limit
1200000
psi
ft-lbl
Ulinate Tensie Sbength j1450010
ft
Number of J~s
ToolJoint Length
OK
3-22
I-
psi
1636
CMC~j
!

fl
J _~~
b. Review the make-up torque (View> Plot> Torque Graph) and

fatigue limits (View > Plot > Fatigue Graph) for this pipe.
Notice the problems are resolved.
5000
!0000
15000
20000
Torque (ft-lbf)
25000
30000
35000
40000
45000
50000
55000
2000
LEGEND
- li2'"~
4000
-
Rolote On Bollom
Rolote Off Bollom
Tr"""1!10..
=.:,',g
6000
8000
O>
c::
~
O>
5
(5
10000

~ 12000
ti!
14000
16000
18000
20000
!

3-23
I or~ Drag FC!/9Jf' Gr!ph

LEOENO
=~om
Rote On Bollom
Fatigue Ratio
0.050
0 100 0 150
0 200 0.250
0.300
0 350
0 400 0 450
0.500
0 550
0 600
0 650
0.700
0 750
2000
4000
6000
8000
a.
(J)
10000
'O
::I
UI
(I)
(J)
12000
:2
14000
16000
18000
20000
17. Access the Normal Analysis Summary Loads table. The problems
are resolved in all operation modes. Yes, it is possible the overpull
is over-designed.
W08 IO H
.. 1187382
\NOB IO!r BuO!e (Rol.llrn;I
(ij2
ke>
.. 1187382
ft
Clv1>.I M11"[T1'1P"'!l0utl
13513
kc>
ltolYllld
l!J.100
:t
PLI UpWOojtol
11~3'
l.40
S.V-Off j100
LoadC-
STF
; /'#,
200,,
3 -24
ft
lo
\Ard-4)~
M~td
T-..
frevil
"'*"'"
2S9
00
2S 2
0.0
249
;:4 .
~u
o.~
SI
fffj
507
3.64
2966
391'
2J8
BIT
"'
"
;>!;37
l ~S
lH96
14':r50
4 '70
1i.cm 9
'c;'lf!'
1&.'78 4
102073
)~ .. 1
sm
!

N....,.. Por.i
M-.red Oeptt.
2'.il
31 7
21
1' 4
4064
0
l4 S
s.n~
ToloiS-~
14>1
200))0
2WXJO
195882
21ml0
4118
irono
00
00
IB:?r8
1767 2
18. You must first insert another row of drill pipe. Because you want to
use the S grade pipe in the top 7,500 ft, insert a row of drill pipe
below that pipe. To insert another row, highlight the existing row in
the spreadsheet immediately below where you want to insert a row,
and then press Insert. A bl ank row will be created.
Strng EO!or
Strno lnitiMzacron
StnngNlll!le Jk.--~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Slln; IMOt j20XXI 0
Secoon l)1:Je
Dril~
ft
Si!CdY
ITop lo Bottom
Measured
Depth
Len>
(ft)
ft
19<ll8 00
'
Heavy Wei!tit
Jai
Heavy Wei!tit
Dril Collar
St!lbizei
Dnl Collar
Stablizei
Dnl Collar
Stabiizet
M'WO
Sub
Mud Motor
Sub
Bit
60.00
30,00
27D.OO
450.00
500
30.00
5.00
31.00
5.00
17.00
3.00
22.00
100
1.00
19068.0
190680
19128 0
19158 0
19428 0
19878.0
198830
19913 0
19918.0
19949.0
199540
19971 0
19974 0
19996.0
19999.0
21XDlO
o::J
Import Strrig
00
ID
(n)
fn)
5000
4.000
5.000
3.000
2.250
3.000
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
6.250
5-000
8.000
aooo
8.000
8.000
aooo
8.000
E><POtt
1000
2.500
2.500
8.000
8.000
_ _____ _
Import
2.500
2.500
8.000
8.000
_ ____
Uxy
12.250
Item Di=riptron
29.35 DrilPipe5ii.25.60pp/. S. 5 1nFH. 1
49.70
90.88
49.70
154 33
154.36
154 33
154.36
152.76
154.36
154.36
154.35
154.36
154.35
267.00
HW Grant Prideco. 5 in. 49.70 pp/

Mechanical Ja< D~ Mecll 6 1/ 4 ,,
Hea")I 'Weight Oril ~Grant Prideco. 5 in. 49. 70 pp/
Oril Color 8 in. 2 112 in. 7 H90
l~al Blodo Stabilizer 121/4" FG. 8 "2 112 in
DC8 ri.2 1/2ri. 7H90
Integral Blodo Stabilizer 121/4" FG. 8 "2 l n in
NOC 8 ri. 2 l n in. 7 H90
Integral Blodo Stabilizer 12 1/ 4" FG. 8 "2 112 in
M\llO root a. s .a 1n ..,
Croos Ovet Sub. 8.000 in. 154 35 pPI. 41451-1MOO, 6 518 REG
Bent HouUio 8 . 8 x2 1/2in
Crew Ovet, 8000 ri. 154.35 ppl. 4145H MOD. 6 518 REG
Tri-O:lne Bit, '.M 8. 0.589 rl-
Select Drill Pipe from the Section Type pull-down list. The Drill
Pipe Specification dialog box will display. Use it to select the
desired pipe. Click OK to close the dialog box.
1p1
CT)rg)
Drill Pipe Specific<1tion
~alog.
Type
..
IAPI OrilPipe
NOllWlal
Diameter
Nomnal
\iliqt
11:~"!.I
Grede
Reset
OK
Cancel
H~
!

Class
Comecbon
I
I
I
3-25
Because the top row of this spreadsheet is automatically calculated,

to specify 7 ,500 ft as the length of the upper section of drill pipe, you
must specify the section length in the bottom section of drill pipe as
11,568 ft (19,068 - 7,500 ft).
Slung Edlloi
Lbary
Export
5111"19.l)_ep(h 121m10
Sll"ClY fToptoBotlom
DrilPipe
OliPpe
J"'
H~Y/tK,JY.
Dril Cola!
Stabizet
Dr Colar
Sti>bilzet
Dril Colar
Stabilizer
MWO
Sub
Mud Motor
Sub
7500.0
1ro68.0
19128.0
19158.0
19428.0
19878.0
19883.0
19913.0
19918.0
13949 0
19954.0
30.00
5.00
31.00
5.00
17.00
100
22.00
3.00
1.00
B~
Import
OD
fn
5.000
5.000
5000
(fl]
1156&00
60.00
30.00
270.00
450.00
5.00
H~Y/eight
CopyStmg
Depth
LMgth
It
750000
Secilon Type
::::J
ltemDewwon
6.2'50
19974 0
19996..0
19999.0
200Xl.O
29 35 Dril Pipe 5 i1. 25.60 ppl, S, 5112 FH, 1

21 92 Dli Pipe 5 in. 19.50 ppl. G. NC~). P
49.70 H\11 Grant Prideco, 5 in, 49.70 ppl
00.88 MecMnicd J"' Daie)I Mech.. 6 1/4 n
49. 70 H~ Weight Dril Pipe Grant Pndeco, 5 n . 49 70 ppl
154.33 Dril Colar Sil. 2112 i1. 7 H9l
154.36 Integral Blade St~ 121/4"FG.8><2112in
154.33 DC8tn.21/2n.7H90
154 36 lnt~al Blade Slabittr 121 / 4" FG. 8 ><2 112 n
152.76 NOC 811. 2112 n. 7 H90
154.36 lnteoral Blade Slabizef 121 /4" FG. 8 "2 112 11
154.36 MWO Tool8 .8 ><21/2n
154.35 Dou Over S.8.000n. 154.35ppl. 4145H M00. 65/8
154.36 Bert Housing 8 . 8 ><2 1/2 in
154 35 Cross Over. 0 000i1. 154 35 pp/. 4U5H MOD. 6 5/8 RE
267.00 Tri-ConeBl318. 0589in'
4.000
4.276
3.00l
2.250
5.000
8.000
8.000
8.000
8.000
8.000
8.000
8000
8.00)
8.000
8.000
12.250
199n o
1000
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
3.000
2.500
2 500
Note
Some longer components (drill pipe, heavy weight) are not automatically
assigned a default length in the catalog.
Use View> Table> Summary Loads and notice the problems

are resolved.
'HQ~ 10 Hol 8\ICI<~ IAO!O'.r.gl
1816
woe 10 Sn Bucl.le fRototngi
1110
.,. j1e7JBJ
1187383
OVOlllUI M~ (T._ 0'1
1220
""
~
~ dYoeid joo 00
P>ck.lJpW.,,,;.
j1m
kc>
Sladt-Oft
LDIC.U.
BACKREAMING
TRIF'l'INGOUT
ROTATING ON sonoM
TRIPPING l'I
ROTATl'IG OFF sonoM
SLIOl~IG ASSEMBLY
3-26
STF
jB6 3
'.!:
kc>
TOlquoatRoY<y WinclJC>Wh Wn<l..opWllho!A

T.t.le
Torque
9
Tor<rJe
{R t.11
~eva)
31706 8
239
221
00
00
00
29.."'535
233
20.9
00
00
00
ams
216
21 &
,,....,,
20))0
00
M._.ed
"'~
~I
St.rface N"'<li Pont
T~Sttotch
3729
48S5
3329
ms
357 9
25'6
111)
Mea.._.ed OeQ!h
BIT
lfll
2SI
mo
"2000)0
)1 1
9320
2IXXXl 0
20.9
17 3
235
150
.:37JI
6592.7
20925
19588 2
118
2!Xm0
2!Xm0
1790.3
~7
9763
!

no
no
Analyze Torque and Drag at Other Depths

19. Using the Mode pull-down list, select the Drag Charts
analysis mode.
20. Using the Parameter> Run Parameters dialog box , analyze
every 100 ft from 0 to TD. Notice much of the information on this
dialog box defaults from the values specified in the
Normal Analysis.
Run Definitions
Start MD:
End MD:
Step Size:
jo.o
120000.0
1100.0
ft
rt
ft
ft
T01que/T ension Point Distance from Bit
Driling
WOB/Overoun
~
Rotating On Bottom
Slide Drilling
BackrMmrng
Rotating Off Bottom
j2s.o
j25.0
J1s.o
TorQue at Bt
kip
ktp
kip
j200J.O
12000.0
Ji500.0
ftbf
ftbf
ftbf
Tripping
Soeed
P
P
Tripping In
Trjppi-ig Out
1100.0
1100.0
RPM
ft/mn
It/min
lo
lo
rpm
1pm
Friction Factors
r.
Hole Section EditOI
( Advanced
Friction FactOl's Senstivily
Enable Sensitivity Plot
OK
WELL PLAN Software Release 5000. 1. 1O Training Manual
!

Cancel
Help_ j
3-27
2 1. Access the View > Plot > Tension Point/Hook Load chart.
a. The Max Weight Yi eld line represents the minimum yie ld
strength of all com ponents currently in the well at that run de pth .
b. To determine the overpull at a specific run depth, subtract the
Tripping O ut hook load fro m the Max Weight Yield at the depth
in which you are interested. For example, the overpull when the
bit is at 2,000 ft is approximately 290 kips (442 - 154).
TOlque Orog Hool lo-'l<l Choi!_
_ _
500
__ _ __ _ _ _ _
1000
1500
Hook Load (kip)

2000
2500
3000
3500
2000
4000
....
0
0
0
L EG END
Side Drlllha
Ratelle 01f6ottOITl
Ratelle On 6ottOITl
- - Trlpporig OU
Trl!)plnQ In
'
I
811Clcrelimg
6000
- o- Mexwei!tt 't'leld (Tr~ OU)

-0- ...........
Hel actde(T~ln)
8000
g
~
Q)
10000
;;;)
a::
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
3 -28
!

4000
22. Review the Torque Point chart.

LC19101&J1Cf~~CIOO__
- - - -- -
5000
10000
15000
Torque at Depth lfl.lbf)
20000
25000
30bOO
35000
-o
Mol<"'IJIJ Torque
Rotete Ott Bottom
Rotete On Bottom
40000
45000
50000
2000
4000
- - Tripping OU
TNl)f)ingln
Beclueerrwig
6000
8000
g
5
a.
Q)
10000
::>
er
12000
1'000
16000
18000
20000
a. This plot displays the torque at the surface unless the Torque/
Tension Point Distance from Bit check box is checked on the
Parameter > Run Parameters.
Note
When the Torque/Tension Point Distance from Bit c heck box is

checked, you can specify a specific depth where you want to know the
torque acting at a particular point in the string.
!

3-29
b. There is 0 torque for trip in and trip out because the RPM field
for both tripping operations is set to 0 on the Parameters> Run
Parameters dialog box.
23. Use the Parameters> Run Parameters dialog box to enter the
RPM. Notice the difference in the plot. Set the RPM back to zero.
orque Drag Torqo~ Pooni Chait
__
5000
10000
__
15000
__ _
Torque at Depth <ft-lbf)
20000
2sooo
Joboo
35000
40000
sooo
2000
-e- Me11e-up Torq0e
4000
0
Rotete Off Bottom
~ Rotete On Bottom
- - TrlplllgOut
4
TrlPfll"!lln
~ Backreami'lg
6000
8000
a.
Q)
0
10000
c::
;:)
0::
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
3-30
!

soooo
24. Access the View> Plot> Minimum WOB chart. The results
reported in the Normal Analysis Summary table assume the bit is at
the string depth specified on the Case> String Editor. In this case,
the string depth is set to TD (20,000 ft). Use the Data Reader
to determine what the buckling weights are at TD. The results
will match.
<I: I)
LEG END
-+-v.oe to -- ~
v.oBto- -(llol"""O)
IS
Wel~t
20
25
JO
35
on Bit (klpl
56
55
60
6S
70
75
80
85
2000
000
sono
g
~
~ 10000
::>
CY
1 2000
1000
19000
18000
20000
h=
,r,~T&
-:-:-1r.-~
.b~2=;=:w=.11~~Mo;===-====-==-==-==-==-~~..-..,------------lr-----.----:-'
.!.i'~
loQ:llFQ>IOO.Olt --S..~ ...... -10001t. ..- -590.011. -
or
Dr
L~S~
__ _
eGO Oft ~~a.ote\RD<ob:IQI .....,, 71 0 ~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
woe toHel Buckle IRotatngJ 81 6

woe 10 s~ Buckle (Rotaing) In o
~IP
al 1197383
rt
~IP
al 1197383
tt
Ove.pUI Meigrn (T nppo'lg Out)
2295
kC>
%o1Yreld. j9'.IOO
Pick.Up'Vo/tltl;ft
ilZH
ke>
Slack-Ott
load Case
STF
BAQ(REAMING
TRIPPING OUT
ROTATING ON BOTTO TRIPPING IN
ROTATINGOFF SOTTO --SLIDING ASSEMBLY
--- --
Tcrq.ae al \Vrd.ip \tlih

Rotaiy T>le
Tcrque
(revs)
(tt-tlll
312493
236
00
00
287359
229
00
00
28574 9
21 3
2.(
200)0
API
;i-
:t
1833
krp
Wrd.ip
WltW
Tcrque
21 8
00
206
00
21 3
00
M,,_.ed
'Volt:llJY.
Total Stietch
(l<rp)
3729
4813
3329
2746
3579
2546
!

(tt)
11 7
175
75
40
101
15
NeUialPon NeUialPonl
BIT
MD
(ftj
fltJ
200ll0
00
200Xl0
00
19588 2
'119
200Xl0
00
00
200Xl0
2056
7
179413
3-31
Analyze Hydraulics (Using the Hydraulics Module)

25. Access the Hydraulics module by clicking the
J1,I icon.
26. Review the Case> String Editor information. To view or edit the
parameters defining a component, double-click a non-editable field
associated with the component. A dialog box will become available
for you to edit or review the data associated with the component.
a. Double-click a non-editable cell associated with the bit to review
the bit nozzle sizes. The nozzles are 3- l 8/32nds.
--- - ---------- ---- ---------t7Jr8J

From Catalog... _J
~ Bi~ D;~
Nozzle Sizes
General
Bit Type:
ITriCone Bit
..:::J
.:J
Manufacturer:
!security DBS
Model:
IXL16
Length:
j1.00
ft
Bit (DriU) Diameter:
j12.250
in
P~ot
Hole Size:
in
Pass Thru Diameter:
in
Approximate Weight 1267.00
Count
1
Size
(32nd'1
18
Total Flow Area
ppf
%Nozzle Area Plugged
l otal Flow Area:
Shank Length:
10.15
ft
Shank OD:
j9.500
In
OK
3-32
Cancel
10.14s
Apply~J
!

Help
b. Double-click a non-editable cell associated with the mud motor

to review the flow rates and pressure losses for the mud motor.
--
---
--
--
---
--
~~------
--
- - ---- ------ ------- -
-------
1p1 String Mud Motor Data
From Catalog...
@(8]
_J
General
Description Bent Housing 8 , 8 x2 112 in
Type
iJ
Manufacturer
Model No.
IBent Housing
::::J
j0.0061
bbl/ft
Closed End Displacement j0.0622
bbl/ft
Linear Capacity
Length
122.00
ft
Makeup Torque
j 57000.0
ft-lbf
Body OD
Js.ooo
in
Minimum Yield Strength
,, , 0000.0
psi
Body ID
J2.500
in
Collapse Resistance
Approximate Weight
Ji 54.36
ppf
Young's Modulus
l30000000.00
Grade
l 4145H MOD
Poisson's Ratio
J0.300
Material
Jcs_API 5Dl7
Density
1490
lbm/fP
Connection
j6518 REG
Coeff. of Thermal Exp.
E061F
iJ
iJ
psi
psi
Mud Motor
Steering Tool Bend Angle
Stee1ing Tool Reference Angle
Steering Tool Offset
Kick Pad Length

Kick Pad OD
Kick Pad Offset
Flow Rate
I0.00
'"'I- - - -
JO.OD
ft
...
,0-.
00
- - - ft
I0.000
in
....
l0-.
00
- - - ft
1. j300.0
Pressure Loss
gpm
1110.00
psi
gpm
1160.00
psi
3. 10.0
gpm
Jo.oo
psi
4. 10.0
gpm
10.00
psi
2.
jsoo.o
OK
!

Cancel
Help
3-33
c. Double-click a non-editable cell associated with the MWD to

review the flow rates and pressure losses for the MWD.
~StringMWD
oaia - --- ------- -- -- ---- - -- - -
- - --- - - ---
- ~ IBJ
From Catalog...
General
Desetiption )MWD Tool 8 . 8 x2112 in
Type
Manuracturer
.::::.I
Model No.
JMWO Tool
Linear Capacity
:::::J
10.oos1
bbVft
Closed End Displacement lo.0622
bbl/ft
Length
)17.00
rt
Makeup Torque
j 51500.0
ftlbf
Body OD
la.ooo
in
Minimum Yield Strength
1110000.0
psi
Body ID
12500
in
Collapse Resistance
Approximate Weight
1154.36
ppf
Young's Modulus
127700000.00
Grade
j15-15LCMOD (1)
..:.)
Poisson's Ratio
j0.300
Material
l ss_15-15LC
Density
1485
Connection
j6518 REG
psi
psi
lbm/fP
Coeff. of Thermal Exp.
E-06;+F
MWD
Flow Rate
Pressure Loss
1. jsoo.o
gpm
'1 40.00
psi
2. laoo.o
gpm
1185.00
psi
3. 11000.0
gpm
1235.00
psi
4. J1200.o
gpm
J290.00
psi
ft
Apply
I ___!:!_elp
Sensor Distance to Bottom Joint
OK
Cancel
I_
_J
Analyze Hole Cleaning

27. Access the Hole Cleaning - Operational analysis mode using the
Mode pull-down list.
3-34
!

28. Use Parameter > Transport Analysis Data.

{1]~
'P Transport Analysis Data

Input
Rate of Penetration:
]~mo
ft/hf
Rotaiy Speed:
lo
lsoo.o
rpm
Cuttings Diameter:
jo.2so
1n
Cuttings Density:
12., 45
sg
Bed Porosity:
136.00
MD Calculation Interval:
1100.0
ft
Pump Rate:
gpm
Additional Input
Returns at Sea Floor
OK
Cancel
!

Help
3-35
29. Review the View> Plot> Operational plot at 600 gpm and a rate
of penetration (ROP) of 50. Use the sliders at the bottom of the
view to change the ROP and pump rate, if necessary. Use the Data
Reader toolbar icon as you have in the past to determine the
coordinate values on a plot.
LE OE MD
!ledHe0!11
..._....;....;_-,r-"
2000
g
g>
~
8000 -
OI
10000
Gi
Q)
v
c
~ 12000
6
14000
16000
18000
20000
20
40
lnclinaaon (")
60
400
500
600
M1rnmum Flowrate (gpm)
700
Volume(%)
000
OH
100
10
200
20
Bed Height (in)
a. The minimum flow rate to clean the well bore is 716. 7 gpm. This
flow rate is required to clean the riser. About 614 gpm is required
to clean inside the casing.
b. The bed height in the riser is less than 3 inches.
c. The bed height in the casing (between the drill pipe and the
casing) is less than one half inch.
Note
T he casing shoe depth is indicated in the Bed Height plot.
3-36
!

d. As expected, a flow rate of 615 gpm cleaned the annulus in the

cased hole section. However, there are still over 2.5 inches of
bed height in the riser.
L EO ENO
-
l f O END
LEGEND
lnCINl>:ln i:;.;:::=~==-==-.u
L,,.........:..;,,,:....=.t-..,-~f':'
BedHoil11 J---.---~-11
2000
cooo
6000
g
g>
8000
~
Ol
:s 10000
\ti
Q)
c:
0"'
12000 ~
14000
16000
20000
20
40
Inclination (')
&O
400
500
600
700
Minimum Flowrate (gpm)
!

Volume (%)
0.00
0 50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2 50
Bed Height (1n)
3-37
e. A flow rate of 720 gpm did clean the riser. Because 615 gpm
cleaned the cased hole section and 720 gpm cleans the riser,
I05 gpm of additional fl ow is required to clean the riser.
LEO ENO
-
l EOENO
h:llnellon
-~v-..
- - ro1.. voune
2000
4000
6000
g
g>
8000
~
5
ro
0)
10000
(J)
c:
s!!l
12000
14000
16000
18()00
20000
0
20
40
lnchnauon rJ
60
400
500
tlOO
700
080

"'6up R.u.
rno:o-
IP"
"4...,,...,. Flow Role
090
1 00
Volume(%)
-2
f7i67 lP"
.... I
3-38
!

-0
Bed Height (in)
f.
Use Case> Hole Section Editor to add a booster pump.

Double-click a non-editable cell in the row of data
corresponding to the Riser. You must first check the Booster
Pump check box before you can input the booster
pump information.
rnrBJ
'P Riser Details

Riser Outei Dicrnetei
J22.ooo
ll'l
R1$81 Inner Diameter
J20.ooo
in
P Booster Pump
Injection Depth (MD}
ls~.o
ft
Injection Temperalure
j4D.O
'F
Injection Rate
l10s.o
gpm
Riser Depth Calculation

Type of Riser
!vertical
_:.!
ft
Offset
Flex Angle (L0we1}
10.00
Appio~e Weig-I.
Total Riser length (MD l
ppl
Js~.oo
ft
""Selectng this option ~ overwrite survey stations in the wellpath

editor with the ~culated wellpalh points
OK
Help
If Catenary is selected for the Type of Riser, the angle will be

used in the analysis. All analysis that considers wellbore
deviation will be affected.
g. Yes , the wellbore and riser are clean.
30. Access View > Plot > Minimum flow Rate vs. ROP plot.
!

3-39
a.
If you want to drill with an ROP of 70 fUhr and an rpm of 0 , a

flow rate of 635 gpm is required to clean the wellbore.
Hydrat.ks CuU1119~ Tran: port Minimum Flow Rate

LEGEND
- - S.roJ" DP In 20 .000" RSR
- - S.roJ" DP In 12 .375" CAS
S.roJ" DP In 12.250" OH
850
-soo
E
a.
9
Q)
750
~ 700
LL
~ 650
600
50
150
100
200
250
300
ROP (ft/hr)
Rotary Speed:
3-40
io- rpm
SettliigVelocity: fls.8
ft/n1n
800$ter FUr4l Rate:~ gpm Yield Point
fa 00)- lbl/100'tl
WELLPLANTM Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual

!

350
b. About 70 ft/hr.
LE OE NO
5 OOOin DP In 20llOOln RSR
S.OOOin DP In 12 37Sin CAS
SroJln DP n 12250on OH
850
800
' [ 750
.9
Cl>
e~ 100
u:
<=
::E
650
600
550
500
20
60
80
100
1'20
;-:-:-~
AOla<JI Speed
~ <Jl'll SettlrQVelocy ~ It/min
8oootm Pull> Rote
HO
160
180
200
ROP (Mlr)
fi050 IP"
Yield P<ri
220
20
260
280
JOO
320
3 0
~ U/100~
c. Specify the rotary speed in the Rotary Speed field at the bottom
of the window.
Analyze Pressure Loss and Annular Velocity

3 1. Access the Pressure: Pump Rate Range in the Mode pulldown list.
32. Review the surface equipment and mud pump information using
Case> Circulating System.
!

3-41
a. The surface equipment rated working pressure is I 0,000 psi.
~ Circ~lating System
(8J
I
Surface Equipment JMud Pumps Mud Pls + E.nviroivnent

Surface EqUpment: Rated W0tkin9 Pressae:
j 10000.00
psi
r.
Specfy Pressure Loss
1100.00
psi
Calculate Pressure Loss
SUrface Equipment Type:
jIADC
Surface Equipment Data
("
("
(
..
Cancel
3-42
Apply
!

Help
b. The maximum discharge pressure is 5,660 psi, and the

horsepower rating is 2,000.
Surface Equipment Mud Punps Mud Pits + Environment
Active
J- 1=
..L rP'
~
J-
Pl.rnP
Name
Pl GARD
P2GAAD
P3GARD
Maxinum H01sepo
Vclumetnc Maximum
VoVStk Maximum
el
Speed Dischar~
Efficiency
(gal/slk)
3.394
3.394
4.740
(spm)
PTessure
(psi)
Aati-.g
(hp)
115.00 7500.00 200l.OO

115.00 7500.00 2{0000
115.00 5660.00 200),00
P1.rnP Rate
(gpm)
(%)
95.00
95.00
95.00
Add from
Catalog
370.8
370.8
5178
J.
_ _o_K__
Cancel
Apply
J.
Help
Note
The Active check box is checked to activate the pump. Only the active pump will
be used in the anal ysis.
!

3-43
33. Use Parameter> Rates to specify the analysis parameters.

IJ;I
Rat~s ----
-------------------------------@ rrg)
Purnpl'lg Coostrairts
Pump Rates
MirwTun Pump Rate.
1475.0
gpm
Max:nun Surface Pres;ue
15660.00
psi
lnaement Pump Rate
150.0
gpm
Max1TUT1 Pump Powei.
lm:i.oo
hp
Maximum Pump Rate.
1725.0
gpm
MaxmrnAlowable Pump Rate.
gpm
IObtain from Cilcolating System I

Options
r- Use RougiYless
Pipe
Annulus
in
Include Tool J Olnt Piem.re Losses
Include Back Pressure
Include Mud Temperature Effects
Tme ol uruatiorr
9.00
hi
Returns at Sea Flool

Sea Water Density f
psi
Back Pressure:
in
ppg
Include Cuttings Loading
~ Use String Edito1 Bit Nozzles
Nozzles...
OK
Cancel
I ___J _H~~
a. The Maximum System Pressure and Maximum Pump Power can

be entered, or they can come from the active pump o n the Case >
Circulating System tabs. To use the pressures specified on the
Circul ating System tabs, click Obtain from
Circulating System.
34. Use View> Plot> Pressure Loss plot. The system pressure losses
are too high. Notice that at a 615 gpm flow rate, the system pressure
losses are in the "red zone."
3-44
!

The " red zone" on the Pressure Loss plot is defined as the minimum
between the pump pressure and the circu lating system rating.
lEOENO
Sywl. . Pt-oi.-w ,......_
--~-~-Slrng Pl-.n L.ooo ,......_
ArnM "'"""Lonvo ~
SI Pt_,o IMa w ,...... ""'"
-
7000
6000
~SOOD
4000
0.. 3000
2000
1000
480
soc
520
540
580
600
660
820
Pump Rate (gpmJ
680
700
l...i..do Mudl_ot.. oEffeeu
lsoo
!

120
3-45
35. Using Case> Circulating System, change from the 5,660 psi
pump to the 7 ,500 psi pump.
Ip!
rBJ
Circul1tting Syslem
S.Sface Equpment r-\Jd Pu"nps "'-'cl Pits + Erwrorment
Acbve
Punp
N11me
Pl GARD
P2GAAD
PJGAAD
VoVStk
(ga/stkl
3.394
3394
4.740
M"""""11 Mamun Hou

Oischo!ll
et
Speed Preuure Rl!Mg
(spm)
~)
tl1;>)
VoUneb1c
M~
Efficiency Punp Rote

(%)
(gpm)
115.00 7500.00 200l.00

115.00 7500.00 200l.OO
115.00 !i660.00 200l.OO
3708
95.00
95.00
95.00
3708
5179
Click Obtain from Circulating System to update the Pumping

Constraints based on the pump you selected.
PunpRat~
Purr(llr1Q Consllaoits
Mirwn.im Punp Rate.
lm.o
Iner~ P~ Rate.
Ma>irum Punp Rote
gpm
M,,,.,,...,, Surface Pr"e$wre
j7500oo
p$i
jso.o
win
Mamun Punp Power
12000.00
hp
fns.o
gpm
M""'1Ull ~ Punp R111e
gpm
IQbt.., horn uetAatlng S)'Slem I
Optoono
~
f Use Roughneu
-., I At'wUn
Inc~ Tool Joont Pressure Los-
fncklde Back Plessure

Back Pressure
...
Time <li u cWlion
Returns el Sea Floo<
Nozzles
J
~-j ~ancet I
3-46
ppg
lndude Cuttngs Loading
Bt Nozzles
J9.00
Sea Water Oens~
p$1
Q Use String Edlor
';i lnclde Mud Temperaiure Effects
!

Applji
Help
36. No, there is not a problem.
LEGEND
--~oce\M>rmg-Pfenu'e
Syitem Presiu-e t.oas vs P\rrf> Rete
-S1mgPreu<1elossV$
~Rate
AmJus-....e L.ocs vs. Puo1"4) Riie
Bl
Pr- Lou vs ""'1p Rate

6000
.9:
CJ)
l!:
4000
-'
~
2000
0
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
120
140
760
Pump Rate (gpm)
T><>IC<-
lsoo
37. Access View > Plot > Annular Velocity.
!

3-47
a. Yes, there is turbulent flow around the bottomhole assembly.

Any flow rate with an annular velocity greater than the Critical
Velocity (red curve on plot) is in turbulent fl ow.
2000
4000
6000
g
g>
801)0
Ol
'
5
10000
~
i.5
12000
14000
18000
20000
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
Annular Ve1oc1ly (ftfmin)
150
160
170
190
ISO
2GO
210
b. Based on the flow rates and increments we are analyzing,

575 gpm is the maximum flow rate without turbulence. Use the
Rescale toolbar icon ( 19. j) to enlarge a particular area of the
plot, if necessary. You can also review the data in grid form by
clicking the Grid View toolbar icon ( n:,jj).
3-48
!

c. Use View> Plot> Annular Pump Rate . Over 2400 gpm would
be required for turbul ent flow in the ri ser. 834 gpm is required
for turbulent flow in the open hole, and 873 gpm in the
cased hole.
1 - ~~-t
2000
4000
8000
g
g'
~
OI
!5
'ii
8000
10000
4)
....
12COO
c:s
uooo
18000
18000
20000
&00
700
800
900
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500
Pump Rate (gpm)
38. Save your data to the database.
Determine Required Horsepower

39. Check the required horsepower using the Parameter> Rate dial og
box of the Pressure: Pump Rate Fixed analysis mode. Use the
Mode pull-down list to select the analysis mode.
!

3-49
a. The stand pipe pressure is 5,982 psi, which is less than the
7 ,500 psi of the pump.
DEi
P' Rate
QU1Ck Look
Pt.mp Data
funpRate.
Maiamum S1..1face Pres;ure
M<'ll<ll'OUm Pl.mp Power:
1615.ct
gpm
Stand P"ipe Pre$$!.le:
jro1 1~
p$t
17500.oo
p$t
S1..1face Equip. PretNe Lcm:
j100.oo
PSI
1200100
hp
Bt Prem.te Lon
1864 69
PSI
Bt Impact Fcxce:
11163.6
bl
Bit Hydrauic Powet
1310 21
hp
Percent Power at Bit
114.38
MaximumAJowable Pump Rate
gpm
Obtai1 from CicUat!ng System
Op1iom
Pipe
r
P'
HSI
l2s
hp/in'
Include ToolJornt P1em.ie Lonei
Bt Nozzle V eloctt,y
1264.7
ftls
lrcl.Jde Back Prestt..1e
ECO at Shoe.
11393
ppg
ECO at Bit
113.95
ppg
in
Use Roughnett
Back Preuure.
P'
rn
pst
Include Mud Temperatl.fe Effet:U
Time ol Cvculation: 9.00
Annulus
hr
Sea 'Water Den$j(y
ppg
ls1s.o
Pl.mp Rate
P'
Use Sting E~cx Bit Nozzles
gpm
Nozzles
OK
3-50
ri
Total Bil Flow Alea(local)
Retums at Sea Flocx
C1cel
!

Help
b. Using View> Pie Charts> Power Losses> Drill String and

View > Pie Charts > Power Losses > Annulus to review the
power losses in the drillstring and annulus, which are greater
than the pump power of 2,000 hp.
Total Power Losses= 2083.44 hp

I
1 4 .0~
1. 0rill'ipt(W"90hp)
"'
l'ipt (0711.78 hp)
3 Huvy Wtl\lht Drill Plpo (15 lehp)
I 4. Mecl\Woll ..tar~ 15 hp)

I 5. Hnvy Wtigl'l Dri1 Pipe (7H1 hp)
I o. Dril eoa.r (210.61 hp)

1 1. n . - - S t - ( 3.00hp)
I a
Drill c..t>r ( 18.00 hp)
g, lnlep -
St bili:tt (3.ilO hj>)
I 10 . llont.t>g Drill Cob< (18 .03 r,p)

I 11.
"-.P ec.dt StlOill:tr (3.00 hp)
12. ,,..D Tool (51 44 hp)
I 13 Ruu>e<..- s..b (1) 70 hp)

14.
a.... Housing (60.41 hp)
1~ .
C- OnrQ .<IO hp)
I 10. TriC.,... st Gll0.21 hp)
Total P wer Losses = 38.26 h

I
1 Drill Pipe (13 87 hp)

2. Dnll P ipe (2 1.75 hp)
3. Hea...,.Weight Drill Pipe
38.3'1'
(0.1 3 hp)
4. Mechanical J ar (0.04 hp)
5 Hea...,. w etght Drill Pipe
6. Drill Collar (1.70 hp)
8. Drill Collar (0.18 hp)
(0.49 hp)
I 9
Integral Blade Stabilizer
(0.01 hp)
1 0. Non-Mag Dnll Collar (0.09
hp)
WELLPLAN Software Release 5000. 1.1 0 Training Manual
!

3-51
c.
Using View> Pie Charts> Pressure Losses> Drill String and

View > Pie Charts > Pressure Losses > Annulus, review the
pressure losses in the drillstring and annulus, which are less than
the pump pressure.
Total Pressure Losses= 5807.50 psi

I
1. llltl ~(1S27.24psi)
2. llltl
~ (!~.~
pti)
3 . HHwy w.;gt"l Crill Pipo (42 :IS psi)
1 4. ......,_.. JJ<(12.G1 psi)

I 6. He. .y W.iQl'C Ori1 Pip< (221.61 psi)
o. Dlill c..iw (754.03 psi)
I 7. lllltgr>l Bbde St-er('837 psi)

I
8. Dril Colar (50.26 psi)
0. lnloP Bbde S t -er ('8.37 P")
I 10 Hon-Mio D1i11 Colar (51.GJ psi)

I 1I lotep 91ad Stabll.!tr ('8.37 psi)
12. MINO Tool (143.30 psi)
13 R4S1riet0< Sub (2.11 psi)

14 , e....
1iou<fno ( l-cl.61 psi)
15 Ctoss Ovtr (1170 psi)
I 10 Trt.Cono Bit ('804.09 psi)
sure Losses = 106.40 si

I
1. Dr!ll Pipe (38.42 psi)

2. Drill Pipe (60.62 ps1)
3. HeiNfWe1oht Drill Pipe

(0.35 psi)
4. Mechanical Jar (0.12 psQ
I 5. HeiNfWelght Drill Pipe

(1.36 psi)
6. Drill Collar (U 4 psi)
8. Drill Collar (0.51 psi)
I 9. Integral Blade Stabilizer

(0.03 psi)
o.
1 Non- Mag Drill Collar (0.25

psi)
3-52
!

d. Use Case > Circulating System > Mud Pumps to activate the
other pump. (Check the check box next to the pump name to
activate it.) Click Obtain from Circulating System on the
Parameter> Rate dialog box to include the second pump in
the analysis.
e. Clear the status messages by tight-clicki ng in the status message
area and selecting Clear.
Check ECDs
40.
a. Use the View> Plot> Circulating Pressure vs. Depth plot. The
annular pressure is within the pore and fracture pressure in the
open hole secti on ..
LE OE NO
-...Pl.rnp&o1-~.
System Pressure l - vo ~Rote
-=~~~~
Be Pressuel.OS4vs. """"Ret
6000
DI" 5000
a; 4000
~
~
a..
3000
2000
1000
480
500
520
50
560
580
600
620
Pump Rate (gpm)
!

640
&60
680
700
720
3-53
b. The View > Plot > ECD vs. Depth plot indicates the ECD
remains within the pore pressure and fracture gradient
boundaries in the open hole section.
LEOENO
-a---~
Pore
- -Free
20UO
4000
600U
~
8000
Q)
iii
~
::E
10000
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
10
11
12
13
15
ECD(ppg)
c. Hide the pore and fracture pressure curves displayed on the plot
by right-clicking the curve and selecting Hide from the rightclick menu.
d. Right-click the ECD curve and select Freeze Line from the
menu. Change the line color and thickness usi ng the displayed
dialog box.
e. Click OK to close the Parameter> Rate dialog box. The ECO
vs. Depth plot will automatically be updated.
3-54
!

f.
Refer back to the ECO vs. Depth plot and notice the difference
in the curves. This occurs because s uspended cuttings are now
included in the analysis. There would be a larger difference if
there was a cuttings bed in the annulus.
2000
cooo
6000
g
g>
m
g>
8000
10000
Oj
e 12000
!
(/)
H OOD
16000
18000
20000
13.850 13860 13 870 13.880 13890 13900 13 910 13920 13 930 13940 13 950 13.960 13-970 13 980 13 990 14000
ECO (ppg)
!

3-55
Bit Optimization
4 1. Access the Optimizati o n Planning analysis mode using the Mode
pull -down list. Specify the fo ll owing analysis parameters using
Parameter> Solution Constraints. To optim ize based on Bit
Impact Force or H HP, you need three I 5/32nd nozzles.
I~
M--.rn Surface Prem.re
17500 00
P11
Nt.rnbel ol B nozzle
Mamun Pwip Powei
f400o 00
Mrwrun B nOlzlo S~
-1~
4 - - - 32nd'.
"===-==---if---
Mrwrun AmWr Veloaty

MaianunAlowable
P~ Rate
Oblari from C.C<.llatrog SYttem
~00- Z
ft/min Peicet14 PresSl.le Lou ti. Bt
120 0
gpm
~I
j10o 00
IAlowable Bt Flow
Options
Iv
UseA~
lnc:Ule Tool Jori Presue lost es
l'I
1'1
Abo T.m.Aerl. Flow ... 4tle Am.An
Quick look
Sn~Preuure
601390
BtJet
Impact F01ce
6254
-
P1I
Hyadc
HOlej)()Wel6254
NOlzie
Velocity
6254
Nonles No xlO 13
x 15
(3 .~
[3
x15
~lozzles No xlO
xJ
xi
l
l
I
I
I
I
I
Nomeo
No x fD
Nonie$ No. x 10
Peicenl Pr8S$Ule
Lost <!I B
5990
32nd"
32nd"
32nd"
r0513
jo513
HSI
!s.7
rs1
ft/ml'I
Percent Prenue Lou al B~
57
32nd''
Opli!un TFA:
10513
lP"
p x14
I
!rno
rl
tss
f-c>[rl
1sooo
42. Access the Pressure: Pump Rate Fixed analys is mode using the
pull-down list.
43. Use the Parameter> Rate di alog box.
3-56
!

a. The HSI is 2.6 hp/in2 using the c un-ent string nozzles.
DD
t>" Rate
Ql.ick Look
f>l6llP Data
f>l6llP Aale
ls1s.Q
gpm
Stand Pipe Presue
Maianun SUifate Preiue
17500.00
p$I
Surface Equip P1eu1.11e Lon: 1100 00
psi
Maxi-run PUITlP Powet
1400100
hp
Bt Prenure Loss
PSI
1864 69
Mlll<m..111 Alowable Pump Rate
gpm
Bt Impact Force
j1163.6
bf
Bt Hychullc Power
j310 21
hp
Percent Power at Brt
113.60
HSI:
12.6
hpfrf
Obtain from CicU.alng Sy;tem
Options
Pipe
j6356.84
Annulus
psi
Use Roughness
Include Tool Joint Pressure Losses
Bt Nozzle Velocy
j264 7
ft/s
Include Back Pressuie
ECO
at Shoe
ECO ate-
11397
ppg
11400
ppg
Back Prem.we
PSI
Include Mud T~alUle Effects

Tme ol Ciclktion:
hf
"
Total B- Flow Aiea(Local~
AelUlnS al Sea Floor
Sea Wile. Oensay
P
P
in
ppg
js1so
PumpRale
gpm
~Data
Include OJtngs Loadng

Use Strng Edrtor Bil Nantes
Nozzles.
OK
Help
C4ncel
b. Click Nozzles to specify the nozzle size using the Local tab. The
String tab indicates the nozzles used on the String Editor. The
TFA is 0.518 in 2.
1 1
1'
1'11~
Bil Non les
stmo
Local I
NozlloSizei
N....-ber
GIOl4> 111
GrOUPlll
GIOUP 113
GrOUP ~
Sae
p - fis- 32hcf'
r - r - 32ncf
r - r - 32nd
r - r - 32ncf
Totol Flow Area
%tfOZ21e Area P\.gged
r-- %
I oto1 Flow Area.
~ rl
Coiiii to Stmg
!

3.57
c.
Be sure to uncheck the Use String Editor Bit Nozzles check box.
The HSI is now 5.5 hp/i n2 .
DEi
'P Rate
Quick Look
Plrnp Data
Plrnp Rate:
1615.0
!P1l
Stand~ Preuue
Maxm.rn S1.1face Piessu-e
1750000
psi
S1.1face Equp Piemie Lou 110000
psi
Mamun Plrnp Powei
14lXXl.OO
hp
Bil Piem.re Loss
1179303
p$I
Mamun Alowable Plrnp Rate.
!P1l
Bttl~ FOlce
11675 6
Iii
Btt Hydr.dc Powei
ls.4325
hp
Peicenl Powei at Btt
124 61
HSI:
ls.s
hp/irf
Pipe
Annulus
p$I
Use Aoughne$s
Incl.de Tool J~ PresS\.le Losses
Bit Nozzle Velocity
13811
lt/s
Incl.de Back PleSS\.le
ECO at Shoe
11397
ppg
ECO a1Bt
lu oo
ppg
in
Back Preiue
r
r
11"1
psi
Incl.de Mud Tempeiat1.1e Effects

Tme ol Circ\khon
hi
Total Bit Flow Aiea(Local)
lo.51B
'12
P~Rate
Isis o
!P1l
Retuins al Sea Floor

Sea Watei Density
Include C~s Loading
r:i
Use Stmg EditOI Btt Nozzles
ppg
Analy$is Data
OK
3 -58
1728517
Cancel
!

Heb
d. Using the Rate dialog box, notice the stand pipe pressure is close
to the maximum pump pressure (7 ,500 psi ), so use three l 6/ 32nd
nozzles instead. To use the three l6/32nd nozzles, click Nozzles
and specify this nozzle configuration on the Local tab. The HSI
is now 4.2 hp/in 2.
6 Ef
'P Rate
Qlick Look
Pll'llP Data
Pump Rate:
1615.0
gpm
Stand Pipe Prem1e:
Maxlllll.nl S1.1face Pressure:
17500.00
psi
S1.1face Equip. Pretture Loss: 1100.00
psi
MaxlrlUl'l Pump Power
14000.00
hp
Bit Pressure Loss:
j138507
psi
Maxirrun AllowMle PllnP Rate:
gpm
Bitl~Force:
11472.7
lbf
Bit Hydrauic Power
1496.89
hp
Percent Powei at Bit:
120.14
HSI.
J4.2
hp/g,i
P' lncUde Tool Joint Pressure Losses
Bii Nozzle Velocity:
1335.0
ft/s
ECO at Shoe.
J1397
ppg
ECO at Bit.
11 4.00
ppg
Obtain from CirCl.iating System j

Options
Pipe
r Use Aougmess
in
lnclJde Back Pressure

psi
Incl.Ide Mud Temperalure Effects
Tme of Ciculatiorl
""
f'j Aett.rns at Sea Flool

Sea Watet Density
Total Bit Flow Atea(Local)
10.589
ii
Pt.mp Rate.
1615.0
gpm
ppg
P' Include Cuttrigs Loacing
PSI
Annulus
in
Back Pressure.
jssn.21
Analys1$ Data...
Use String Editor Bit Nozzles
Nozzles...
OK
Cancel
Apply
Help
e. Click Copy to String on the Bit Nozzles > Local tab to copy
these nozzles to the String Editor.
!

3-59
Final Design Check

44. Select the Hole Cleaning Operational analysis mode using the
Mode pull-down list. Review the View> Plot> Hole Cleaning
Operational plot. There do not appear to be any issues.
l EGE NO
-
lncinatm
ITevef 100 Ill! ,
LEGEND
Llr"IE! 600.on -
~~-----'
SUspended Vaune
- Total Vaune
4000
5.
6000
8000
Q)
"O
10000
:;J
~ 12000
Q)
14000
16000
18000
20000
.........~........~..................
0
20
40
Inclination()
60
400
3-60
500
600
700
'
0.950
1.000
Volume(%)
1 050
-4
-2
!

-0
Bed Height (in)
45. Select the Pressure: Pump Rate Fixed analysis mode using the
Mode pull-down list. Review the View> Plot> Circulating
Pressure vs. Depth plot. There do not appear to be any issues .
LfOfNO
~Stmg
~-~
A
- 1-
l:!!~!J!!l~"~.::::::i=:=::::t:============::;t====:;:::==::::====i=====+===:::;:::::i
f'rec
el"'""" Loso; 138$7 (pot)

coco
6000
c:
'
tA
8000
O>
10000
i
Q)
12000
tij
HOOD
16000
18000
20000
-r1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
I 0000
11000
12000
Circulating Pressure (psi)
r... .,~
16877 21
!

..
3-61
46. Access the View > Plot> ECD vs. Depth plot. There do not appear
to be any issues.
LE O f NI)
--ArWUA
o Pore
- A - Frac
2000
4000
6000
g
g'
8000
Ui
l?
10000
-ro
e 12000
c:
~
c5
14000
16000
20000
7 00
7.50
800
8.50
900
9.50
1000
10.50
11 00
11.50
ECD(ppg)
3-62
12 00
12.50
1300
1350
uoo 14 50 15 00
!

Analyze Surge/Swab Pressures and ECDs (Using

the Surge Module)
47. Access Surge analysis using the
lail toolbar icon.
48. Use Case >Pore Pressure to review the pore pressures. The over
pressured zone is at 10,743.8 ft TYO. Press FU to access the
Convert Depth/EMW dialog box. Specify the TYO, and click
Convert to determine the MD.
Ip'
[El
Convert Deplh/EMW
Depths
fol) 'ft)
I 10743.8
Pressu"e (psi)
EMW(PPO)
Pressure(EMW
Pore Pressu-e
Fracture
T\'O {ft)
I 1sooo.1
7395.09
13.25
l"ii301.62
14.88
Open Hole PresSU'e Lmts
PresSU'e (psi)
~x.
Pore
MWJ. Frture
9287.80
TVO(ft)
13243.71
7274.45
9193.713
!

3-63
Analyze Transient Responses

Tripping Out Operation
49. Specify operations data using the Parameter> Operations Data
dialog box.
@tBJ
IP Operation Data: Swab/Surge

OpetatlOO
Surge
r. Swab
PipeDetaib
Shoe Depth (MD)
125000
ft
VleA TO IMO)
200XJO
ft
Adciional MD ol lnteiest
J15(XXJ.0
ft
Length ol Stand~
1~.00
ft
~ Acceje(&toon
J2.lm
~ Oecele(!>i.m
ft/sec>
IVsec>
Addtional 0 pbons
MOVJng Pipe 1110ft

1 f125000
1210.0
fVllW"I
2. ll&mO
ft
12100
ftll!W"I
3 l200XJ.O
ft
1210.0
ft
ft/l!W"I
ft
ft/l!W"I
P!!!!Speed
ft/l!W"I
- Pipe Depth st-.Ud be.., ascencing 0<def
Flow Details
Use low Clea<ance Ukulalions'
r E!<eOU!oon Trne wil be long)
Fluid Ecil0<
v !rd.Ide Mud T~e<lll.Ufe Effects

DrcUating Fluod
j13.8 ppg OBM. 13.80 ppg
Flow Rate
jo.o
OK
Cancel
Apply
~
gpm
Help
50. Use the View > Operations Plot> Transient Response plot to
review pressures or EMW vs. Time. Use the right-click menu to
select the correct plot.
3-64
!

a.
?"""T1.oru..n1Reporn~ . w.. oep1h 0
Yes, there is a problem because the Pressure when the moving

pipe depth is at TD falls below the pore pressure, as denoted by
the green line on the plot.
200ll011
__
_ _
__ _
0.600
0.650
LEGEND
-e-125000 tt - 2roo nmri
0
1S000.0 ti - 270.0 ftAM
~ 20000.0 It - 270 0 flknin
9500
9450
iii
8:
 9400
.....
ii!
(/)

a:
9350
9300
9250
0.000
0.050
0.100
0 150
0.200
0.250
0.300
0.350
0.400
0.450
0.500
0.550
Time (min)
b. About 10 psi.
!

3-65
51 . Access Optimized Trip Schedule (View> Operation Plot>

Optimized Trip Schedule). The recommended safe trip speed
is 150 ft/min .
LEOENO
Tr-.,Speed
14000
15000
~
Q)
"O
16000
;:,
"'ro
Q)
~ 17000
c:::
;:,
er
18000
19000
20000
Welbore Dept> 20000 0 ft
H6
148
150
152
154
Tnp Speed (rt/min)
20000
Welbore Doph 20000D ft
6000
Mri'run Trip Speed !1so.o
3-66
ft/rrwn
M_,..,.,, Tnp Speed
fi'5UO ft/rrwn
7000
8000
Pressure (psi)
!

9000
10000
52. Specify the trip speed using Parameter > Operations Data dialog
box. Use View > Operation Plot > TransientResponse Plot to
review results at all depths. Re fer back to the Operations Data
dialog box, use 150 ft/min for the trip speed, and notice the issue
is resolved.
IP Opercstion Data: Swab/Surge
OpetallCn
r s..ge
r. swat.
?tie Oetais
Shoe Depth (MDJ
Mov~PipoMO
1125000
2000)0
WelTD(MDJ
1 j125000
fl
Additional MO ol h"llerest
Lenglh ol Stand ?tie
?tie Acceletation
!!Kl 00
- - It
j1so.o
lt/mon
3 1200))0
fl
j1so.o
fVrlllfl
ft
rt/l!Wl
fl/see
Addibon.o!I 0pbon$
r Exec:Wln Tme ... be long!
.; lnWde Mud Tempe<all.re Ellecb
OK
0000
,.J'.
0 050
iJ
138 ppg 08M. 13.00ppg
la.o
Flow Aale
ascencfng ordel
- FUdEditor J
C.c.Aatrog F\.od
_,;'";
rt/l!Wl
~Depth~ be n
Flow Det411t
r Use Low Clearance~
<f .,.
lt/mn
2 (1500>0
ft
11/aee'
~ Decelerabon
~Speed
j1so.o
ft
CMcel
!PTI
Help
"
0 100
0 150
0.200
0 250
0 300
0 350
T1me(mtn)
!

0400
0 450
0500
0550
0.600
0.650
3-67
Tripping In Operation
53. Use Parameter> Operations Data to change the operation from
swab to surge.
54. Use View > Operation Plot > Transient Response. The
calculations cannot be performed for a s urge operation when a
moving pipe depth is at TD. The maximum moving pipe depth
allowed is TD minus one stand length. In this example, the
maximum moving pipe depth would be 19,910 ft.
55. Use Parameter> Operations Data to change the moving pipe
depth. There are no predicted problems.
~(g)
'"' Opcralion Oala: Swab/Surge

Operation
r. Surge
S....t>
PirieDetaila
Shoe Depth (MD)
j12500.0
It
\I/el TO (MO)
f200XJ 0
It
Addlional MO ol lnterett
j-1500l.
-O - - It
L~h ol Stand Pipe
f90.00
ft
Pipe Ac:c8eletJon
12.CXXl
ft/tee'
Pipe OeceleretJon
l2.CXXl
ft/tea
Movng Pipe Mo-
Pipe Speed
1 112500 0
j150.0
ft/nw1
2 11500)0
j1500
ft/nw1
1150.0
fl/l!WI
3 l1 ss10.o
5
ft
It
Mnon
ft
IVnw1
-Pipe Depth snoudbe"' ~ 0<der
Addibonol Optiona
FlowDelolli
r Use Low 0->ee ~s

r E><ectbOO Trne Wll be long)
-~~
P Include Mud T~eture Eflectt
C.c\MtJl!IAt.:I
Flow Rate
,13.
_B_
ppg
_OBM-.1-3.00ppg
---::i~
jo.o
OK
3-68
!

IP"
Help
56. Yes, it is possible to experience both. The following plot from

another analysis displays both surge and swab effects.
The line in the

middle of this plot
was added to the
manual to illustrate
the surge (above
the line) and swab
(below the line)
pressure
responses.
68-40
6$10
ijl
B
Ill 6820
.,5
"' 6810
~
CL
6800
6190
6180
5710
8780
0.050 0.000 0050 0 100 0 150 0200 0250 0300 0350 OCOO O CS-0 05-00 0.550 0600 0650 0700 0.750 0600 0850
T1me(mm)
The conventional definition of surge operations is operations that

have increases in pressure only. Transient models can predict both
surge and swab pressures while running in the wellbore. Transient
models have been validated using downhole tools. Refer to the
online help for a list of technical references. The WELLPLAN
Hydraulics module has a steady-state (not transient) surge/
swab analysis.
!

3-69
Investigate Well Control (Using the Well Control

Analysis Module)
57. Activate the Well Control Analysis module using the
tool bar icon.
I-
58. Review geothermal data using Case > Geothermal Gradient.

Ip!
(1)r8]
Geothermal Gradient
standard Aclditlonal Plot
Tempeioture ot W'e4I TYO
r_.el\Jre@ j132437
r.
Orerdert
OK
3-70
~ F
~
J_
Fn<nt
!

59. Use Case> Well Control Setup.

(ll~
'P Well Control Setup
Choke/kl Lne
r Speciy ChCJkeJl<j l.no Pteuue Lem

Spedy Dlokel!(j l.no Ptessue Lon
'"I- - -
pa
OIOkeJKI l.no
(" Ctd<eLneOrly
ChctelndKILne
Choke/Kl l.l'IO Lervn
j590 00
13500
Choke l,..10
ft
KUinelD
-o~ enobled/usod l0t llbe~ welt""
" Use< enleied aJ( PfeHUIO Ion Wll ovei1.le nt~ c~ed C"' l)feHUle losses
tx>weve "" drnent1ont wol s1 be used IOI olher cabkbont
Cancel
~ J
60. Review the temperature model using Parameter >
Temperature Distribution.
11J(g)
~ Temperature Model
,.
St~Slale C.cUatJon
Geolhemal Grader
r Conuant Temperatu:e
St*State ucWbon
Flow I.re Mud Temperall.re:
Flow Rale:
j85.0
j625.0
gpm
Mud D~
j13.90
lll>9
"f
Cormant T~atiae
"f
AmJus Mud Temperwe.
OK
!

Cancel
H~
3-71
61. Use View >Plot> Geothermal Gradient.
1000
4000
6000
9000
10000
~
11000
1' 000
16000
19000
10000
<0
60
90
100
120
1'0
160
180
100
120
Temperature (F)
Determine Kick Type

62. Use the Parameter> Kick Class Determination dialog box. This
is a Kick While Drilling because the kick interval pressure is
greater than the circulating bottomhole pressure. Refer to the online
help for more information.
1p1
r1JIBJ
Kick Class Determination

Setup
IOO!ll Mud Gra<ient
!0111
p$111t
Ir.put
CirCIAabotl Flowtate,
Kick lntetval Gradiert
1625.o
lo.732
(pn
pw'fl
Quick l ook
Kick Closs
C.cWlng BHP-
~Kick Whlle 01iling

j!617_2 _ _
Stal!c BHP;
!$00 9
Kick lntetval Piesso.R
f9715 3
Undetbalance Kick lnterv.t f206.4
p$1
p$1
psi
psi
OK
3-72
!

Estimate Influx Volume

63. Access the Parameter> Influx Volume Estimation> Kick
Detection Method tab. Flowrate Variation is the detection method
used.
[I)IBJ
If" Influx Volume Estimation
r.
flowrele VlWlebon (30 0
r vo1tmo v......ID<l.
OeteclionTrneOeiby
!J1fY1
bbl
i-
"""
OK
Flowrate variation detects flow-out increases. Volume variation

detects pit volume increases.
64. Access the Parameter > Influx Volume Estimation > Reservoir
tab to review the reservoir information.
1p1
Influx Volume Cstimation
Seti.(>
Kick Detection Method Reservow
(1](8)
Reaction Times I Results I
Pe11neability
1100.00
md
Porotty;
l:io.oo
Thk:l<.neu:
1100.0
ft
Rate ol Penetration:
jso.o
ft/hr
Eicposed Heiglt.
r-
ft
OK
Coroeef
Note
Some fields on the Parameter> Influx Volume Estimation tabs are disabled,
depending on the kick type.
!

3-73
65. Access the Parameter> Influx Volume Estimation> Reaction

Times tab to review the reaction time.
"" Influx Volume Estimation
Setup
I Kkk Detection Method I Reservoor
Close Choke;
lo.2
10.2
10.2
f1.o
10.5
lo.s
102
Total Reaction Tme:
!2.8
Step Rotate:
Pd. Off Bottom;
StopP\.llll
flow Check:
Open HCA
Close BOP
OK
J~
--
- - -
f1][8)
Reect:lon Times Resuls
""'
""'
""'
""'
min
,,...,
""'
""'
66. Use the Results tab (Parameter> Influx Volume Estimation>

Results) to determine the expected influx volume. It took
260 seconds to detect the expected 5.5 bbl kick.
1p1
~~
Influx Volume hlimalion
Setup
I Kick Oetectiof'I Mhod I Rewvow I Reectoon Trnes
Total lnllu>c VoU11e:
j5:5""
bbl
lnlkn< VoUrie at Detection:
Jl.7
bbl
Detection Tine:
f260
sec
ReS\Ats I
Cancel
Analyze Kick Tolerance

67. Access the Kick Tolerance mode using the Mode pull-down list.
3-74
!

68. Use the Case> Well Control Setup> Operational tab to specify
the method.
[l)[B)
IP- Well Control Setup

Choke/Kil Line
Opetotlooal
Kill Method
BOP Pl=ure Aatiig
l!XmO
CaulQButslPresslleA~ j10035.0
poi
~ Buiat Safety FactOI
80 00
Leak Off Plessllo.
4500
leak Off Mud \Yeoof>l
113.00
OK
Cancel
69. Specify the kick tolerance analysis parameters using Parameter>
Kick Tolerance.
[1JfBJ
tr~ Kick Tolerdnce

fnpoJ
Setup
Kick Clas$
'~l~l::!:Hl:~
Tweollrfu><
jGas
Kick lnte<Vaf Prouure
19n53
!nm
p$1
f NU< GIa<ient
pw'1I
Kil Rate
j135.0
Totaf lnflo< Valme
j50.0
bbl
Depth ol lnletMt
ji2500.0
ft
psVtt
Kil Mud Gra<Jent
jo.m
pu/fl
p$1/f\
Depth lnletVaf lo Check.
17500.0
fl
fr>t;.,j Mud Gradenl
SwabAllalym Optioru
r
("
om
m:.
l ~ce1 '
::J
psi/ft
gpm
~~elp
70. Analyze kick tolerance results.
!

3-75
a. Use the View> Plot> Allowable Kick Volume plot. The

maximum allowable influx volume is 55.4 bbls.
LEGEND
Mu.sPressure
10
20
30
40
50
60
10
80
90
1nnux Volume (bbl)
3-76
!

100
b. Use the View> Plot> Pressure at Depth plot at the shoe. The
pressure is between the pore and fracture pressures while the
kick is circulated out.
LE OE NO
Arn.Aasf'r"....-e
1200
70()0
8900
6600
iii
~
6400
"'e
a..
6200
tn
6000
5900
5800
200
400
800
800
I 0()0
1200
1400
1600
t 800
2000
2200
2400
2800
Volume Pumped (bbl)
Use the right-c lick menu to select the correct plot, if necessary.
!

3-77
c.
Use the View> Plot> Pressure at Depth plot to analyze the

annular pressure at the surface. Use the right-click menu to select
the correct plot. The highest choke pressure is 134 1 psi.
UOEND
-+- ...,.,..,. Prenu"e

1300
1200
1100
1000
900
~ 800
s
~
"'"'
700
I/)
600
500
400
300
200
100
200
3-78
400
600
800
1000
1200
H OO
1600
Volume Pumped (bbl)
1800
2000
2200
2400
WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1 .1 0 Training Manual
!

2600
d. Review the View > Plot > Maximum Pressure plot. The
Maximum Pressure plot displays the maximum annular
pressures that will occur at any measured depth with an influx of
constant volume in the well. The Pressure at Depth plot displays
the pressure at a specified depth of interest in the annulus as the
kick is circulated.
13000
14000
15000
)(
=>
'.E
0
16000
a.
Q)
0
"O
~
;;;;)
17000
"'l
Q)
:::E
=~
18000
JO
gj
19000
20000
5500 5600 5700 5800 5900 6000 6100 6200 6300 6400 0500 6600 6700 6800 6900 7000 7100 7200 7300
Pressure (psi)
!

3-79
e. Access the View> Plot> Safe Drilling Depth plot. Use this plot
to display the maximum pressure at a specified depth of interest,
using a constant influx volume occurring at the bit as the
wellbore depth increases. The analysis begins at the last casing
shoe depth, and continues over the distance specified as the
Depth Interval to Check on the Parameter > Kick Tolerance
dialog box. (The ending depth of the analysis will be the casing
shoe depth plus the Depth Interval to Check.)
13000
14000
S:
ISOOO
)(
=
& 1eooo
0
18000
19000
MOO
3-80
5800
&000
&700
SOO
Pressure (ps1)
HOO
f800
1000
!

7200
f.
Access the View> Plot > Formation Breakdown Gradient.

This plot displays the maximum pressure (expressed as a
gradient) that will occur as a result of the specifi ed influx size.
LEGEND
~-.SPreuue~
o
-
Pc<ePr.-.aO.-..
f.-.re"'-nOr--.i
13000
14000
15000
g
.s
a.
c3
16000
"O
~
=>
"'lll
Q)
::?'
17000
18000
19000
20000
0580
0600
0620
o so
oa&o
o 680
o100
Pressure Grad1 em (ps11ft)
!

0 720
0 7'0
0 760
0 780
3-81
g. Use View> Plot> Full Evacuation to Gas. Yes, there will be a

problem if there is a full evacuation to gas because the annular
pressure exceeds the fracture gradient.
LEGEND
.....
-~. 0 PorePr....,e
- A - froctl.l'e Pte.s~e
MuO L.ne..
si.o fl
2000
4000
6000
g
6
8000
...?
10000
a:
..2
0.
Q)
'O
2!
::::>
en
gi
12000
..
14000
16000
18000
20000
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
Pressure (psi)
3-82
!

10000
Use Animation to Review Results

7 1. Use the VCR buttons ( "' .. .. "' ) to start, stop, and rewind the
animation. The heavy weight mud is in the wellbore and string at
the end of the animation.
~1 MI!., l..il
SdiematcOpllans
ol)IJOl'llToScao
::J
126833
bbl
bbl
lnl'u<Heogfit.
loo
loo
loo
Ode f'lent.te-
11 70
v......,~
klbc ToPMO
tribe Volrne
590.0 ft
Me.ri Sea Level (100.0 ft)

~(600.0 ft)
Bottom Hole
p,.,.....,
Premte at 0
('" o.......
1995903
17133.54
r.
"''
"''
ptl
Wlll.M<IW.qt.
12500.0 ft
20000.0 ft
!

3-83
72. Use the Driller's radio button to change the kill method. The light
mud is in the wellbore and stri ng at the e nd of the animation.
i.. 14
._I_.__._. . .l_. . .I
Schematic Op0onc
3.
Op0on To_S_
cale
____
Vokme~
lnlU. Top MO
lrfu< Vollne
Mean Sea level (100.0 ft)

r.t.dne (600.0 ft)
590.0 ft
!26833
bbl
(oo
mo-
lrfu< Hetghl
roo-
Chol<e Pressure
!213 66
bbl
ft
psi
Bottom Hole Ptesue
!9813 Ill
pso
Ptessure at Delllh
I708!i 70
,. 'V/111..wl'Vledt
12500.0 ft
20'.XXl.O ft
73. Switch back to the Wait and Weight You can al so use Case> Well
Control Setup >Operational) to change the ki ll method.
Generate a Kill Sheet

74. Access the Kill Sheet ana lysis mode using the Mode
pull-down list.
3-84
!

75. Use the Case> Well Control Setup tabs to specify the
analysis parameters.
/pl
CTJrRI
Well Control Setup
l()petationail siow~ I
Choke/Kil llne
Choke/Ki Lne.
Choke U1e ()rtf
t: Choke end Kl Lne
Choke/Ki Lwie Leniith: 1593.00
It
Choke Line ID:
13.500
l'l
Cancel
OK
/pf
Apply
CTJfB)
Well Control Selup
Choke/Kil lne Operational j Slow PlMnps I
Kil Method
Drier's
!100XJ.O
psi
Casing e..n t Preuure A!lliig 110035.0
psi
Camg Burst Safety Factoc
100.00
Leak Off Pret$\lle:
14&1.0
psi
Luk Off Mud Weit;#.
113.80
ppg
BOP Pre=se Raling;
OK
!

3-85
76. Click the I ~ toolbar icon to access the Notebook module and
Miscellaneous mode. Use the Parameter> Leak Off Test dialog
box to specify the test pressure as 450 psi.
~ leak Offlest
(1)(E}
Input
MudO~
113.80
PP!l
TMl freSSUfe
1450.0
PSI
IYO
IS49la
It
/:It GllP
1100.0
ft
.Su Depth
lsoo.o
It
OIAput
Form Break. Press p255.9
PSI
'o.764
pW!t
Form. Break. Grad . 1o. ~
p:illt
Equv Mud Grad!
Clo;e
H~
a. Use the mud density of the active fluid on the Case>

Fluid Editor.
b. The leak-off test was performed at the casing shoe. The casing
shoe measured depth is 12,500 ft. Use the Convert Depth/EMW
tool (press Fll) to determine the TVD (9493.8 ft) .
(g}
IP Convert Oepth/MW
Depths
lo'[) {rt)
TYO {ft)
19193.8
PtesS\.re (psr)
EfflW
11. 1s
j 12500
PtesSlJ"e/EMW
Pore PtesS\.re
Fracttte
5198.99
1727M5
<m>
-~
!10s
Open Hole PresSU>e Lmts
3-86
PtesSlJ"e
<1
lm1.eo
M>j ft)
Max. Pore
Mn. Fracrure
lmMS
19193.78
13213.71
!

c.
Use the Reference Datum section of the Well Explorer to

determine the air gap and sea depth.
Trannq Rig Cf
100.Cft
100.cxit
o.tl6n Otv.tion:
I "' Gc> (MSl):

Level
Me.vi~
I.........
~ Olpth (HSI.):
500.00ft
600.<Xtt
d. The calculated equivalent mud gradient is the same as the

fracture gradient.
I&
toolbar
77. Activate the Well Control Analysis module using the
icon, and the Kill Sheet mode using the Mode pull-down list.
78. Use Case> Well Control Setup to review the slow
pump information.
1p1
l'.1)~
Well Conlrol Setup
Vcbne/Sboke
~stk)
Speed
(spm)
40.00
20.00
3.394
3.394
1. Pl GARDENER
2. P2 GARDENER
~~~~~~~-_J
QI(
Cancel
Apply
!

_J
3-87
79. Access Parameter> Kill Sheet and specify a 6 bbl pit gain. C lick
Select Pump/Kill Speed and select the pump with the 40 spm
speed. Notice the other data, including the annulus and string
volumes, are already specified.
-
Kick p.,ametert
fl
Stu4n Catt>g Pressure
lm:no
ls.o
Im oo
lsoo.oo
Overkll Pressure:
10.00
P*l
Trp M.,gri
10.00
PP!I
MD of Kick.
p~ Gain;
SIU~nDPP
Arniui Volo.me
bbl
Leroglh
psi
W~Matenal
Je..-e
WI. Mall Spec{rc Gray(y 14.500
ll
Wt. Mall. WefT'. Pef sac1<. J94.oo
lbm
wt. MatJ MllQ Capaciy:
1188
bbl/ft
Tala! Mall Req<.wed.
11058437
fl
bbl/fl
wah Trip Mgin
fl
100239
bllU!t
Kt Mud Weq1t
ft
lo.ms
bbllft
'Wl Mall Per Volo.me
ft
j0.1185
bbl/ft
l5~ 00
Casiig
j11s10oo
17500.oo
It
Qurck Look
Ncmbec d Sacks
Total Mall Aeq<.wed-
TCl&IArin..blen!
fmno
ft
Totllf Am..llnVoloine
j2600.5
bn
[1424 - - ppg
'Oro- ppg
r;:;-- .o
o.oo
lbm
lbm/mn
Stnng Volume
A~
leroglh
PumpOetoi>
PIJmpName-
ppg
!il76
Tl.Wg;
Open Hole:
ppg
0 7iJ
N\l!'iber of Sodu
Choke KJI IJne
Ori~
h 424
bbl/ft
rt
p$I
1020.0
KJI Mud Weii;#.

\Ill Malt p.,vobne
lo.3643
lo.am
lo.am
jmoo
looo
jo.oo
A-
---~
Wtw Tnp Mgin
Defd from Ecitor
WergtUp
Mud Tonk Volume.
--
Siring .ANU.;t Ve>Unet
OPICASflBG/CT 119067 9A
[Pl GARDENER-OENVER P><l
Volrme.IS~oke
p.334 -- gat/tk
Speed-
14000
Pre;iu-e.
(75000
VolrneUlc Eff1C1ency.
f9500
Select l'l.lnplKjt Speed
spm
p$I
Capacty
ft 10.0169
bbl/ft
lo.ooe7
lo.IX&!
bbl/ft
Total String length
,200000
ft
Tala! Str11gVolrne
(32e7
bbl
Heavy Wei!t'
lmoo
11
o.-.coa..-
1602.lli
ft
bbl/ft
Ql.ICk look
a. Barite is the weighting material. You can select other materi als
using the pull-down list.
b. The shut-in casing pressure is 500 psi.
Note
You can click Default from Editors to default the annulus and string
volumes based on data input in the Case> Hole Section E ditor and the
Case> String Editor when performing future analysis.
3 -88
!

80. Access View > Plot> Kill Graph.
lfOfNO
-
9r<*e:tt:~ 8511.
100
1020
1000
9BO
780
500
100(1
500
2000
2500
Number of Strokes
3000
ooo
8 1. Pump efficiency makes a difference.

a. Freeze the current line on the plot.
!

3-89
b. Use Case > Circulating System > Mud Pumps to change the
pump efficiency for pump #1 to 90%.
1p1
Pt.mp
Nome
P1 GARO
P2GARO
P3GARO
3-90
rEJ
Circulating System
Vol/Stk
(gtil/itl\)
1394
1394
4.740
M
d)CllTU1\
Speed
(spm)
Ma>CllW1\ Hon
Ooschar
Preuu-e
(psi)
e<
A.mg
(hp]
115.00 750000 200!.00

115.00 7500 00 200!.00
11500 566000 200100
VoUnel.ric ~
Etfiaency Pt.mp Rote
(%)
(gpm)
90.
95.00
9500
!

c. Compare the two curves on the Kill Graph. Pump efficiency

does make a difference. It will take more strokes with a less
efficient pump.
lEQ ENO
Sllt<itttYt:~tiiAtSt.
- ~.,, Pr.....-.
1040
1020
1000
i80
180
500
1000
MOO
AOOO
ma
d. Set the pump efficiency back to 95%.
82. Access the View > Report and select Kill Sheet. Click Preview to
view the report.
a. Cli ck Report Options to review the options.
b. 1176 sacks of weighting material are required.
3.4
Kill Mud Weight Up

Overkill Pre$aure
Weight Increase
Number of sacka
O 00 psi Kiit Mud weight
0 44 ppg wt Matt required per volume

1,176 Total wt. Mall. Required
!

14 24 ppg
070ppg
110,584 37 lbm
3-91
c. The fi nal c ircul ating pressure is 774 ps i.
d . It takes 4 ,28 1 strokes and 107 minutes to fi ll the string.
.._
"""Mfti"
~.........
-('1111..
--
, ........_!_.......
,~._.,
__.!!_
3-92
,..,,
.,....,
..,._
,..,.
~1
,_,_.,_
1111
II
;u1:0
M.J
:Qo.J'
,,,.i f'
,'.:;:
J
,_
IOID
,..,~
~.
am
..!!._
,.
1110
-
..
WELL PLAN Software Release 5000. 1. 10 Training Manual
!

II
Determine Critical Rotational Speeds (Using Critical

Speed Module)
Input Analysis Parameters
83. Access the Critical Speed module by clicking the
toolbar icon.
84. Use Parameter> Analysis Parameters to input the

following parameters:
fP
CTJ(8)
Critical Speed Analysis Parameters

ParMleters
!OIC1Jll at Bl
120010
1\-bf
~e!ghtonB
125.0
lop
gpm
Flow Rate
1615.0
Steeiing Tool .(2nentabon
jo.oo
~tarting Speed
120
1200
fndngSpeed
Speed!na~
E><etatron frequency F'4ci01
Mesh Begins at Oi$1 From Bit

Max Total 1.englh ol Md!
js
1100
jo.oo
j9999900
rpm
rpm
rpm
ft
It
r Qiinamics
OK
c.r.cei
H~
a. You have a tri-cone bit, so you use an excitation frequency of 3.

b. Set Mesh to 99999 ft to analyze the entire string.
c. Dynamics is not checked, therefore the nodal torque due to
friction is not included.
!

3-93
85. Review the mesh zone parameters (Parameter> CSA Setup). Use
the default parameters.
'1>' CSA Setup Data
--
Mm Zone
Aac>ecl Rabe>!
linoo
Aspect Aabo l
110000
Restore Oelds
Lenoth1
lsoooo
lsooo
It
L~2
125000
It
Aspect Retoo
[ij(g]
Somdary ConOlioos
Aadou$
TJlllO
loooo
110000
1000
Redus
Ar9e
looo
:::J'oooo
T-
""""
(oooo
OK
T-i
Aioal
Ar9e
3199000
jo.oo
n
C.val
H~
a. A mesh is used because it is a finite element analysis. The mesh

is a term for describing how the string is divided into elements
and nodes prior to performing the finite element analysis.
b. The BHA will be divided into elements based on the input values
for Aspect Ratio I and Length I. Refer to the online help for
more informatio n.
c . Aspect Ratio l is the smallest ratio because it is used to mesh the
BHA zone (500 ft in this example). Jt is preferable to mesh the
BHA into smaller elements.
d. Length 2 is used to mesh the section of the string between the
BHA and the drill pipe. The remaining pipe will be meshed
using Aspect Ratio 3.
3-94
WELLPLAN 7M Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual
!

Examine the Stresses Acting on the Workstring

86. Examine the stresses acting on the workstring.
a. 140 rpm and 35 rpm may result in high relative stress in the
string (View> Rotational Speed Plots> Resultant Stresses).
1000
2500
2000
ISOO
1000
500
20
30
SO
60
10
90
90
100
110
120
130
140
ISO
160
'70
180
190
200
Rotauonal Speed (rpm)
!

3-95
b. Use View> Position Plots> Resultant Stresses. At 140 rpm,

these stresses are likely to occur 12 ft (mud motor) and 37 ft
(MWD) from the bit. (Click the Rescale icon ( 19.j) to enlarge a
portion of the plot. Click the Data Reader icon
to
determine a specific value for a point on the curve.)
q-:- p
3500 -
LfOfND
-~
3000
lSOO
1500
3-96
'i""l~"'l""l'
"' I'
2000 Jooo ooo sooo snoo
1000
'i "'!'" i""i "" l' '" l 11

1000
eooo woo
Distance
"i
11 11
10000 11000 11000 13000

From Bit (It)
!

i'"'l'" 1 i"
u ooo
15000
uooo
1" '
11000
l$0D
--
LlOl!NO
Sc~'
2001>-
' 1 ' '
' 1' ' '' 1 ' ' ' ' 1''''1' ~ "'"1 1 ' ' ' '1 ' '''1''''
3000
- - - I -- -
l5il0
AOOO
--
c. These stresses are likely to occur in the mud motor (12 ft) and
MWD (37 ft).
!

3-97
d. Bending stress is causing the high equivalent stress in these

components. If necessary, rescale the plot to more easily view
the data (View> Position Plots> Stress Components).
---
26001
L fOENO
.........
2 00
si.e..
1200
2000
1800
16-00
.9:
1400
"'"'
_g:
(j)
1200
1000
800
800
OO
200
1000
3-98
2000
3000
4000
6-000
1000
8000
0000 10000 11000 12000 13000 1'000 15000 16000 11000
D1stante From 81t (ft)
!

e. The View> Position Plots> Stress Components plot displays

the stress components for a range of rotational speeds. The
View > Rotational Speed> Stress Components plot displays
the stress components at one rotational speed.
--
26oof---~
.....
LfOfHO
2400
so''"'""'""
2200
LEOEHD
A:l.WSkess
e..qsi...
,.,,....,....
TOrtirorilt3rtu
2200
1000
2000
1800
1800
1600
1800
u;
.B
1400
U DO
1200
1200
1000
1000
800
IOO
800
OO
200
2000
4000
600.0
sooo
uooo ie:ooo
1001)(1 1 2000
180
Otstence From Sit (h1

- - - - - - 1--
-511-.
!

~ """
.11)1)_
--UO.
Ro1<monal Speed (rpm)
3-99
Examine String Displacements

87.
a. Yes, there is more relative displacement at certain rotational
speeds. Significant displacement is at 140 rpm, bul 35 rpm and
olher speeds also have higher displacements (View> Rotational
Speed> Displacements).
L0ENO
v..'llCll(X)CwPile:iemeni
~==n==.wc
l 50
l <O
l
30
12'l
110
g1 00
090
a-
080
070
06-0
050
040
0 30
0 20
0 lO
2'l
3-100
30
so
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
no
Rotational Sooed (rpm)
1'0
l SO
180
!

170
180
190
200
b. Display View> Position Plots> Displacement in one vertical

pane, and View > Position Plots > Resultant Stresses in the
other pane. The MWD is located 30 - 47 ft from the bit. In this
interval, both the displacement and resultant stress are at a peak.
Lf Gt;NO
--
v-..oo
rrensvene(V)
A.VttftQitHd \MttttJ
140
20
ll!'O!ND
1 00
- =f:?
9-C-J
otl
121)0
2otl0
teoo
0.20
-GOO
-010
150
100
SO
50
100
Distance From 611(ft)
1SO
200
100
50
50
Distance From 6 11 (ft)
100
150
. . . . . . . .~11<0 ...
!

3 - 101
Review Bending Moments and Shear Stresses

88. Spl it the screen. Display View> Rotational Speed Plots>
Moments in one vertical pane, and View > Rotational Speed >
Shear Forces in the other. The peaks in these plots correspond to
the peaks at 140 rpm and 35 rpm you saw in other plots.
3- 102
!

Reviewing Results in 3D Plots

89. A 30 plot is a good visual representation of two 20 plots. For
example, using the Resultant Equi valent Stress plot, you can
determine the equivalent stress as well as the pos ition where the
stress occurs.
Rotol 'onol Speed lrp,., )
3500
--i---.J
3000
.'
2500 ~
.,
0
2000 ~
.,
:(>
lSOo
..
'-<'!loo -
JOo0o ~
?$00
sooo
-/J<so0
!

...
J
<ff
3-103
Chapter 3 : Drilling Solution
Predict BHA Build and Drop (Using Bottom Hole

Assembly Module)
Input Analysis Parameters and Review Results
90. Activate the Bottom Hole Assembly analysis module by clicking the
Q) J tool bar icon.
91 . Review the mesh zone parameters using Parameter> Mesh Zone.
Use the default parameters.
(1](8}
1p1 Mesh Zone
Aspect Ratio l .
'.!20.oo
Aspect Ratio l
1100.00
Aspect Ratio .3:
lsoo.oo
~ength 1
lsoo.o
ft
L~2:
12500.0
fl
OK
3-104
Cancel
Help
!

92. Use Parameter> Analysis to input analysis data and revi ew

results. The bit is tilted downward 0.06 degrees. The negative bit
force indicates the force is acting downward. Refer to the online
help for more information. In the horizontal plane (Direction), the
string is aligned with the wellbore.
IP BHA Analysis Data
Quick Look.fleds at the Bit
Par"'1letet
l0<QUeatBt
120010
fil>I
'Ne'ltit on Bt
j12.o
Rotary Speed
1120
rpm
Flow Rate
js1s.o
llll'll
(1j(g)
-~
f.Mlle Dr~
Steemg Tool Onent
r ~--
jooo
I~
60.00
String
's035
Tit
1035-
F0<ce
12210
j22484
St11no
[22478 - - .
fl
Tit
F0<ce
f-006
1111
C$
Foimat>on Har~s;
Ill
'Nelbote
Ori lntervllt
Bit CO<!lficoent
Owecbon
Recoid lnteival:
Rate rl Penettation
+ Up/Al!tit. Downll~t
\t.'elbote
Ill
Build Rate
moo
'/lOCWt
'Wl!lk Rate
0.00
'llCXJt
It/Iv
DIUlbled d bi not p<esent 11 the ttrrig

~ Qa;al)led IOI eccentnc components
Weight On Bit
OK
!

I- ~
H~
3-105
93. Examine the results for drilling ahead 300 ft. Use Parameter>
Analysis to input analysis data and review results. Unless noted
otherwise, use the same analysis data as in the previous step.
'P BHA Andlysis Oatd
Par<lffielers
- --
QllCk LookReds at the Bt
120010
112.o
1120
jsis.o
T01queat Bil
'Weiglton8t
RotaiySi-d;
Flow Rate.
P tnable Orialieacr'
ftlll
ke>
rpm
IP"
r ~-
SteemQ Tool Onent.
10.00
Oril lnteivat
Record Interval:
l:m o
lllo
8~ Coelficier.t
150
Formaoon Hardne$$:
130
Rate of Penettlllion.
1300
I~
' + Up/A~ Oown/Lelt
:si ro
'Weblte
Str"!I
'52.23
Tilt
!063
Force
11493
ti
Orecllon
Welbole
122505
Stnno
[22511.i
It
Til
ft
Force
1000
jo
lb/
Build Role
12.00
11cn1
Wiii\ Rate
/0.07
11cn1
N&es
ft/hr
- o~ l bi not pretenl" the $1J11g
.,
~ Oiiabled for ec~nc components
WeigltOnB~
OK
Cancel
a. The build rate is -2.8 degrees/IOOft.

b. The walk rate is 0.07 degrees/lOOft.
3-106
-@!Bl
!

I _i:_~ J
Determine Where BHA Contacts the Wei/bore

94.
-LEO ENO
- ow-~anee
20000
20050
20100
~
Q)
20150
::>
"'
Cl)
Cl)
20200
20250
20300
200
1 50
1 00
O50
000
D1splacemen1 (ml
050
1 00
1 50
200
a. The BHA is in contact with the wellbore when the Clearance line
is at 0 displaceme nt. ln this example, the stabilizers are all in
contact. Moving up the string, the coll ars are also in contac t.
Further up, the drill pipe is also in contact.
b. The inclination curve indicates the BHA displacement is in the
inclination plane. Refer to the online help for more information.
!

3-107
95.
LEGEND
Side Force
20000
20050
20100
~
Q)
0
~ 20150
::>
lG
Q)
:E
20200
20250
20300
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
Side Force (lbf)
16000
18000
20000
22000
24000
a. The greatest side forces are located at the contact points you saw
on the previous plot.
b. The first stabilizer has the highest side force.
Evaluate Effect of WOB and ROP

96. Select BHA Parametric from the Mode pull -down list.
3- 108
WEL LPLAN Software Release 5000. 1. 10 Training Manual
!

97. Using Parameter > Analysis, specify the fo llowing WOB and
ROP data.
~
IP BHAParametric Orill11 he11d
Parameters
l21XX11i
jooo
A-Ill
Steemg Tool Onent

Rotary Speed
1120
rpm
Flow Rate
j6150
gpm
Dr lnle<vel
Imo
It
Record lnlervel
1~0
fl
B Coefocient
lso
f Of!Mbon Haidheu
l:.i
TOlquelll Bt
~ l;;nablo Or~4<1
ROP
lllhr
so
25.0
35.0
150
35-0
500
r~
OK
WEL LPLAN Software Release 5000. 1. 10 Training Manual
!

C.n:el
H.-,
3 -109
a. Use View> Plot> Weight on Bit to determine how the build

rate is affected by weight on bit. After 26 kips WOB, additional
WOB does not have much effect on the build rate. There is not
much change in walk after this point, either. At some point, the
string settles into an equilibrium state and is less sensitive to
WOB changes.
LEGEND
\l',()6vs!luld
\11,()6,,,,Wolk
1 00
0.50
8
0
;Qi"0.50 -t-ir------t--:::~~-+-~-~-'-~'-'.+~~.......~..._-+--.........-+--....._+---4- ................+----"+---4
a;
a::
'O
Cl'.l.1.00
1.50
200
3-110
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
Weight on Bit (kip)
26
28
30
32
34
!

36
Using Stuck Point Analysis (Using Stuck Pipe

Module)
Input General Analysis Parameters
98. Activate the Stuck Pipe module using the JJt toolbar icon and select
Stuck Point Analysis from the Mode pull-down list.
99. Use Case> Stuck Pipe Setup to input analysis parameters.
[1)(8)
,,,. Stuck Pipe Setup Data

Hook.\.oad/11./ei!tlllrdcala Correction
jso.o
lravelng Assemiljy W'!fll#.
krp
f.nable S~ Fnctlon Correction
l.ne: S~ung
MechMcal Elfciency(si'9e she<'lvet
Mechanical Lml<'!IJOlls
~ MlllCll1Un Slllface Taque
j750.o
jmno
1~00
r,;Rio~
Maxinun tlveip<Jll Umg % ol Yield
o"
!

C<'lnoel
krp
fllll
%
Hejp
3- 111
Determine the Stuck Point

100.Using P ar ameter > Ana lysis, specify the initial load of the stretch
test was 345 kips, and the final load was 365 kips. The stretch was
23.8 inches.
Opera(i'lg Mode BelOle Stuck

Weight DnB~
kip
Measured Weight When Stuck 1405 0

Stuck Point Depth
r. Compute Stuck Point
Depth of Stuck Point
kip
Initial Hookload
j345.0
kip
FNI Hookload
j365.0
kip
Stretch
j23.800
MD ol Stuck Point
ft
Jar Position
a. The measured weight when stuck is 405 kips.

t
Stud Por11
:r.
Operotng Modo Before Stucl.

We.ghl OnB
ITril)plllg Out
22 3
Me8..ed Wei!t<t When Stuck j405 0

~luck JTori Uepth
Corripute Stuck Point
Depth ol Stuck POl'll
3
kip
l<.ip
11111181 Hool'lo-'<I
F"...,iHoollo8d
Stretch
j3450
j365o
l23eoo
MD ol Stuck Por.t
Jat POSfJOn
kip
kip
.,
It
~lud'Porit
b. The stuck point is at I 9,227 ft MD.

c. Yes, the stuc k point is below the jar.
3-112
!

Setting and Tripping the Jar

101.Use the Mode pull-down list to select the Jar Analysis mode.
102.Use the String Jar Data dialog box to specify the jar operating
parameters. To access the String Jar Data dialog box, double-click a
non-editable field associated with the jar on the Case > String
Editor.
'P1 String .Jar Oata
Fromcaaog.
CTJ(g]
Gonetal
Desci!Pbon lMechri:41 J.v Daie)i Mech.. 61 /4 in
Mwact1.1e1
Twe
l Meclwlic<!IJar
t.ne..~
lo.oocs
bbl/ft
bbl/ft
ao-l End Oisplacemert
fU0380
Length
130.00
fl
Makeup TOlque
j21soo.o
ftlbl
BoqyOD
(6.250
..
Mirwrun Yield Stre119'n
1110000.0
psi
Coll<ip$e Resiitance
wl
YOl.l'lg'sMoW!ui
l:mmxi.oo
Poouon's Ratio
lo.JOO
Demy
l400
Model No.
BoqylD
12.250
Appi00<rme WetiJ'I,
fnea
Grade
l 4145HMOO
Malet.al
l cs_API
Connection
I 1121F
~
~
son
psi
psi
bnlft'
f-06/'F
Coelf of Thmlll E1CP
"'
Up Set FOlce
110.0
Down Set Force
fa.a
ls.a
Punp Open Force
k4'
Up T'4' Force
110.0
k4'
Down T~ Force
fma
Seal Friction F01ce
ls.o
OK
Cancel
k4'
k4'
k4'
Ai:q.
H~
103.Use Parameter> Analysis to determine the forces to set, trip, and

reset the jar.
I~
Outpi,t
Opeiatng Mode Before Stuck
IT rWiog Out
Wetrj:i On Bi
j12.0
t:J
krp
MeaSlled Weil;# When Stuck .--j405--.0 - - - k~

Stuck Pm Depth
r.
Jar Opet~ Force

Jar Set Force
1100
k~
Jar Trrp Force
jmo
krp
Jar Opeietong MeaslMed W~
Compute Stuck Pont
IMal Hoddoad
j345.0
Final Hookload
j365.0
Slletch
j21aoo
r. Jars Up
(" Jen Down
Set OntialJ
Ima
krp
Trrp
l4c.> 4
13864
krp
1161 2
1162.7
krp
1-200
Resd
Bucking Mode
1-
11-
Buckling Modes: ~"No Buckling. 'S' Srosoidal, 'T' Translboo. 'H' Heflc~I. l' lockup
MD ol Stuck Point
Jar POSlllOl'I
Owige
Meas1Med Weight
(" Depth ol Stuck Point
jAbOVe Stuck Poot

r. P1.WTIPS On
(" PlMllP$ Off
!

3-113
Yielding the Pipe

104.Use the Mode pull-down list to select the Yield Analysis mode .
I 05.Use Parameter> Analysis to determine if the loads required to
set, trip, and reset the jar cause the string to fail. The pipe does not
yield or buckle using the loads required to set, trip, or reset the jar.
If you slack off enough, the string will buckle (sinusoidal).
l...,U
Opeootno Mode 8elcl Sluek
l@ll!
W~OnBi
112.0
M...,..edWeo#WhMSlld 1405.0
Stud< Pooni Oooth
::J
loo
ko
Rold<y Table TCIQUO
kc>
lnobal Slbh.l> OI Stuck PQr>l
C: ~ Sluck Pon
O\lpl.i
ll'lhol Status al S..tace
Oe1 ol Stuck Pcr.t
lttl
F01Co n Oril Sling (PAI
1131'
k4>
FClcenOriSlmg [BUOY)
jo.7
kc>
ll'lholHool<lood
13450
10.0
fo
j365o
I.JP
k4>
F0tca a1 the Si.ck Pan
F.,., Hool<lood
I orque at the Stud< Pon
loo
lttil
Sb etch
fZl.800
M,_... Ov...... to Lood Stud<. Pon
lol{li4
lo
MO of Stuck Pon
M-..odYle9'1
JPApplied Load Me-..edWat;f'l.J
Ov"'l>UI (+I
M.......,
1200.0
M_,..,,
1500.o
.,.,ko
Mnmun Sladoll to Lood Stuck Pan
lnaement
1100
ko
Aj)l)loodM04Med
M_....Roly
WO'Kj'A
Torque
P<.,I
(tt-till
871566
86967 5
9G765 7
9G9.i1 2
96l23 8
8600'.3 5
858301
85563 7
852839
81!l'Jl7
846839
81363'
8'0291
836ll07
B.3J18,
82$111
~96
ko
kc>
M........tW~
j2605
.op
Slackoll ll
1144.S
ko
OvOlfl'A'V
Slad<oll(J
(1<4>)
-2050
1950
1850
1750
-1650
1550
lSO
1350
1250
1150
-1050
950
8'50
750
650
-550
450
350
-250
150
50
Section
OP
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
YooldPan
M-..ed OOl)lh
I
Slucl<Pan
Bucking
s
s
no
DP
DP
00
OP
~)
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
0.0
00
00
DP
DP
Force nOril
Pie.MoAt04
Backing Off
106.Use the Mode pull-down list to select the Backoff Analysis mode.
3-114
!

I 07. Use Parameter> A na lysis to determine the surface actions

required to back off at 19, 158 ft.
Input
OperaM!I Mode B!!IOfe Stuck

'Wf!iti#,On Bt
qi
1120
qi
Measued Well# \I/hen Slid l.oo 0
Stud Point Depth

r. ~e Stuck Pon
r Deplh of Stuck Point
Initial Hookload
1345 0
Fnlll Hook.load
13650
kip
Stretch
l23EOO
MD of Stuck Pont
J111Podl0rl
Backoff ~SIS
MD Fu Backoff
BelOfe Stuck
14ffi 0
Rotaiy Tllille Tuque
loo
It-Ill
loo
FOfce Al BackOll MD (PAJ
l12S.O
kip
l12SO
FOfce Al Backoff MD (BUOY) 12. 7
kip
12 7
TOlque At Backoff MD
ftb'
loo
Meaued\llfit;l1.
loo
.,
lnlbal Surface ActJoo fOf Set Up

Measured \IIeigtll
j264 2
ft
M111llU111 ll'lllial Oveipul ( ve) I Stackolf (ve)
lUOB
jAbOVe Stuck Pori

119158 0
Output
Condiliona Priol to Backoll
Fml Surf<\lte Action Fu Backoff
kCi
M~ed Wei/Tl.
14~5
kCi
It
Rotaiy Tllille Tuque
1200>0
ltb'
Ove1pul (ve) I Sklckolf (ve) from Set Up MMsuredWfit;l1. l142 3
Backolf Fuce
l5 o
kCi
Backolf TOfQUe
1200> 0
lt-b'
kCi
a. The ini tial s urface action is to slack off 140.8 kips.

b. Slacking off releases the tension in the s tring.
c . To back off, pic k up 142.3 kips.
!

3-115
3-116
!

Chapter.
Running Liner
Overview
Data
attempt has been made to use realistic d ata in the exercise, the intent
when creating the data et is to displ ay software functio nality.
Therefore, some data may not be realistic . Please do not let the accuracy
o f the data divert attention from acquiring knowledge of
software functionality.
Workflow
In this section, you will analyze running a liner in the wellbore section
drilled in the last workfl ow.
Determining centrali zer pl acement is the first step in the workflow. Both
ri gid and bow centralizers are used in the analysis . Comparison of the
hookloads with and without centralizers is pe1formed. Initially, a highlevel torque drag analys is is performed.
A more in-depth torque drag analysis while tripping and rotating on
bottom is performed. Actual load data is used to val idate the selection of
cased and open hole friction factors.
The S urge module is used to analyze the transient pressure (EMW)
responses while running and reciprocating the liner. Mud temperature
effects are examined. Conventional and autofill fl oat options are
investigated. A tripping schedule is generated to determine maximum
trip speeds possible without exceeding the fracture gradient.
The fi nal step in the worktlow involves conditioning the well prior
to cementing.
!

4 -1
Chapter 4: Running Liner
Workflow Solution
Running Liner Solution chapter.
What Is Covered
During this workflow you will:
4-2
consider effects of both conventional and autofi II fioat shoes.

analyze surge and swab transient pressures at several depths.
review the effect of centralizers on ECO.
review the effect of tool joints on ECO.
analyze reciprocating the liner.
!

Input and Review Well Configuration and

Analysis Options
I. Using the Well Explorer, open the Case titled "Running Liner. "
2. Review the casing string. What is the liner overlap?

3. Ensure the mud weight is 13.8 ppg.
TM
Because of the integration between the W ELLPLAN software

modules, the wellbore data from the Drilling case is available to the
Running Liner case.
!

4-3
)
Centralizer Placement (Using OptiCem Module)

4. Activate the OptiCem-Cementing module.
5. Activate the Centralizer Placement analysis mode.
Use the Centralizer Placement mode to calculate either the standoff
yielded for a required spacing between centralizers or the spacing
between centralizers needed to achieve a required standoff.
Using Bow Centralizers

6. Import the Training Centralizer catalog and Training Casing Shoe
catalog.
7. Select the Bow Centralizer in the catalog you imported. Determine
the centralizer placement using the following parameters.
Calculate centralizer placement based on standoff.
The top of the centralized interval is 15,000 ft.
Assume the cement design requires 70% standoff in centralized

interval, and 40% above the centralized interval.
The maximum distance between the central izers is 160 ft, and
the minimum distance is 20 ft.
The calculated step size is 500 ft.
The trip speed is 60 ft/min, at 0 rpm.

CAUTION
In order to update results in the Quick Look section, you must click Copy to
Standoff Devices on the Parameter > Centralizer Placement view.
Therefore, if you change any data, click this button to update the results . If not,
the results calculated using standoff devices may not be accurate.
a. What is the hookload with centralizers?

b. What is the hookload without centralizers?
4-4
!

Chapter 4 : Running Liner
c. What is the maximum hookload and where does it occur?

8. How many bow centralizers are required?
9. View a graphical representation of the hookload with and without
centralizers using the Torque Drag Analysis plot. Why is there less
hookload with centralizers?
10. Freeze the curve representing the Hookload with Bow
Centralizer.In a future step, you will compare the Hookload with
Bow Centralizers to the Hookload with a Rigid Centralizer.
Using Rigid Centralizers

11. Replace the bow centralizer with the rigid centralizer from the
Training Centralizer catalog.
Hint
Use a tab other than the tab displaying the Torque Drag Analysis plot.
Note
If you use the same tab to display another plot or view (for example, the
Parameter> Centralizer Placement view) that you use to display the Torque
Drag Analysis plot, any frozen lines will be lost.
12. Use the same analysis parameters that you did for the bow
centralizer. What is the maximum hookload and where does
it occur?
13. Review the Torque Drag Analysis plot using the rigid centralizers.
How does it compare to the torque drag using bow centralizers?
14. How many rigid centralizers are required? Use the same tab you
used to view the Torque Drag plot.
!

4 -5
In-depth Torque Drag Analysis (Using Torque

Drag Module)
Using OptiCemTM, you performed a high-level torque drag analysis.
Now you can use the Torque Drag Analysis module for more in-depth
analyses of additio nal operating modes.
15. Activate the Torque Drag Analysis module.
16. Access the Drag Charts analysis mode.
17. Input the following analysis parameters.
Analyze every 500 ft between 0 and 20,000 ft.
Analyze tripping in and out at 60 ft/m in. There is no rotation.
Analyze rotating off bottom in addition to the two tripping

operations.
18. Review the hook loads for each operation with and without
centralizers. Are the loads within the yield limi t and rig capacity,
with and without centralizers, when tripping out?
Hints
Use the Freeze line.
Use the Standoff Devices dialog box to indicate when you want the
centralizers used in the plot results.
Note
If View> Auto Calculation is checked any time there is an OptiCem view or
a plot open in a tab, the calculations will be performed. This is typically not
desired when using another WELLPLAN module. Therefore, if you have an
OptiCem view active in a tab, you may want to consider replacing it with the
plot required for this step.
19. Include centralizers in the analysis again before proceeding.
4-6
!

Matching Friction Factors to Actual Field Data

20. Analyze tripping in at 60 ft/min and 0 rpm every 500 ft between
10,000 and 20,000 ft.
2 1. Enable the sensitivity plot.
22. Input the following friction factors for sensitivity analysis.
Casing
Open Hole
Min
0.0
0. 1
Increment
0.2
0.2
Max
0.4
0.5
23. Specify the follow ing actual load data.

Run Depth
(ft)
Trip In Measured Weight

(kips)
10,000
3 13
12,500
293
15,000
271
17,500
276
20,000
284
24. What friction factors are you currently using?

25. Do the friction factors in use (from Case> Hole Section Editor)
match actual load data?
26. Is the make-up torque li mit exceeded if you rotate while tripping in
the liner? Analyze it at I 0, 15, and 22 rpm.
!

4 -7
Determining Surge and Swab Pressures (Using

Surge Module)
27. Access the Surge module application.
28. Review the string data.
a. Review the casing shoe information.
b. What is the difference between conventional and autofill ?
c. Select the conventional float opti on.
d. What module uses the fl oat opti on?
29. Review the standoff devices.
Specify the Operation Data

30. Specify the following operation data:
Analyze a surge operation.
Include mud temperature effects.
Pipe accelerati on and deceleration is I ft/sec 2 .
Specify the followi ng moving pipe depths and corresponding

pipe s peeds:
Pipe Depth
(MD)
4-8
Pipe Speed
(ft/min)
12500
155
15,000
155
19,9 10
155
!

a. Why sho uld you analyze 15,000 ft MD as an additional depth

of interest?
b. What is the length of a stand of pipe?
c. Why is the deepest pipe depth not at TD?
Analyze Transient Response

3 1. Review the transient EMW, at all moving pipe depths, as a function
of time.
a. Is the formation fractur ing at any depth?
b. Using the Transient Response plot at TD, freeze the curves that
are fracturing. Change the names of the curves to indicate a

conventional float is used.
32. Does auto-fill help reso lve the problem? (Use a different tab to
access the String Editor.)
a. Is there still the possibility of exceeding the fracture gradient
at TD?
b. What is the EMW reduction at TD when the moving pipe depth
is at TD?
c. ls there still the possibility of exceeding the fracture gradient at

the shoe?
d. Is there still the possibi lity of exceeding the fracture gradie nt at
15,000 ft MD?
!

4-9
Check the Tripping Schedule

33. How can you reduce the ri sk of fracturing the formation by altering
the trip speed?
a. What is the trip speed at TD, at the shoe, and at the depth
of interest?
b. What speeds should you trip if the auto-fill becomes plugged?
Compare the auto-fill resu lts with the conventional results.
c. Enable auto-fill before proceeding.
34. Recheck the transient pressure responses to determine if there is an
issue using the s uggested trip s peeds. Use 125, 120, and 115 ft/min
for 12,500, 15,000, and 19,910 ft , respectively.
Reciprocating
35. Select the Reciprocation analysis mode.
36. Specify the following analysis parameters:
Reciprocation depth 25 ft above TD ( 19975 ft)

Reciprocation length 22 ft
Pipe acceleration and deceleration is 0.5 ft/sec 2
No additional depth of interest
0 gpm flow rate
37. Are there any transient pressure issues at TD?

38. What flow rate resolves this issue?
4-10
!

Condition the Well Prior to Cementing (Using

Hydraulics Module)
39. Access the Hydraulics module.
40. Access the Pressure: Pump Rate Fixed analysis mode.
4 1. Do not use central izers in the analysis.
42. Determine how long it takes to circu late two circulations using a
pump rate of 400 gpm.
43. Specify the analysis parameters. Don't include tool joints in the
analysis, but do include mud temperature effects . Analyze every
500 ft between 12,500 ft and TD. C irculate for eight hours.
44. Review the ECDs as a function of depth. Freeze the ECO curve on
the plot using Freeze Line.
45. Do tool joint pressure losses alter the results? If so, why? Freeze
this ECD curve also on the plot using Freeze Line.
46. Include the centralizers. Is there a change in ECO? Why is the ECO
increased after 15,000 ft MD?
47. What is the circul ating temperature at TD, and what is the return
temperature at the surface?
!

4- 11
4-12
WELLPLANTM Software Release 5000.1. 10 Training Manual

!

Chapter
II
Running Liner Solution

Overview
This chapter contains the answers to the exercise questions presented in
the Running Liner chapter.
!

5 -1
Chapter 5: Running Liner Solution
Input and Review Well Configuration and

Analysis Options
l. Double-click the case name in the Well Explorer to open the case
titled "Running Liner."
2. Access the Case > String Editor. The liner overlap is 250 ft.
(Previous casing shoe is at 12,500 ft.)
Stmgln1J41zall0n
SknoNomo ~
~
--------------
St~ (MDl
l2aXXl 0
SQ<dy jToe>to8ctton1
:::J
l~Stmg~
Meb>Uod
1225000
6.00
m2.oo
2.00
E>qlOfl
1""""1
OD
o:in
SecbOO ll'P"
u...,
ID
rnl
lnl
12250.0
122560
199980
200ll0
5.000
12000
9625
9625
HOO
2935
8535
8535
8535
53 50 l.roer Hanger
5350s5l8 ... 5lspp1.o-125. 1..,..,.a1ue
51511 lraonrigS6251'l.5l5ppl. Q-125
D~~S..,,25.60ppl . S. 5112FH . 1
3. Ensure the mud weight is 13.8 ppg using Case> Fluid Editor.
f'g)
IP Fluid Editor
PP9
113.80
El
E}
IBhj1am Plastic
Rheology Model
!3.8PPQ06M
14.0ppg Spacer
14.5 PP9 Lead
16. 4 PP9 Tail
RheoloQy Data
jFann Data
Temperatu-e
Plasb: Viscosity
j10.00
j 20.00
cp
Yield Port
ra.oro--
li/11X1t2
Of
ALid Plot
Fam Data
Save RPMs as Default

Speed
(rpm)
600
300
800
1000
Shur fbt t (11sec)
__I_
~"
5 -2
Cancel
J____.
!

Dial
(")
48.00
28.00
Centralizer Placement (Using OptiCem TM Module)

4. Click the
toolbar icon to activate the OptiCem module.
5. Activate the Centralizer Placement analysis mode using the Mode

pull-down list.
Using Bow Centralizers

6. To import the catalog, right-click the Catalogs node in the Well
Explorer and select Import Catalog from the 1ight-click menu.
Using the Import Catalog dialog box, navigate to the folder
containing the catalog file you want to import. Be sure the File s of
type: pull-down list says "Catalog Transfer Files (*.cat.xml)."
Notice the Well Explorer now lists a catalog titled "Training
Centralizer." Repeat this procedure for the casing shoe catalog.
_
.......
..,,._ ...
~"
- Catalogs
- !W Drilling Tools
+
Accelerators
+
Adjustable Near Bit Reamers
g
mJ
~Bits
+ ~ Casing Scrapers
m
m
m
-m
m
m
Casing Shoes
Casing/Tubing Connectors
+
Casings/Tubings
Centrafizers
Halliburton
Tra1n1ng Centrahzer
+ ~ Coiled Tubings
+ (gt Core Barrels
+
+
Im r 1.~~!nnc R1>M Tmn <>R1>rc
!

5-3
7. Use the Parameter> Centralizer Placement view. Click on the

Centralizer A cell, and select Use Catalog Selector from the pulldown list. The Centrali zer Specification dialog box will be
displayed. Use this dialog box to select the Training Centralizer
catalog from the Catalog pull-down list. Select the bow centralizer.
1p1
Cent;alizer Specification
Catalog:
JTraining Centraizer
Casing Diameter
l1JL'8J
_ Reset_J
Hole Diameter
Nominal Size
OK
Cancel
Help
5-4
!

Input the provided running parameters using the Parameter>
Centralizer Placement view.

r.
Calculate S1andoft/Spac1ng _ __
(" Entered Slan
FIUtd Profile
(" As Top Plug Lands
P" Top of Centraltzed Interval
j1soooo a
MO
Spacing l.JITl11s (Between Centralaers)
Maximum Distance
(i Ounng Mud CondlllOmng
Staodolf Above Top 40 00
iJ
WeRbore Fluid ~-------O'"' ' "" rpg
j160 0
Minimum Distance
!20 0
ft
Imo
MudOensll)'
ppg
Specify the intervals s1arlHlQ from lhe swface down to TO (lhe opposite order l1om wtuch they ere ran into the hole)
Torque Drag Analys1S (Casing Running in)
Copy to Standoff Devices
Cale Step Sae
!soooo
RPM
Speed
Tnpptng Ill
LEGEND
r-
ft.Iman
r - ipm
a.
Quick look
"'
Stabc Hookload at TD With Stando" OeVlCes

Included
125" 3
Excluded
-,
306
- 0 - - kip
"Cl 10000
.,.e
:J
kip
(0
"'
ioo- 11-lbl
Min Hooldoad isoo- kip
@MO
ioo-ft
roe-ft
Ma~ Hooldoad j294 9
@MO
feoooo
Max Torque
kip
@MD
5000
15000
a
45
50
55
60
65
10
Standoff (%)
a. Click Copy to Standoff Devices on the Centralizer Placement

dialog box to update the Quick Look results. The Hookload with
Centralizer is 254.3 kip.
b. The Hookload without Centralizer is 306 kip.
c. The Max. Hoakload is 294.9 kip@ MD 8000 ft.
Note
The values in A 7a, A7b and A 7c changes with later versions of R5000. I.9 and
R5000. I. I 0.
!

5-5
8. Use Parameter> Standoff Devices to determine how many

centralizers are required. In this example, I09 centralizers
are required.
"
v Use S1.!lndoff Oevces
Selocl From Caiblog
Cqiy from Cenlr"'- Placement
Relabve Fncbon
SIMI
~
36211
l>673
37135
37598
:mso
38523
38986
39448
39911
4037.5
40838
41~1
41164
42228
42692
43155
43619
4~ 3
4454 7
45012
45476
4594.0
46405
46869
4733 4
4779.9
4826 4
4872.9
49195
49660
End
tt
36673
3n35
37598
38000
38523
38986
39-44 8
39911
40375
40838
41~1
417&4
4222.8
4269 2
43155
4361 9
0!3
4454 7
45012
45476
45940
4640.5
46869
47334
4n99
4826.4
4872.9
4919.5
49660
sano
01ag
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
0.00
Taco
noo
000
000
000
000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
000
0.00
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
0.00
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
0.00
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
0.00
noo
l>JRl!)ld
OtJIOde O.....ieteo
.,
AdlM1'
13500
13500
13500
13 500
13500
13500
13.500
13500
ll500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13.500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
13500
NoR9d
I
fOICe
R.....-.g
Hole
Fr
Oiameieo
Elfecbve
In
11 250
11250
11.250
11 250
11 250
11250
11 250
11 250
11 250
11 250
11 250
11 250
11 250
11 250
11250
11250
11 250
11 250
11 250
11 250
11.250
11250
11 2'50
11 250
11 250
11 250
11250
11 250
11250
11 250
fn)
12.250
Starting
(bl)
1151 0
C'
(I)
u
....
0
800
LL
600
>
<
5-6
!

50
Hole Diameter (m)
9. Use View> Plot> Torque Drag Analysis to view a graphical

representation of the hookload with and without centralizers and
compare with results using bow centralizers. There is less hookload
with centralizers because there is more drag, and the drag force acts
in the direction opposite of motion.
LEGE ND
LEGEND
-eCentral::tiS
- A "''
WIMut
CtidrdZe<s
~ Wtl> Cenlftlzer
- --- Yftt\out Cet*alzers
2000
ooo
6000
8000
.c
..,
...
~ 10000 -
:E
cl"
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
r
i
so
100
150
200
Ho<>Jdoad (kip)
250
JOO
Torque (ftfbl)
!

5-7
l 0. To "freeze" a curve on a plot, click the curve, then right-click and
select Freeze Line. It is helpful to change the color, line thickness,

and/or curve title to distingu ish the various curves.
lEGEHO
- - WillC-.1!....
- A - W0101A. CMtrlt::ttS
2000
4000
6000
e:
8000
"'a..
0
-e
"
i=
10000
a: 12000
1000
16000
18000
20000
50
100
150
200
250
300
Hooldod (lap)
.3
.,
TOtq11 (l-ltll)
Using Rigid Centralizers

11. Use Parameter> Centralizer Placement. Click on the Centralizer
A cell and select Use Catalog Selector from the pull-down list. T he
Centralizer Specification dialog box will be displayed . Use this to
select the TrainingCentralizer catalog from the Catalog pull-down
list. Select the rigid centralizer.
5-8
!

Chapter 5 : Running Liner Solution
12. Remember to click Copy to Standoff Devices. The maximum

hookload is 330 kjps and occurs at 8,000 ft.
...... F1.tt.._.
---------
- - -
~ Standoff/S-
Erl"'ed Standol!
..,
. . . . - - '-
F\ld Prof
As TOD P\JO IAndt
TOllolc.n.~lrltrVal
MO
(1SllXJO
S-~ TOD~~
Oling Mud ConcllioMg

WolJore FUd ...
,
-------3-.
Pattern
r
r
r
r
r
r
70.00
Spocjylhe ro!e<valsMtnglromlhe suf""9downlo ID liheQllPOCllecwdeo lnlm whchlhey .,.nolhe hole I
''""' Drao~fCamoRllWlrG"I
(OD!ltoStandcltD...:esl
CC Seo S...
isoocn- ft
Speed
1"""'10 tn
--
RPM
l'\/l'IW'I
Ci.
Q)
r-"""
0
"'O
O<.d- Look
S1.,icHoolJoad at TD ...ih Standolf 0"""
lrd.dod
E~
M.. T.. CJMO
~kip
ln>J
~IP
roo-11-1>1 @MD
Mf'Hooldoad [soo- ~IP

IM., Hcdlood l:ms ~
@MD
C:t)
Q)
[Oo-tt
00-- ft
@MO 80ll0
10000
:J
en
15()00
20000
40
50
55
80
65
70
Siandoff (%)
!

5-9
13. Click the tab that contains the View > Plot> Torque Drag
Analysis to compare the hookload using bow and rigid centralizers.
,000
6000
.c
8000
a.
~
.,,
:
i
10000
er
"' 12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
50
5-10
100
150
200
250
300
!

14. Using the same tab you used to view the Torq ue Drag plot, access
the Parameter > Standoff Devices to determine how many rigid
centralizers are requ ired . Scroll to the botto m of the spreadsheet.
There are 93 centralizers used.
OeYOCet
- - - - - - - - - --
- -
WELLPLANTMSoftware Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual
!

5- 11
In-depth Torque Drag Analysis (Using Torque

Drag Module)
15. Activate the Torque Drag Analysis module by clicking its toolbar
icon (
**h
16. Access the Drag Charts analysis mode using the Mode pulldown list.
5- 12
!

17. Use Parameter> Run Parameters.
ITJ(8]
,,; Run Parameters - Drag Chart

Run Definitions
Start MD:
Jo.o
ft
End MD:
120000.0
ft
Step Size:
1500.0
rt
ft
Torque/Tension Point Distance from Bit
DriUing
r
r
r
~
Toroue at B~
WOB/OverDUll
Rotating On Bottom
kip
Srtde Drifing
kip
Backreaming
kip
fHbf
I
I
ft-lbf
fHbf
Rotating Off Bottom
Tripping
Speed
~
Tripping In
Tripping 0 ut
lso.o
fso.o
RPM
ft/min
ft/min
lo
lo
rpm
rpm
Friction Factors
Casing
r
r
Calibrated
User
r.
Hole Section Ed~or
Advanced
Open Hole
Advanced
Friction Factors Sens~ivity
Enable Sensitiv~y Plot

OK
!

Cancel
I_ Apply
Help
5-13
18. Display View > Plot > Tension Point/Hookload Chart.

Use Freeze Line to ensure that the curves for running with
centralizers remain intact so you can compare the resu lts to those
without centralizers. (To access Freeze Line fun ctionality, rightclick the curve, select Freeze Line, and change the properties us ing
the displayed dialog box.)
or~ Drag Hool
Lo!ld Chari
Hook Load (kip)

100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800
0
2000
4000
6000
Q)
0
c
8000
10000
;;;)
er
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
5-14
!

In another tab, access Parameter > Standoff Devices to indicate

centralizers should not be used in the analysis. Uncheck the Use
Standoff Devices check box on the Standoff Devices spreadsheet.
516'ldcllf D~e'
~- __ _ _ _
!

__
_ __
5-15
Access the tab with the plot again. Notice that the results without
central izers are now displayed on the Tension Point/Hookload Chart
along with the results using centralizers. Notice that all loads for all
operations are within the yield limit of the pipe. This plot can also be
used to compare the rig capacity to expected loads. In this particular
case, there is a 100-kip difference between the expected tripping out
with centralizers load and the rig capacity.
100
200
300
400
Hook Load (kip)

500
800
700
800
900
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700
1800
2000
LEGEND
Trippfna OU - wlh certroli?ers
O Rciiiie "Ott Bollom - wih certrali%ers
Tt1pplng In - wlh centrai:z.ers
o Rotate Ott Bollom
~ T!Wing OU
"
T~ln
--J- M(IX Weigt1 Yield (T~ OU)
- 8 - Mi'l W . Het Buclde (Tris>l*>g In)
~
4000
6000
8000
c3a. 10000
c:
:l
er
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
Note
A s you cursor over a curve with the mouse, notice the curve turns black. The cur ve
label in the legend also turns black. This can be helpful when determining what the
curve represents, particularly when there are several curves on the plot with the
same, or close to the same, color.
5-16
!

19. Access Parameter > Standoff Devices and check the Use Standoff
Devices check box on the Standoff Devices spreadsheet.
~lando_jf (lew:ei
- -- - -- - -- -
Select From Yleloo

Oetarce lrotn TO
51411
ft
F7
F7
F7
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
IV
IV
IV
IV
F7
F7
F7
F7
"'
r;;
p
,..
p
r;;'
F7
p
F7
r::;
"'"'
3J165
3371 2
J.426 0
:W09
35357
35!n6
36455
37005
37555
38105
38656
39207
3975.8
'31 0
40861
4141 4
41966
42'51 9
4:ll7 2
43626
44180
4473.4
4528 9
4584 3
46398
4695 4
4751 0
466
4862.2
49179
49736
Copyfrom cema1inv PlacemerA
Erd
(ft}
33n 2
J.426 0
34819
3535 7
35906
36455
37005
37555
3111Q5
306S6
39207
397'5.8
4031_0
.oeG 1
4141 4
41 966
4251 9
43)7 2
4362.6
44180
44714
4528.9
4584.3
4639_8
"695 4
4751 0
41" 6
48622
4917 9
49736
SOXl O
Aelal:Ne Fnc110n
Drag
150
1.50
150
150
1_50
1 50
1.50
1 50
1.!ll
1 50
1 50
150
150
1 50
1.50
150
1 50
150
1 50
1.50
1 50
1-50
1 50
1.50
1.50
150
1 50
1 50
150
150
150
Tor1 50
150
150
1 50
1 50
1.50
1 50
1 50
1 50
1 50
1 50
1 50
1 so
1 50
1 50
1 50
150
1 50
1 50
1.50
1 50
1-50
1.50
1 50
1 50
1 50
1 50
1 50
1 50
1 50
1 50
Al Rigid
Ot.tSllle 0-or
NoAigod
Fr
H<>ie
o-or
AClu.ll
EfleclMl
l"I
fl"I)
1200)
12001
1200)
12(XXJ
1200>
mm
12000
1200>
1200)
12Jl00
1200)
12.00l
12 000
12.00l
12 CXXl
12.00J
12 CXXl
12 CXXl
1200)
12-DXl
12.00J
12.000
12.00l
1200>
1200>
12.00l
1200)
1200l
12.00J
1200l
12.00l
1200l
12.00l
1200>
1200)
1200l
12 00)
12000
1200l
12.00l
12-(XXJ
12.00J
1200l
12.00l
1200)
12.00J
12.00J
12.00J
12.000
12.00J
12.00J
12.00J
12 00>
12.00l
12.00l
12.lm
12 00J
12.lm
12.00l
12.lm
12.00J
121m
r
(
(n)
Force
Statr.g
Aurvwig
(Ill)
00
12250
-0
<>
00
LEOENO
Siering Fotce
R\nil"lg Fotce
20
.0
(I)
LI..
20
40
50
Hole Diameter (in)
!

5- 17
Chap ter 5: Running Liner Solution
Matching Friction Factors to Actual Field Data

20. Use Parameters> Run Parameters.
tl,i:J Run Parameters - Drag Chart
Run Definitions
Start MD:
110000.0
ft
End MD:
120000.0
ft
Step Size.
lsoo.o
ft
T orque/Tensron Point Distance from Bit
12000000
ft
Drilling
Torque at Bit
WOB/ Overpull
I
Rotating On Bottom
SlideDnlling
Backreaming
Rotabng Off Bottom
!2s o
!2so
!1sc
kip
I- ()(' o
ftlbf
kip
120000
ftlbf
kip
!1sooo
11-lbf
Tnppmg
Speed
Iv
Tnpping In
Tripping Out
RPM
160.0
1600
ft/min
lo
rpm
ft/min
lo
rpm
Fricbon Factors
r.
Hole Section Editor
("' Advanced
Fnction Factors -Sensrbvity
I
Enable Sensrtivrty Plot
OK
5-18
!

Chapter 5 : Running Liner Solution
2 1. Check the Enable Sensitivity Plot check box on the Run
Parameters dialog box.
OK
!

5-19
22. Click Input Friction Factors on the Run Parameter dialog box to
access the Sensitivity Plot Friction Factors dialog box.
r1]['8]
1P Sensitivity Plot friction fclCtors

Fncbon Factors
Casino
Open Hole
Minnun
!IJ.OO
jo.10
Iner~
jo.20
j0.40
10.20
jo.50
Mm<irwn
Notes. Fist 12 inciemenl !lies wil show up on the semivity plot
OK
H~
23. Use Parameter> Actual Loads to input the actual load data.
~ctual
Loads
________
Run Depth
Tr\? In
(ft)
2
3
__ _
4
5
6
......
k"
10000.0
12500.0
l 5000.01
17500.01
20000.0 - - -
313.0
293.0"'
271.0
276.0
284.0
24. Use Case > Hole Section Editor to determine the friction factors
you are currently using. You are using 0.2 in cased sections, and 0.3
in open hole sections.
H~ S~tion Edoloi
!Hole Section
Hole Section Depth (MDt.
121m1.o
Secbon T_vpe
Meau.red
Depth
fb--- R-
~ CMng
~O~ Hole
ti--
5-20
- -
Hole Name:
lfl)
590.0
12500.0
200Xl.O
Import Hole Section
p Addibonal CoUnns
ft
Shoe
Length
ffl)
lllpefed?
Depth
1![
590.oo r
11sio.oo r
750000
Me&SIXed
12500,0
Effective
ID
Dtift
Hae
fin)
(ii}
Diamelei
l'ncbon
Fecioi
(in]
18.too
12.375
12.250
12.250
17.500
12.250
0.20
0.20
0.30
L~
Capacity
(bbl/ft)
0.31 47
0.1489
0.1458
Excess
(7.)
RSA Section, 20 in x 18 ii
CAS 13 5/8 i1.. 88 2 ppi. O
0.00 OH 12 1/2 in
!

Item De:oip(ion
25. Use View> Plot> Sensitivity Plot-Tension/Hook Load Chart to

determine if the friction factors in use (from the Case> Hole
Section Editor) match actual load data . Note that the actual load
data points fall along the curve corresponding to a 0.2 friction
factor in cased hole and 0.3 in open hole. These are the values you
are using in the Hole Section Editor.
ffi~yF1oHlw
Load(lr<;ll)l'lglnJ
L EG EN D
-G- CAS FF 0 00. OH FF 0 10
0- CAS FF 0 .20. OH FF 0.10
~ CAS FF 0-40. OH FF 0.10
_,. CAS FF
- - CAS FF
~ CAS FF
~ CAS Ff
-W- CAS FF
0
CAS FF
+<>
0.00, OH FF
0.20, OH FF
o.~o. OH ff .
0.00, OH FF
O 20, 0H FF
0.40, OH FF
400
030
030
0.30
0.50
050
050
:,x~~TCT~~?
Ac!Ulll TrippS>g In
13000
14000
5a_
i3
15000
c:
::l
a::
16000
17000
18000
19000
20000
!

5-21
26. Use Parameter > Run Parameters to specify the rpm, and use
View > Plot > Torque Point/Surface Chart. When rotating at
22 rpm, make-up torque limit is exceeded.
(11!11J i or~ PW Chari
11000
12000
~
1l000
ata
1'000
"O
~ 15000
lll
(l)
2 16000
c:
;;;i
0:: 17000
18000
19000
20000
5-22
!

Determining Surge and Swab Pressures (Using

Surge Module)
27. Access Surge analysis by clicking the
Ua, J toolbar icon.
28. Use Case> String Editor to review the string data.

111n9Edtlor
Stmg lnibanabon
_ _
Li:>rory
StriigNanWJ ..-ujA e~
-------------Sbl"l!I (MO~
] 200l0.0
rt
S.Qedy
ITop lo Bottom
:J
lmpo<t Stnng
Measured
Depth
(ft)
Ori Pipe
Camg
Camg
CamgShoe
12250.00
6.00
7742.00
2.00
E><POtt
lmpcxt
00
10
(1"1)
(n)
12250.0
12256.0
199SS.O
5.000
12.000
S.625
9.625
2!lm.O
Item Description
4.000
8.535
29.35 Orll Pipe 5 in. 25 60 pl)/, S. 5 112 FH, l

53.50 LM Hanger
8.535
8.535
53.50 S518n. 53.5pl)/, Q125. Tena.is Blue

53.50 Trar"!0'99.625in. 53.Spl)l. 0 1 25
a. Double-click a non-editable cell pertaini ng to the Casing Shoe.

The String Casi ng Shoe Data dialog box will display.
~ String Casing Shoe Data
--
- - -
@~
From Catalog..
Geneial
Desct4)fion ITraring 9.625 in, 53.5 pp/, Q 125
Type
iJ
Mwadi.Im
Model No.
ICamg Shoe
ID.0708
bbl/ft
Closed End Displacement I0.0900
bbl/ft
lines Capacity
Length
12.00
ft
Makeup Torque
l25:m.o
Body OD
f9.625
in
Minm.Jm Ytekl Strength
1125000.0
Body ID
jB.535
in
Colapse Resistance
Approxinate Weight
Isa.so
lo-125
pp/
Yoe;.ng's Modulus
l:mm:noo
Grade
P~'sR~io
10.300
Material
Jcs..APt scr
Density
14~
Comection
lnla
Float Option
..:.!
:.:.!
ftbf
psi
psi
psi
lbm/ft'
Coeff. ol Thetmal El4?-
E-06/'F
..Only used by the Surge Module'"
r. Conventionel (Flow Out)

Percent Alea Open
Autofil {Flow in and Flow Out)
j100.oo
TotelFlowArea 13.142
OK
!

Floet ID
Cancel
Apply
11
Help
5-23
b. Click Help to access the on line help to determine the difference

between conventional and autofill options. The following is an
excerpt from the online help.
Fl oat Option Area

Use this section of the dialog to indicate what t ype of flow the float has
(flow out only . or flow in and out) , the float inside diameter or total flow
area. and the percent age of the float area that is open t o flow.
Conventional {Flow Out) or Autofill (Flow In and Flow Out)

Check one of these option s to allow either the backflow of cement into or
out of the casing.
o Conv entional (Flow Out} should be used if flow out of the workstring
is possible, but flow in is not. For example, when running casing with
a conventional float collar or float shoe.
o Auto Flow In and Flow Out should be used if flow in and flow out are
both possible (for example. when running an Auto-fill type casing
shoe). This t ype of shoe allows casing to be filled during running a
joint of casing (to reduce surge pressure). After running that joint of
casing. fluid inertia effects may result in flow out of the casing, hence
flow in and flow out are both possible.
c. Select the radio button associated with the conventional option.

TM
d. The WELLPLAN
software Surge module uses the float
option. This is indicated on the String Casing Shoe Data

dialog box.
5-24
!

29. Use Parameter> Standoff Devices to review the standoff devices.

These are the rigid centralizers analyzed previously.
f:'
u.. St...ioff O..-.oe<
Seiect Froni CNi.Jo
COA' ~Uil'Cl tkz. P*:ement
Ditl olf'C ~ ro
s....
End
F'
F'
F'
fl'
F'
F'
F'
00
351
986
Hl S
' " 34
2.t.7
JOll3
3533
406 4
4594
511.5
"'
"'"'
"'"'
"'
F'
p
'2'52
"8 4
8317
985 1
938.4
9917
10452
1096.6
1152 1
F'
12056
fl'
1259.1
1312-7
F'
F'
p
p
F'
p
"'
p
p
p
p
F'
"'
o...,
l~I
HI
fl'
Ae&.l!W"ffldlcln
~6
61aa
671.0
13643
1'193
U 7lS
1S27Z
156Q9
163< 7
lP
88.6
141
15' 4
2'73
J00.3
3513
406 4
459 4
5125
56"i 6
61&8
6no
725.2
7111
831.>
aer. 1
939 4
991 7
10<52
10986
1152.1
1205 6
t<SS.1
lJ12-7
~J
t.u s.s
uns
15272
1580.9
16341
1698 4
150
150
150
150
I SO
19'.l
I so
150
I so
I so
I SO
1.SO
150
1 so
150
1 so
150
150
150
150
150
150
1.50
150
1 50
150
1.50
150
1 50
1 so
1.50
150
r....,.
I 50
150
1.50
1 50
1 50
1 so
I.SO
1 so
1 so
I.SO
I.SO
150
1.50
1 so
100
150
I 00
..1
"""'
12.000
12000
12.00J
2tnJ
12.tnl
12tnl
12.000
12 tnl
12 000
12000
12.000
12.000
12.000
12000
12.000
12000
12000
l 'i()
IZOOl
t so
1 50
I 50
I.SO
I 00
150
12.00l
12.00J
1200)
12.00J
12.000
12.000
12000
12000
HO
1 so
Alf!Od
NoRl!jlld
o...... o
I SO
n.ooo
1.50
150
12000
12 000
1.!Jl
12000
1.50
1 so
12 000
12000
EHealMI
Uni
.....
12.000
12 000
12.000
12000
12000
ll'OOO
mm
12.000
1aooo
12000
12000
12.000
n ooo
n ooo
12.000
12000
12000
12000
12.000
12.000
12000
12.000
12.000
12.tnJ
12000
1.fOeNO
~St.mg,.crm
:i5
=
eo
0
u.
14000
12.000
12000
12.000
12.00l
12.00l
12.00J
~fcrc
20
ID
-40
I
10
Hole Diameter (in)
!

5-25
Determine Surge and Swab Pressures

30. The Surge analysis can be performed when the deepest pipe depth
is Set at TD-90 ft. (one stand). If not an error message will be
displayed in the Status Message window at the bottom of the
application and calculations will not be performed.
~rg)
,;; Operation Data: -Swab/Surge - -
l_r.'~ I S~
Pipe Detais
ShoeDepth(MD)
j12500.0
rt
200:xl.O
ft
Additional MD of lnteiest
11500).0
It
Length ol Star.cl Pipe
j9'.J.OO
It
WelTD
Pipe Acceleration
Pipe Deceleration
ft/see
ji.ooo
5..
lt/ieC
Addieional Options
ltlmri
It
rt1mn
It
ft/min
ft
It/min
..------ ft
ftlmtn
.. Pipe Depth should be in ascending Olde!
Flow OetMi
Use Low Cleaance Calculatiom'
(' Execution Time wil be long)
rt
FUd Editor...
Include Mud Tempeiature Erlects
CirculaOOg Fluid
Flow Rate
OK
jr-1-3.8_ ppg
_ 0_8_M_.1-3.80- ppg
- - -3-.
...
jo.o
Cance:_j
gpm
Apply
Heb
a. Specify the operation data using Parameter> Operations Data
5-26
!

b. Consider analyzing pressured zone(s) in the open hole section.

In this example, the Case> Pore Pressure spreadsheet indicates
a pressured zone at 10,743 ft TVD.
,,..
EM\o/
l
600.0
U 76.0
1804.0
1969.0
2297.0
3181 .0
3279.0
3344.0
3764.0
4505.0
4624.0
4712.0
511l8.0
53440
54800
5680.0
5801.0
6475.0
7355.0
7798.0
8281 .0
8767.0
SZ5S.O
7.17
7.57
782
7.92
8.07
a49
8.51
852
8.60
aS9
223 4
580.5
7'12.7
8101
9624
1403.3
H49.8
1479.6
1681 5
20343
2176 1
2285.5
2511 5
2762.6
296'5.5
3211 9
2738.2
3069.4
3610.7
4071.1
4577.3
4939.6
5363.0
5499.0
6109.1
6239.2
637o.5
6584.7
9493.8
$00.0
9725..0
9850.0
10100.0
102540
9.~
9.34
9.47
9.95
10 42
1089
9.09
9.13
9.45
lo.OS
10.64
1085
11.15
1115
12.25
1235
12.45
12.55
12.65
12.75
1125
13 30
13.34
1138
13.42
1146
13.50
673a3
69572
1jrfil~ I
7395.1
m 4.S
8144.7
8516.6
11753.0
12253.0
125030
12753.0
13243.7
8716.4
8917.2
9287.8
Press FU to access the Convert Depth/EMW dialog box and use it

to determine the MD corresponding to this TVD. l0,743.8 ft TVD
corresponds to 15,000 ft MD.
- -
1p1
IBJ
Convert Depth/EMW
Depths
MD ~ftl
j 1sooo
T\ID ft
107'13.B
tielp
Pressll'e/EMW
Pressure (l>Sl)
EMW(PPQ)
Pore Pressure
17395.05
f13.25--
Fracture
18304.60
j 1<1.B8
Open Hole PresSU'e Limits

Pressure (psi)
Max. Pore
Min. Fractll'e
Im1.6'1
!m 4.4s
I
T\ID (~)
j t32'13.78
19493.76
c. Because you are running a liner, a stand of pipe is 90 ft.
!

5-27
d. The deepest pipe depth is not at TD because a surge analysis

cannot be performed if the bottom pipe depth is within a stand
length of TD. If so, a message will be displayed in the Status
Message section at the bottom of the application window, and
calculations will not be performed.
31. The formation is fracturing at some depths of interest using one
ormore moving pipe depths. Notice on the following plots the depth
of interest is indicated in the plot title bar. Each curve on the plot
represents the pressures or EMWs over time at that particular depth
as bottom of the liner is at a specific moving pipe depth. Use the
legend to determine which moving pipe depth corresponds to each
curve. If a curve crosses over the red line at the top of the plot, the
pressures or EMWs are fracturing the formation. Conversely, if a
curve crosses over the green line at the bottom of the plot, the
pressures or EMWs fall below the pore pressure and a kick may
occur.
a. Use View> Operation Plot> Transient Response Plot) to
review the transient pressures/EMWs at all moving pipe depths
as a function of time. Right-click in the plot to access a menu that
can be used to select a plot at a different depth. You can choose
to display the data as EMW vs. Time rather than Pressure vs.
Time.
5-28
!

1BO
1500
1 ~o
Ci
0.
~
~ 100
a;
.,,~
..
1350
'lV
~
:>
1300
C7
1250
1200
1150
..... -...... " Mf'0 12i8tt l

0 OCO
0 050
0 100
0 150
0 200
0.250
0 300
0 350
0 OO
0 SO
T1melmml
!

0 500
0 5!50
0 600
"
0 700
0 750
0 800
O 850
5-29
The following plot displays the results at the depth of interest

( 15,000 ft MD) for all three moving pi pc depths. Notice that the
form ation fracture gradient is exceeded at this depth when the pipe depth
is at the shoe or the depth of interest or near TD.
15 50
-a
Q.
.s.
?:
2' 1500
~
~
::>
..
'i6 1 50
>
1'00
1350
0000
0050
0100
0150
0200
OZ50
0300
0350
OOO
050
Time (ITln)
0500
0550
0500
0550
0700
0750
0800
0850
Using the right-click menu again, di sp lay the resul ts at TD. Notice the
fracture gradient is exceeded when the pipe is at 19,9 10 ft MD, and also
5-30
!

slightly into the red zone when the pipe is at the depth of interest
(15,000 ft MD).
LE Of ND
-&-1~0ft-tS50Mm
-6-
1~000011- t~!Oft/ril
199100 ft 550ftl-
1&50
1600
14 50
1350
0000
0050
0 100
0 150
0.200
0250
0300
0350
0 ' 00
0450
Time (mm)
0.500
0550
0600
0650
0700
0750
0800
0850
b. Freeze the curves that are fracturing.
!

5-31
32. Use Case> String Editor to change the float option to autofill.
FromCat~ ..
General
Desaiption jr rllining 9..625 '1. 53.5 pp/, Ql 25
Manulacturei
ICasino Shoe
Type
Model No.
ll
Body ID
12.00
19.625
18.535
ll
Collapse RestStance
Approxinate 'Wei<;#
153.50
pp/
Young's Modulus
Grade
IQ125
Material
lcs_API 5CT
Connedioo
ln1a
Length
Body OD
ft
3
3
10.o?os
Lnear Capacity
bbl/ft
ClosedEndDrs~ I0.0900
Makel.C> Torque
f25390.0
Mrnim.m Yield Strength 1125000.0
bbl/ft
ftlll
I3COOXJOO.OO
10.300
1 4~
Poisron's Ratio
Density
bn/ft'
Coeff cflnermalExp.
E-C&''F
Float Op00n
""Only used by the S1.1ge Moduler Conventronal (Flow Out) r. Autofrll [Flow In and Flo_
w_
O_
ut~
)
Float ID
Peicent Asea Open f100.oo
ll
Total Flow Asea

OK
I _:_ance1_J
13. 142
Apply
Help
a. Yes, there is still the possibility of exceeding the fracture

gradient at TD when the moving pipe depth is at TD.
L EGEND
-+- 1W,OO ft.1sso ftlml'I
FrNH
- - ISOGOOft-ISSOftlnwl:fruzo
-G-1~0ftl~SOM!ln_f1uu
-a-12socoft .1~o ftlnwl
- - 1S0000ft 1~0 lllmn
- t - 11t1oon.1!SOIVfM
16.00
1450
1 00
13 50
0000
0050
0100
0150
0200
0250
0.300
0350
0400
0 450
0.500
0550
0.600
0650
0700
0750
Time(mn)
5-32
WELLPLANTM Software Release 5000.1 . 10 Training Manual
!

0800
0850
b. The largest reduction, about 2.1 ppg, occurs about 0.6 minutes
into tripping the stand. Click the Data Reader icon on the tool bar
to assist you.
0 000
0 050
0 100
0 150
0 200
0250
0 300
0 350
"Time0(min)
450
!

0 500
0 550
0 600
0 650
0 700
0 750
0 800
0 850
5-33
c. Yes, there is s till the possibility of fracturing the formation.
14 50
Ci
~ 1350
:c
OI
-g
1300
..
(ij
>
~ 1250
12.00
1150
0000
0050
0100
0150
0200
0250
0300
0350
OOO
050
0500
0550
OMO
0650
0700
Time(mm)
5-34

!

0750
0800
0850
d. Yes , there is still the possibility of fracturing the formation at

15,000 ft.
d-15000Ct
1480
1480
1H0
Q.
.e
~ 1420
"O
::>
~
1ioo
i6
>
5
CT
13 80
1360
1340
0 000
0 050
0 100
0 150
0200
0.250
0 300
0.350
0 400
0 50
T1me(min)
!

0 500
0 550
0 800
0 650
0 700
0 750
0 800
0 850
5-35
Check the Tripping Schedule

33. Review the tripping schedule using View> Operation Plot>
Trip Schedule.
a. The Trip Speed at TD= 122.6, Shoe= 132.6 and Depth of
interest= 131.0 ft/min.
1lOOO
r::::-1
t.=:::.=.J
13000
--
LEGEND
u_...
frK
- Pore
1'000
15000
'O lllOOO
;..
~"'
17000
0:
18000
lllOOO
20000
~ee...- - .
122
12'
128
12t
130
132
13'
Tnp Speed (ftlrnn)
20000
1150
M1mmum T np Speed
5-36
ji2i"8 ft/min
Ma.>amum Tnp Speed
!iJ50 I/mm
1200
1250
1300
1350
!

1400
EQUMJlel'i Mud Wetghl (ppg)
1 50
1500
b. Freeze the trip speed curve generated using autofill. Using a

different tab, access the String Editor and change the float option
to Conventional. Review the Trip Schedule plot again, and
notice the trip speeds must be significantly reduced using the
conventional float option.
13000
13000
14000
1400-0
15000
15000
c!l
'O
.,:i~
"'
~
Otpllol~t<ut 15'lootn
16000
1&000
c: 17000
&.
17000
18000
18000
19000
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
Tnp Speed (II/mm)
20000
11 so
Mi"'mum I np Speed~ - 11/mri
Maximum TnpSpeed~ II/mm
1200
12 50
1l00
13-50
14 00
14 50
15 00
EqUIV81enl Mud Weight (ppg)
c. Enable auto-fill before proceeding.
!

5-37
34. First, use the Parameter > Operations Data dialog box to specify
the revised trip speeds for each moving pipe depth. Then, review
the View > Operation Plot > Transient Response plot at each
depth. Notice the problems are resol ved.
~[g'J
IP Operation Data: Swab/Surge

Operation
..;- St.rge
r" Swab
PipeDet~
Shoe Depth (MD}
'12500.0
ft
\I/el TD (MD)
j200Xl 0
fl
Adcibonal Depth ol lnteiest l1500l.O

ft
Length ol Stand
.90
- .00
- - - - ft
Pipe
Pipe~ation
11.000
11.000
P1pe Deceletabon
ft/sec'
It/fee'
~(MDC
ft
Pipe Speed
l125 q
fVrr.l
ft
11200
IVITSI
3Jl199100 - - ft
1115.0
IVmn
ll
2Jl1sroio
41 1
ft
fVrr.l
5)
ft
rvmin
Pipe Depth shoUd be tn atcendtng 'der
FlowDelaa
Mcit>onai Options
Optmze Tii> Speed
Use Low Clealance CalWabons'
Fled Edit'
~ Inc~ Mud T~ah.Ire Eltects
C.~
I"ExecUion Trne W11 be long)
Fled
...
,-1-3.8_ppg
_0_8_M_.1_3._
00_ppg
_ _ _3~
Flow Rate
jo.o
OK
!Pl'l
Apply
I_ H~
Results at the shoe do not indicate a problem.
1'50
1400
1350
~ 1300
11
5->
1250
1200
1150
()()()
5-38
010
020
0 lO
040
050
T1me(mm)
060
070
080
090
!

100
Results at the depth of interest, 15,000 ft, do not indicate a problem.
14 80
1'60
Ci
a.
.9:
~ 1~20
-g
~
c
1400
41
1il
>
3
CT
1380
1360
130
000
010
0.20
030
OO
050
060
0 70
080
090
1 00
Time(mm)
!

5-39
Results close to TD do not indicate a problem.
000
5-40
0 10
020
030
O O
050
T1me(mm)
oeo
070
080
090
!

t 00
Reciprocating
35. Select the Reciprocation analysis mode using the Mode pulldown list.
36. Specify the analysis parameters using Parameter>
Operations Data.
'P Operation Data: Reci~rocation
~Detais
-- ---- -~
r7][8)
Retj'.xocaion Depths
It
Shoe Depth (MD)
j12500.0
fl
1) Aec\'.>location Depth
WelTO(MD)
r200XJ.o
ft
2) Reqxocation Depth
It
ft
3) R~ocallon Depth
It
4) Aec\'.>locabon Depth
ft
5) Reop(()calion Depth
ft
Acldibonal Depth ol lrtei8$I

Veloaly Profile DMe
jo.soo
jo.500
lno
Pipe Acceleration
Pipe DeceletMion
AeoprOOllbon Length
Aeopioc:aOOn Rate
ft/tee
Flow Detail
ft/see
FUdEciOf
ft
11.00
lrdJde Mud Tempeiature Elferu
ucoAaling Fkid
Use Low Clealance CalcoJabons
119975.0
113.8 ppg OBM. 13.80 ppg
jo.o
Flow Rate
OK
I-
Cancel
"""3
gpm
Help
37. The EMW falls below the pore pressure at TD while reciprocating.
000
050
, 00
, 50
200
Time(mtn)
!

250
300
350
4 00
5-41
38. Use Parameter> Operations Data to specify the flow rate. Yes,
the issues are resolved.
1p1
ff][E)
Operation Odta: Reciprocation
PipeOet!IU
Rec1P<ocaloon Depths
119975.0
ft
Shoe Dep(h (MD)
1125000
fl
WelTD (MO)
l200Xio
It
2) Aeapr~ Depth
It
3) Aeapr~ Depth
It
41A~ocatoon Depth
ft
5) A~ocatoon Depth
ft
Adiioonal Dep(h ol lnteiest

Velocity Prolie Data
Pipe Accelefation
Pipe Decelefaoon
RecPocatoon Length
Reciprocation Rate
lo.soo
jo.soo
122.o
j1 00
ll/;ec'
ft/sec'
ft
spm
r U:e low Cleatance CalcWbom
1) Aeaprocatoon Depth
It
Flow Oetais
FM.id Elita
r;; Jrd.Jde Ml.Id f e111>CfalUle Effects

Circulal~~
I FlowAate
OK
I- -
LE GEND
19975.0ft(TVl>132312 ft)
14.10
14 00
Oi
0.
.9; , 3.90
13.80
13 70
13.60
13.50
000
5-42
!

.1
h38 j ! :M. 13.00 pps
Apply
Help
Condition the Well Prior to Cementing (Using

Hydraulics Module)
39. Access the Hydraulics mod~le by clicking the
Tel toolbar icon.
40. Use the Mode pull-down list to access the Pressure: Pump Rate
Fixed analysis mode.
4 1. Use the Parameter> Standoff Devices dialog box to indic ate
standoff devices (centralizers) are not used in the analysis.
Selecl From Cataog
{ft)
F7
F7
F7
IV
IV
17
F7
F7
F7
F7
F7
F7
IV
Cerolr.,;, IV
Centr~
CMtr~
Centr~
F7
F7
F7
Centroize< F7
Centroizer F7
Cerlralizer F7
Centraizer F7
Ceooaizer F7
Centlaiter F7
F7
F7
F7
p
IV
IV
F7
F7
F7
(ft)
00
35.7
896
141 5
194 4
247.3
:m.3
353.3
406. 4
459.4
5125
~6
s1s .e
672.0
725.2
7784
831.7
885.1
9384
991.7
1045.2
1098.6
11521
1205 6
1259.1
1312.7
1366.3
1419.9
1473.5
1527.2
1580.9
1634 7
Copy horn U.rbaizef f'lac:emert
Dmance hem TO
Slarl
End
357
BB.6
141 5
194 4
2473
lll3
3533
406,4
459.4
512-5
565.6
618.8
672.0
725.2
779.4
831.7
885.1
938.4
991 7
1045.2
1098.6
1152.1
1205.6
1259 1
1312.7
1366 3
1419.9
1473.5
1527.2
1580.9
163.U
16884
Relative FrlCtiorl
Drag
1 50
1.50
1.50
150
150
150
150
1.50
1 50
1.50
150
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.Sli
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1 so
TOlque
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
, 50
1.50
1.50
1 50
1.50
1.50
150
1.50
150
150
150
150
150
150
1.50
1 50
1 50
1.50
150
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1 50
OutsideOoame!er
Adual
Effectiva
11'1
1200l
12.00l
12003
121)))
121)))
12000
12000
12000
12.00l
1200)
12.000
12 IXXJ
12.000
12.000
12 00'.J
12000
12 00l
12000
12 flXl
121)))
12.CXXI
12.00l
12.000
12 1)))
12000
12.Coo
12000
12.IXXJ
12.000
12 000
12.000
12.00J
Fr
fl'I)
12.000
12.000
12.000
12.00l
12.00J
12000
12.000
12.000
12000
12000
12.0ll
12.000
12.tm
12.tm
12.lm
12.0CWl
12.000
12.((W)
12.000
12.00J
12.000
12.000
12.000
12.r;nJ
12.tm
12.000
12.000
12.IXXl
12.IXXl
12.IXXl
12.000
12.IXll
20
g
Q)
u.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 v
20
40
50
Hole Diameter (in)
!

5-43
42. Determine how long it takes to circulate two circulations. Press F12
to determine the annular volume. Using this volume, it will take
approximately four hours to circulate one time.
1p1
Volume Calculations
I0 .0
Base I20000.0
Amulus
1.-1-32_4_3-.7- -
- .:::J
1738.83
Pipe
I0.0
tielp
2055.55
Total
f'2794.37
Between strings
I0.00
C8:J
Volumes (bbl)
Depths (Capacity Range)

MO (ft)
TVO (ft)
Top
43. Use Parameter> Rate to specify the analysis parameters.
Quick Look
Pl.fnPData
~Rate-
loo.o
Stand Pipe P1au1.1:e:
11267.38
PSl
Ma><i'nt.m S1.1:face Pressure:
j75oo.oo
psr
Surface EQO.ip Piem.Je L~.
12000.00
hp
Bit Prem.re Lon:
j100.00
jo06
psi
Maxmm Pl.fnP Power
Bt Impact FCllce:
16"4
l:if
Bit Hydraulic Powei
JOOl
hp
Percent Power al Bit
10.00
HSI:
10.0
hp/in'
B~ Nozzle Velocly:
j2-2
ft/$
0 btaii from Ciculatng System

Atnju;
Pipe
r
r
r
Use Roughness
Include Tool Joint Pressue Losses
Include Back P1esSU1e
Back Preu...e.
...
Total B~ Flow Area(L~.
rd
Pump Rate:
j400.0
gpm
psi
Include Mud Tempe1al1.1:e Effects
Time' Circulation: jB.oo
in
hr
Ret...ns al Sea Floor

Sea Wate1 Density
r-
Use Strl'lg EdtCll B4 Noll!es
ppg
OK
5-44
psi
Cancel
I -~
!

H~
44. Use View> Plot> ECD vs. Depth.
L EG END
_.,_ Anrd.ls
0
Pore
A -
free
2000
4000
6000
8000
a.
Q)
10000
'O
::;,
(/)
(t>
Q)
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
7.00
7 50
9 00
8.50
9.00
9 50 1 0 00 10 50 11 00 11 50 12.00 12.50 13 00 13 50 14 00
ECO (ppg)
!

50 15.00
5-45
45. Use Parameter> Rate to include tool joint pressure losses by

checking the Include Tool Joint Pressure Losses check box.
- -
~- ~ te _____
---------- -
P~Data
- ----
--
1400.0
gpm
Stand Pipe Pteuuie:
Ma>Gmum Sl.fface Pressure:
17500.00
psi
Surface Equip. Pre$Sl.le Loss: j100.00
Mallinun Pl.lllP Power
12000.00
hp
Maxm.m Alowable Pl.lllP Rate
gpm
Obtaii from Cictkting Syuem

Options
p~
... I
P'
lnck.Kle Tool Joiit PreutSe Losse;
Include Back Pressure

Back Pteuure:
j1soo 63
psi
psi
Bit Ptesst.re Loss:
loos
Bit Impact Force:
j6.4
bf
B~ Hyciau&c Powe1:
f0.01
hp
Perceri P01er at Bil
1000
HSI
Ina
hp/in'
Bit Nozzle Velocity
122
IVs
Total Bit Flow Ar~~
- - psi
.....--- psi
lnc:We Mud TempeiattSe Effects
Time o1 Crctktion: la.oo
IT} ~
Quick Look
Pl.lllP Rate-
r useR~
-----
hr
P~Rate:
j400.0
gpm
Retims at Sea Floor

SeaW!!leiDensity
ppg
.- lock.Ide Ci.ibngs Loadng

r- Use String Editor B~ Nozzles
0K
5-46
I- Cincel
!

Help
Click the Rescale icon on the tool bar to enlarge the portion of the plot
containing the curve data. Notice the tool joint pressure losses increase
the ECD as depth increases because the tool joi nts reduce the annular
volume. A too] joint may also result in reduced internal pip volume if
the tool joint ID is less than the pipe ID.
rljldroum;. f'Je.:ure
f'l.KlJ> Rote foe(! ECD vs
Depth
__ _
LEGEND
~
~
Arn;kJs
P<>re
AlnJlls
Free
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
g
.r:::.
a.
17000
18000
(])
"O
::> 19000
Ul
ro
Q)
~ 20000
21000
22000
23000
24000
25000
26000
13.900
13-950
H .000
U.050
14.100
ECO (ppg)
!

14.150
14.200
14.250
14 300
5-47
46. Include the centralizers by checking the Use Standoff Devices

check box on the Parameter> Standoff Devices dialog box. The
centralizers also reduce the annular volume. The increase begins at
15,000 ft because thar is where Lhe centralizers begin.
H.lodr~ : Pr~ :U1eP\JT,pRateFaced ECD ~ C epth
_ ____
____
--~
LEGEND
0
0
AIYUJS
ArtUus 'Mil TJ
Arn.JAJs
Pore
- i> - Frac
O AroJus . v.th CWral?ers
<>
a
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
E'
0. 17000
Q)
0
"O
18000
::J
(/)
19000
(I)
Q)
~ 20000
21000
22000
23000
24000
25000
26000
13.900
5-48
13.950
14.000
14 050
14.100
ECO (ppg)
14.150
14.200
14.250
!

14.300
47. Review the geothermal data using View> Plot> Geothermal

Gradient. The circ ulating temperature at TD is 209 degrees F, and
the return temperature at the surface is 75 degrees F.
LEGEND
Gedllermel
Mean Sea level 1 CXUl ft
Slri'lg
-Arna
5000
a.
Q)
"O
10000
:::>
r.n
ro
Q)
15000
20000
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
Temperature r F)
r;; Include Mud Teq>eialure Effects

Tire ol CicUation
WEL LPLAN Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual
!

ls oo
5-49
5-50

!

Chapter
ID
Cementing the Liner

Overview
Data
the accuracy of the data overshadow learning the software functionality.
Workflow
In this section, you will cement the 9 5/8" liner you analyzed in the
previous workflow.
The workflow begins with a review of the centralizer placement
determined in the previous workflow. The bottomhole circulating
temperature is estimated.
Entering of cement job data is performed using fluids provided.
Result analysis includes analyzing: circulating pressures, downhole
pressures, density and hydrostatic profiles, comparing rates in and out,
wellhead and surface pressures, and estimated hookloads.
Hole cleaning (erodibility) is investigated, including the effect of
remaining mud on fluid tops.
The animation is used to determine flu id tops, volumes, and other
cementing parameters.
!

6-1
Chapter 6: Cementing the Liner
Workflow Solution
Cementing Solution chapter.
What Is Covered
6-2
Integration between WELLPLANT~ software modules

Defining cement slurries and spacers
Different placement methods
Defining a cement job, including:
-
Sequence and rates fluids to be pumped
Plugs
Shoe tracks
Automatic Rate Adjustments and Safety Factors
Job stages
Cement material requirements (sacks)
Displacement volumes
Surface iron works

Estimating bottomhole circulating temperatures
Determining pipe and annular volumes
Specifying a gauge or washed-out hole
Using many of the available plols (as a funclion of time, volumes,
and strokes) to analyze:
Circulating pressures
Downhole pressures
Density and hydrostatic pressure profiles
When "free fall" is occurring
Wellhead and surface pressures
Hookloads during the job
Fluid Animation when reviewing many job parameters

Hole cleaning during the cement job
WELLPLAN TMSoftware Release 5000.1 .10 Training Manual
!

Open the Case

1. Open the case titled "Cement Liner." You will be cementing the
9 5/8" liner you analyzed in the previous exercise.
Note
If you have a Halliburton OptiCem '"' OTC file , you can import this data
directly into an open WELLPLAN case using File> Import. You can create
a case using File > New > Instant Case.
2. Activate the OptiCem module and the Wellbore Simulator

analysis mode.
3. Keeping in mind the data integration provided by the WELLPLAN
software, what data type of wellbore data do you think you will
need to input to analyze a cementing case that you did not input in
the Running Liner case?
!

6-3
Input and Review Wellbore Data

Review Hole Section, String, and Wei/path Data
4. Review the hole section data. Is the hole washed out?
Note
Caliper log data can be directly imported into the H ole Section Editor using
File > Import Caliper.
5. What is the total annular volume and the annular volume in the
open hole? Why is the Between Strings volume zero?
6. What is the total annular volume and the annular volume in the
open hole if there is a 15% washout?
7. Set the open hole back to gauge ho le.
8. Review the string data.
9. Review the Wellpath Editor. Is tortuosity used ?
Hint
Clkk Options.
Define Cement Slurries and Spacers

10. Input the fo llowing fluids. All flu ids use the Bi ngham Plastic
rheology model. The 13.8 ppg OBM should already be input
because it was used in the previous exercises.
Name
Type
Class
Density
(ppg)
PV@70
degrees
YP@70
degrees
Yield
(ft3/sk94)
Water Req
(gal/sk94)
14.0 ppg
Spacer
Spacer
n/a
14.0
28.0
12.0
n/a
n/a
14.5 ppg Lead
Cement
14.5
39.0
9 .23
1.36
5.91
I 6.4 ppg Tail
Cement
16.4
178.3
19.8 1
I .4 I
8.35
6-4
WELLPLAN TM Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual
!

Review Pore Pressure and Fracture Gradient Data

I I. Review pore pressure data. Where is the maximum pore pressure in
the open hole section?
12. Review the fracture gradient data. Where is lowest frac ture gradient
in the open hole?
Review or Input Geothermal Gradient Data

13. What is the s tatic bottomhole temperature?
Review or Input Circulating System Data

14. Review circulating system data. What is the displace ment volume
in the surface iron?
!

6-5
Centralizer Placement
You can use multiple types of centralizers. You can create a "pattern" of
centralizers. For example, you can alternate between two types of
centralizers, or use two of one type of centralizer followed by another
type. There are several patterns available for use.
15. Review the centralizer placement. Notice these are the same
centralizers used in the previous Running Liner case.
Specify Depths of Interest

16. Specify the depths of interest based on your answers to Steps 11
and 12. Why use these depths?
6-6
!

Estimate Bottomhole Circulating Temperature

It is strongly recommended that the circulating temperature profiles be
run using a temperature simulator as in WELLCAT software (HCT file)
or data obtained from a cementing service company. (Click Edit Profile
to input or import a temperature profile.) If this data is not available, a
quick temperature analysis can be run using the WELLPLAN
Hydraulics module. For this exercise, you do not have an HCT file, or
other data, so you will use the Hydraulics modu le for a quick estimate
of the bottomhole circulating temperature.
17. Activate the Hydraulics module and the Pressure: Pump Rate
Fixed analysis mode.
18. Specify a flowrate of 400 GPM. (This is the same flow rate used to
condition the hole in the Running Liner case.) Include the effects of
mud temperature in the analysis. Circulate for nine hours. This
allows for approximately two circulations.
19. What are the circulating annular bottomhole and surface
temperatures?
!

6-7
Input Cement Job Data

20. Activate the OptiCem module by clicking the OptiCem toolbar
icon ( El J ). Select Wellbore Simulator from the Mode pulldown list.
2 1. Input the BHCT, surface temperature, and mud outlet temperature.
22. Specify the following cement job data using the Parameter >Job
Data dialog box. Notice that all fl uids are pumped at I0 bbl/min
except for the tail slun-y.
Note
Plugs indicate the start of the displacement, as well as act as a normal plug. In
OptiCem, Top Plug with the New Stage check box checked indicates the start
of displacement. In this exercise, the second stage of the tail cement is an
optional step to speci fy the time to drop the plug.
As the wellbore fluid, use 13.8 ppg OBM. Specify a rate of

lO bbl/min. (Because this fluid is designated as the active fluid
on the Case > Fluid Editor, it will display in the top row of the
Job Data dialog box by default.)
Use 50 bbls of the 14 ppg Spacer as a spacer. Pump the space r at
10 bbl/min. (Select Spacer/Flush in the Type pull-down list.)
The Placement Method is Volume.
Pump the 14.5 ppg Lead cement at a rate of 10 bbl/min. The
Placement Method is Top of Fluid. Specify the top of the lead
cement at 12,250 ft (at the Liner Hanger). (Select Cement in the
Type pull-down list.)
Pump 2,000 ft of the 16.4 ppg Tail slurry at a rate of 7 bbl/min.
(Select Cement in the Type pull-down list.) The Placement
Method is Length.
Drop a plug. To do this, add a second row of 16.4 ppg Tail slurry.
Uncheck the New Stage check box so that this entry becomes the
4-2 stage of the tail slurry. Specify a shutdown time of five
minutes to drop the plug.
6-8
!

Indicate the start of the displacement by se lecting Top Plug as

the Type for the row between the tail cement and the
d isplacement fluid. C heck the New Stage check box.
Pump 10 bbls of 14.0 ppg Spacer at 10 bpm, on top of the plug
as a post flu sh, as an extra measure to prevent slurry
contamination by di splacement mud.
Select Mud in the Type pull-down list. Displace the cement with
the 13.8 ppg OBM mud pumped at 10 bbl/min.
Because the annulus is open to the atmosphere, use 14.7 psi for
the Back Pressure and 0 bbl Return Volume .
Use 80 ft of shoe track.
Select the Top Plug option and enter 350 psi for bumping
the plug.
Do not auto matically adjust the rates.
Do not use foam cement.
Do not use Inner String.
Enable auto-displacement calculations. (Leave the check

box unchecked.)
a. How much shoe track volume is predicted?
b. How many sacks of lead and tail cement are needed for this job?
c. If the shoe track was 160 ft, how many extra tail slurry sacks
would be required? It is important to set it back to 80 ft
after checking.
23. What is the displacement volume?
24. What is the pipe volume, and why does the displacement volume in
the previous step not equal the pipe volume?
!

6-9
Analyze Results
Review Circulating Pressures
25. Do the circulating pressures (vs. volume) during the cement job
exceed the fracture pressure at the shoe?
26. Do the circu lating pressures (vs. volume) cause a well control
problem during placement at TD?
Review Downhole Pressure Profiles

27. Access the View> Plot> Downhole Pressure Profiles plot.
a. What would you use this plot for?
b. Is it possible to take a kick or fracture the open hole during the
cement job?
c. What does the minimum hydrostatic gradient curve represent?
d. What does the maximum ECD curve represent?
Review Density and Hydrostatic Profiles

28. Access View > Plot > Final Density and Hydrostatic Profile.
What do the curves represent?
Compare Rates In and Out

29. Access View> Plot> Comparison of Rates In and Out. View
Results vs. Time.
a. What does this plot represent?
b. Does "freefall" occur during the job?
c. Is the predicted free fall a cause for concern in this design?
d. What does the Gas Rate represent on right side of the plot?
6-10
!

Review Wellhead and Surface Pressures

30. Access View> Plot> Calculated Wellhead/Surface Pressure
(in Time).
a. What is the maximum calculated wellhead surface pressure and
when during the job does it occur?
b. What is the difference between the pump pressure and the
wellhead pressure?
c. What is the maxi mum calculated pump pressure?
d. Why does the pressure initially drop, and then increase?
Review Hookloads
3 1. Access View > Plot > Hook Load Simulation.
a. Is there any danger of pumping the non-secured pipe out of the
hole during the cement job?
b. Is the rig capacity exceeded?
c. Remove the line of interest from the plot. When is the maximum
hookload predicted during the job?
Use the Fluid Animation to Analyze Job Parameters

32. Access View> Fluid Animation Schematic.
a. Do not include any labels on the animation, and view the
animation using a 112 cutaway.
b. Set the down hole pointer to 19,000 ft annulus (the mid-point of
the tail slurry) . View the schematic To Scale.
c. Review the colors associated with each Ouid. What color is
associated with tail, lead, spacer, and free fall?
d. Run the simulation. What volume has been pumped when
freefall occurs and the Time In is 54 minutes?
!

6-11
)
e. What is the bottomhole pressure and ECD at 19,000 ft (annulus)

when free fall begins?
f.
Finish the simulation.
g. What is the total time to pump the job?

h. Why is knowing the time required to pump the job important?
Review Hole Cleaning

Erodibility data should be obtained from field studies, the mud
company, or lab tests.
If you do not have centralizers in the analysis, and you enable the
Eccentricity option, the pipe is assumed to be on the low side of
the wellbore.
33. Enable Erodibility and Eccentricity analysis. Specify a required
shear stress (l bf/100 ft2) of 20 for this exercise. Analyze between a
top and bottom measured depth of 18,000 ft and 20,000 ft,
corresponding to the tail slurry placement.
34. Access the View > Plot > Erodibility Profile plot. What is the
displacement efficiency in the tail slurry section of the annulus?
35. Analyze the entire open section in the annulus.
a. Access the Analysis Data dialog box, and select the Entire
Open Hole Section radio button. Click OK to re-run
the calculations.
b. Is the wellbore clean or is there mud cake remaining? Why is
there an increase in mud cake between the previous shoe
and 15,000 ft?
c. ls the remaining mud cake a problem if only a good tail cement
placement is required?
d. If a mud cake remains, what parameters, other than hole
cleaning, should be re-examined?
6-12
!

Fine-tune the Job

Re-examine ECDs
36. Use the Downhole Pressure Profile plot to determine how
erodibility affected the ECDs in the open hole. Where is the
increase in ECD most likely to cause a problem?
37. Change the fracture zone of interest from 12,500 ft to 20,000 ft.
38. Is the circulating pressure close to the fracture gradient?
39. Add a safety factor of 150 psi using automatic rate adjustment.
40. Is the circulating pressure still close to the fracture gradient? (View
in volume.)
41. How have the rates changed, and how many barrels will be pumped
at the lower rate?
42. Access View > Plot > Downhole Pressure Profiles and notice the
maximum ECO is not as close to the fracture gradient as it was
prior to the rate adjustment.
Re-examine Fluid Tops

43. Now, you will examine the Lop of fluids. Run the fluid animation at
19,000 ft annulus with erodibility.
a. What does the red color remaining in the annulus at the end of
the job represent?
b. What is the predicted top of the lead slurry with the
mud remaining?
c. What is the revised predicted top of the spacer with the
mud remaining?
!

6-13
6-14
!

Chapter.
Cementing the Liner Solution

Overview
This chapter contains the answers to the exercise questions presented in
the Cementing the Liner chapter.
!

7-1
)
Chapter 7: Cementing the Liner Solution
Open the Case

I. Use the Well Explorer to open the case.
2. Click the OptiCem toolbar icon ( 0 j) to activate the OptiCem

module. Select Wellbore Simulator fro m the Mode pull -down lis t.
3. The WELLPLANTMsoftware is a suite of integrated engineering
applications that share data stored in the EDMrMdatabase. Once
data is input, it is shared between applications as appropriate. Data
stored in the EDM database can also be shared with other
Landmark applications. Refer to the online help for more
information about integration.
In these exercises, you are using data already entered in a previous
exercise. Data already entered includes:
Hole section data

String data
Wellbore fluid
geothermal
Wellpath
Pore pressure and fracture gradient
Shared centralizers
Shared rig data
Data specifically related to a cement job, that must be entered for

this exercise, includes:
7-2
slurries and spacers defined using the Case > Fluid Editor.
the sequence and volume of fluids pumped during the cementing

operation input using the Parameter > Job Data dialog box.
other analysis parameters specific to a cementing analysis.
!

Input and Review Wellbore Data

Review Hole Section, String, and Wei/path Data
4. Use the Case> Hole Section Editor. No, the hole is not washed
out. To indicate the hole is washed out, specify the percentage
increase using the Excess(%) field.
H"' N-
JHoie Section
H"' S.cl.oon Deoth (MOt
l:mno
MeM<.ted
SeebonT~
08lllh
(fll
sso o
Shoe
Ler9h
(II}
590.00
1.zsooo 11sinoo r
mxio 7500.oo r
12500.o
10
Onft
(nl
lnl
1aooo
1Z37S
1Z25il
1ZBl
Fni;IJotl
Facia
17500
12.250
0.20
0.20
0.:.1
i.ne..
~
lbbllftl
Ex=s
ltemOO>CtiPCIOll
I~
M..UllC:Mer
Model
0.3147
RSA SedJOn. 20nx 18 n
0.1489
CAS 13 518 ir1. 88.2 Pill. Q
4!.1458c=::::filID:iH 12 112"
5. The Between Strings volume pertains to an inner string

configuration. If there was an inner string confi guration, this
volume is the volume between the inner and outer strings.
Hint
Use Tools> Volume Calculations.
The total annular volume is 2,055 bbls .

~
., VolllfM Ccalculatlom
~(bbl)
~(CAocty~)
I'll (It)
o.o
s- jzcooo.o
fop
M)
t)
00
I 13:-4).7
Pcie
~
TU
J738 83
21l5S SS
Help
2794.37
8...ei Sbf'IQS 0 lJO
The annular volume in the open hole section is 418 bbls .

., Volume (4lculaltom
!

[8)
7-3
6. Use the Case> Hole Section Editor and change the Excess % to
15.00%.
Hole Secbon Editor - -
--
Hole Name
j Hole Section
Hoje Section Deiith (MO)
j 200X10
Section Type
5900
12500.0
200'.Xl 0
P" Ackitional Cok.rM;
Meaoued
Depth
(A)
t----- Riser
J-_Casing
i1- Open Hole
II=
fmpott Hole Secl'IOl'I
Shoe
Length
Tapeied?
(ft)
ID
Mea$1.i'ed
fin)
Depth
__@_
r
r
7500.oo r
59100
11910.00
Effeciive
Hole
Drtt
rin1
Oiamelei
fin)
18.000
12500_0
12-375
12.250
12250
l.-r
Capac(y
(bbl/It)
Fncbon
Factol
17.500
12.597
0.3147
01489
01541 l
0.20
0.20
O.:ll
Excess
Item Oescn1xoon
(%)
ASA Section. 20 in>< 18 in

CAS 13 5.18 in, 8tt2 ppl, Q
15.00 b H 12 1/2in
The total annular volume is 2, 118 bbls .

~
.., Volume Clcut.tlom
The annular volume in the open hole section is 481 bbls .
fg)
.., Volume Calcul41ions

~ (<:Aoecty R4"9f)
M)
MD(ft)
Top
VWne:s (bbO
I 12!i00
PO"
9413.t
e.. j 210000.o
IAm.M
I 13:-tJ.7
Jot41
I SJO 1
1431. 11
: 1011 .es
~ SttflQJ o.oo
7. Use the Case> Hole Section Editor and set the Excess% back
to zero.
Hole N-
!Hole Secllon
Hole SectM 0 <> (MDl
f:zoono
Moa,..ed
SecilOnT)lle
Oeplh
lit)
AC-0
Open H"'
7-4
IM'!>Ofl HoleSoction
:;; Addt10n41 Cokrms

Length
1111
Shoe
T~
MeM1'ed
10
Dril
Oe>
(111
fn)
Fnc:bon
Footor
flt
18000
12500 0
12.375
12.250
1L250
17.500
12.250
0.20
0.20
0.30
03147
ASASeollorl.20nx18"
0 1 489~
CAS 135/lt ln. 98.2ppl. O
0.1'581....-.....1!J&H 12 112 in
!

8. Use the Case> String Editor. This is the same string configuration
used in the Running Liner case.
St11ng Edi!cw
Suing lnltlalizahon
_ _ _ _ _ __
Libraiy
Stting Nllllle jAttembly

Stting [MO}
l2Cro10
Section Type
El<PO't
ft
Sgeoly ITop to Bottom
Length
(ft)
12250 00
600
7742.00
2.00
Meaiued
Depth
ft)
122500
12256 0
19998.0
20CXXl 0
3
OD
fril
5.000
12.000
9.625
9.625
lmpcMt String
10
fril
fmpcMt
weqy.
Item Oe;cnpbon
(pplJ
4.000
8.535
8.535
8.535
29 35
53.50
53.50
53.50
Oril Pipe 5 in, 25.60 pp/, S, 51n FH, 1

lJnef Hat'lgel
9 5/8 111, 53.5 pp/, Q125. Tenam Blue
Traonng 9.625 in. 53.5 pp/. 0 125
9. Use Case> Wellpath >Editor. Yes, this is the same wellpath used
in the previous two designs
,_
... .'
" :'
r
UI
tD
!

: 11
....
..
' "
7-5
ff]@
IP Wellpath Options
r. sr.ewe...
r
r
r
MO Top
r~
ReondOm Inc end Az
Rendom Inc~ Az
M~
r1
125000
0.50
None
T01tuo#y Penoo
flr9e Change Penoct
f500 0
ft
1~0
I\
lnterpalatm
H~
Define Cement Slurries and Spacers

l 0. Specify the fluid data using the Case > Fluid Editor.
Review Pore Pressure and Fracture Gradient Data

l l . Use Case> Pore Pressure. The maximum pore pressure of
13.5 ppg is at 13,253 ft TVD.
717
Hl
782
7!2
901
'"
'"
851
8S2
8'0
906
931
947
!ts
104.2
1089
'la!
91l
94'
1005
106'
108S
1115
1115
1225
1275
1275
1325
1310
13 31
13
13'2
1341>
7-6
!

12. Use Case> Fracture Gradient. The lowest fracture gradient of

14.75 ppg is at the prior shoe of 9493.8 ft TVD
2ll05
""
10683
1182'
1'310
211325
21317
21l188
2' 930
lOJOC
11828
32819
'.S49
)M.49
~s
' :.'813
mu
USlS
51'4i
5'Jl8
61989
~s
Review or Input Geothermal Gradient Data

13. Use Case> Geothermal Gradient. The BHST is 229.66 F.
Ip'
llJr8J
Geothermal Gradient
standard AddtW Plot

Surface ~mbient
!:fudline:
Temperature at Wei TVD
r T~ature@ 1132437
r.
Gradiert
fl
022966 ii
r;:so- F/1 Wt
Cancel
!

7-7
Review or Input Circulating System Data

14. Use Case> Cement Circulating System. The displacement
volume is 0.34 bbls.
@[gl
'P Cement Circulating System
Use 51Mface Iron
Length
1100.00
It
Height from P~ to KB
125.0
ft
Diametei
11.870
in
Nl.rnber Linei in Paralel
11
!Displacement VoUT.e
10.34
Friction F11etoi
11.00
VokJme Per Stroke
12.100
OK
7-8
I ~~
bbjl
gal/slk
Help
_j
!

Centralizer Placement
15. Use Parameter> Centralizer Placement.
CM:Uole Sl4nd<lt/S~
Er1.,edSU!ndd!
r-\
F\.odl'lot
("' Ai Top f'luo Lando
Q Top al Cerbabd Interval
112500 0
ft
5P4C"lll Uroll ( B - Centr"'-'l
MO
StandollAbovelop~ :
0...-.g M..i CondliotW'!I

Wel>oreFlid~
I ~~~~~~::=:J~
Spacll'ig
It fD<ed A b Fooed 8
Speca1lhe.ucv11..mg ,_!ho tufaoe
"""to TO
I""'~ cxdef
(ft)
r
r
10.00
"""'whet> 111")1 e ion l'itl lhe hole I
Torquo Drag~ (c-ig RurYW'911)
COl>)l 10 s~ Oevtee$'
C4'c Slei> Srze
J1000 00
ft
Speed
Q
T'l'P"!l !n
isoo- IVmn
1;)
0..:1<1.oot
St* Hooklood al TO With Standalf OeYUS
lncUlod
Exclded
Ma.
r.._
Mn Hool<bad
U'l
~ 10
~lo
111JO~
~ 1>1
iso:o- ~.o
Ma.. Hookload ~ ~
10000
:J
~ 15000
@IMO
l21nno
@MD
f0
@IMO : ~ 00
50
55
60
65
70
Standoff ('lb)
"
!

7-9
Specify Depths of Interest

16. Access Parameter > Additional Data. For Reservoir Zone, enter
the MD of Lhe well at TD (20,000 ft) and for Fracture Zone, enter
the casing shoe depth ( 12,500 ft). You entered these depths because
the MD of the well at TD has the highest pore pressure in the open
hole, and the casing shoe depth has the lowest fracture gradient in
the open hole. You can enter any depths of interest for these zones
(weak zones or abnormal pressure zones not necessarily at prior
shoe depth or well depth), if desired.
rI)IBJ
IP Additional Data
,750.0
Off*'<>re lnlosmation
Rett.ms at Sea Floor
ppg
Sea WtJ.er Density

DeplM ol lnlerest IOI Plots/ Gas Flow Potential
Gas Flow Potenlial (last smJationJ
200ll0
ft
12500.0
ft
111 02
Temperab..re lrYOI~
BHCT
r.
r
r
Calc:UateAPI BHCT
BHCT
1208.30
Surface Temperat1.1e
110.00
Mud Outlet Temperat1.1e
173.60
12.2966
BHST
OK
7-10
Edit Pictile
Tempeiature Profile
Csicel
Help
!

Estimate Bottomhole Circulating Temperature

17. Access the Hydraulics module by clicking the Y1' toolbar icon,
and use the Mode pull -down list to access the Pressure: Pump
Rate Fixed analysis mode.
18. Use Parameter > Rate to specify this information.
Quick Look
Pump Data
lii!i>~R=
ate=:------:1=
400.
::::0=:=:~illlJ"""'"
Stand Pipe Prenure
1176812
psi
Mamiun S1.1face f'lessure
j7500.00
PSI
Surface E<M:>. Press1.1eLoss: 1100 00
Mal<ITK.lll Pl.mp Power.
12.00l.OO
hp
Bt Pressure Loss:
10.06
p$I
Bit Impact Force:
lbf
Bit Hjldlalltc Power
1001
hp
Percent Power at Bit.
HSI:
looo
[o.o
B~ Nozzle Vekx:y:
122
Maxm.m~PumpRale:
.-----
ljl?ITI
Obtain from Cilculating System I
,--lrl
Options
Annulus
in
Use Roughness
f.J Include Tool Joint PrOSSl.fe Losses
Include Back Preuure

Back PresS1.te:
psi
~Mud Tempe1at.1.1e Effects
l___2_ime of CirWation: js.oo

r
Pump Rate:
f4000
gpm
Returm at Sea Floor

Sea \l./atei Density
r
r
hi
hpfri'
- - ft/;
.,.
Total B~ Flow Area(Local)

,...I- - -
psi
ppg
Include CtAtingi Loading

Ure Stlrng Editor BiNozzles
.___o_K_ _Ci_ce_t ~
!

_ _ __.I _ Help
7-11
19. Access View> Plot> Geothermal Gradient. Click the Data

Reader icon to determine the temperatures, or click the Grid Vie w
toolbar icon ( ['.J I) to view the data in tabular form. The annular
surface temperature is 75.23 F.
StTrig
Me.>st.1edO
0.0
5910
600.0
600.0
700.0
8000
900.0
100'.l.0
1100.0
1200.0
1300.0
1400.0
1500.0
1600.0
1700.0
70.18
70.62
71.16
n .77
12n
00
222.2
444.4
666.7
888.9
11111
1333.3
1555.6
1777.8
200)0
7170
74.75
75.87
77.~
78.26
79.54
76 43
77.58
78.79
80.30
81.84
8343
85.05
86.70
2222-2
00.86
8a38
90.c.3
91 .00
93.55
95.31
2444.4
2660.7
28889
3111.1
8223
83.64
85.10
0.0
222.2
444.4
666.7
888.9
11111
1333.3
1555.6
1777.8
2000.0
2222.2
2444.4
2666.7
2888.9
31 111
75.23
-ro
The annular bottomhole temperature is 208.5 F.
StTng
fl
7712.4
7912.4
8112.4
8312.4
8512.4
871 2.4
891 2.4
9112.4
9312.4
951 2.4
9712.4
9912.4
10112.4
10312.4
1051 2.4
1071 2.4
10912.4
11112.4
11312.4
11512.4
1171 2.4
11912.4
121 12.4
7-12
Atnllar
Meas..edO
182.30
184.18
186.00
187.77
189.50
191.17
192. 79
194.35
19565
197.29
198.66
199.96
201.19
202.34
20141
204.39
205.28
200.06
206.75
207.32
207.78
208.12
200.30
fl
15111.1
15333.3
15555.6
15777.8
16000.0
16222.2
16444.4
16666.7
16888.9
17111.1
17333.3
17555$
17777.8
1800).0
182'22.2
18444.4
18666.7
1eaaa.s
19111.1
19333.3
19555.6
19777.8
200XJ.O
M~edO
187.87
189.57
191.22
19282
194.36
195.85
197 29
198.65
199.96
201.19
202.35
203.43
204.42
205.33
206.14
206.85
207.46
207.SS
208.32
208.57
208,68
208.65
208:50 I
!

ft
1511 1.1
153313
15555.6
15777.8
l &XXJ 0
16222.2
16444.4
16666.7
16SS8.9
17111.1
173313
17555.6
17777,8
1800).0
18222.2
18444.4
19666.7
1B8S8.S
191 111
193333
19555.6
19777 8
20000 0
Input Cement Job Data

20. Activate the OptiCem module by clicking the OptiCem toolbar
icon ( El j). Select Wellbore Simulator from the Mode pulldown list.
21. Use Parameter > Additional Data. Select the BHCT option.
-
1p1
(1)(RJ
Additional Data
Rig Capaciy
175110
p- Rig Capacity
kip
Offshole lnlormation
Ren.m at Sea Floof
Sea 'Watei Density
ppg
Depth$ ol lnteiest For Plots I Gas Flow Potenbal

Rese1Voi Zone (MD)
j2WXlO
ft
Fracture Zone (MD)
112500.0
ft
Gas Flow Potenbal (last sm.ilabon) 111.02

Tempeialue Information
r.
BHCT
CalculateAPI BHCT
Tempeialure Profile
BHCT
Ed~
j200.30
Piolile
'F
Surface T~eiature
jro.oo
'F
Mud Outlet Temperah.re
j73.60
'F
BHST
1229.66
'F
OK
Cancel
!

H~
7-13
Chapter 7: Cemen ting the Liner Solution
22. Use Parameter >Job Data.

a. 5.66 bbls of shoe track is predicted.
Job Dela
IMef Sbng
r used
_J
New
Stage? Stage Nol
"Sboke
Method
Rate
(bblll!Wl)
1
2
3
4-1
Vol.me
Voll.me
Top of Fluid
Top of Fluid
10.00
10.00
10.00
7 00
140.00
4 -2
Shutdown
~S~/FkJsh 14. 0!JP9S~. 14.00p ~
"'
11 8 ppg DBM. 13.80 PP!;~
Volume
Volume
10.00
10.00
200.00
200 00
t=
J---_,
~
~
~
Twe
Flld
DrilngFld (Mu 13.BppgOBM, 13.80PP!;!'7

Spacet/F\Jsh 14.0 ppg Spac;e1, 14.00 p r.;
Cement
14.5 ppg Lead. 14.50 PP!; IV
Cement
16. 4 ppg T~. 16 40 ppg IV
Cement
16. 4 llP9 Tai. 16 40 PPll
Topf\Jg
~Mud
ti--
Rate
(spm)
Ouretion Volume
(l!Wl)
(bbl)
200.00
200.00
20000
Topol
Buk
fud
Length
-stroke$ (Measure
(It)
Cemett
d Depth)
0.0
00 11848.3
1000.0 11848.3
401 7
6423 8 12250.0 5750.0
2344 5 180000 20000
000
5.00
3212
1675
5.00
0.00
50.00
32119
11722
1.00
n.32
200.0 19778 7
141 3
10.00
0.0 19778.7
72317 14463.3
<
l
Back Pre.sue
(psi]
14.70
"""Return
Volume
0.00
Shoe Track Length

Shoe Track Volume
7-14
p$1
Top Plug or &!Mt al ospiacement

Entel volume per stroke on Cement Crculatrlg Sl'$lem diaog to use strokes
- The last retuin volume rrust be 0 to~ that tin is the prew.ire lor the r~ al the Job
.--~umallQQ..awog.c""""1W1JL.&Cwa:nu>.p1i"""ILW!la''9 (N~e opply to Anr..iW. Positive~ to String)
Shoe Track
lao.o
!sss
It
bbl
Topf\Jg
Adcilional Pre.sue to S~ Plug j350.00
!

(941:>
sack-s)
1325.99
46678
>
b. 1,326 sacks of lead cement, and 467 of tail cement are predicted.
Job Data
-------
AIAomabc Rate Adiu;tment
SaletyF~
r Use Foam SchedoJe
r-
psi
New
Stage? StaoeN
AnnWs Injection
Plocemeflt
Method
Dtir.g Fld (Mu 13.8 ppg OBM. 13.80 ~ 17

Spacei/Flush 14.0 ppg Spacer, 14.00 p r;;
Cement
14.Sppg l ead, 14.50~17
Cement
16.4 PP!I Tail. 16. 40 PP!I 17
Cement
16 4 ppg Tail. 1640ppg r
1
2
3
41
4.2
VoU!>e
VoU!le
Top Plug'
r;;
Space<t'Flusn 14 OPP!I Spacer. 14 00 p p
Mud
13.8 ppg 08M. 13.80 ~ 17
5
6
VoU!le
r u;ed
,ELod Edto!
Oi$4ble A1Ao-01$!llacement ~
Fluid
Twe
lmerStnng
Rate
(bbl/mri)
Topol Flud
Topol FUd
-Snoke
Rate Duation Valme "'SIIok
(mri)
[bblJ
(spm)
lllOO
10.00
10.00
7.00
140.00
10.00
10.00
20000
200.00
0.00
5.00
32.12
16 75
5.00
200.00
20000
20000
Studown
Vok.me
1 00
n.32
000
5000
32119
11722
Topol
Fluid
(MeasUt
dD
Length
(ft)
Bi.lo:
Cement
(941b
sack.s
00
00 11848.3
1cm.o 118483
401 7
64238 12250.0 5750.0
23.5 18000.0 200l.O
moo 200.0 19778 7 141 3

723.17 144633
0.0 19778.7
<
~sl
14.70
psi
BackPtessueRecped
Top Plug 01 st!llt ol ~

Enlei Yobi1e pei stroke on Cement C.cWllng S.Y$1em cialog to use strokes
The last return vdune mu1I be 0 to :qv/~ Iha! ltvs ri lhe pressure for lhe remande< ol tne !Cb
-Estimation during Reverse CMcJatioti to prevef'll U~<bing (Neg!lllve apply toAMulvs. Po,ibve apply to Stnng)
Shoe Track
0.00
Shoe Traci<. Length

Shoe Track VoUlle
p Top Plug
It
bbl
l80o
[5:66
Addtronal PtesNe to Seat Plug j350.00
c. Approximately 23 sacks would be required. Set the shoe track

length back to 80 ft after checking.
Job Data
AIAomatic RateAdjusbnent
Salety Factoo
Use Foam Schedule
lnne< Sbiog
r- - - psi
r used
Ellid E<itor
Oi$able AIAo-O~emert !Aculation r Arroiu,I~

New
Stage? S~N
Fil.Id
13.8 PP9 OBM. 13.80 PP9
14.0 WI! Spacei. 14.00 ppg
14.5 IJll9 Lead. 14,50 ppg
16.4 PP9 hi. 16 40 ppg
16.4 PP!I h i. 16.40 PP!I
1
2
3
4 1
42
Plocemenl
Rate
Method
(bbl/1'111'1)
Vcbne
10.00
Valme
io.oo
Top ol Flid
Top ol Flid
Si'<Jtdown
10.00
5
6
7.00
-Sboke
Rate
[spm)
Buk
Topol
Duration Valme
FUd
(nWI}
(bbl} " St1okei (Me~
L~
(It}
d0ei)
200.00
200.00
200.00
140.00
sacks)
0.0
0.0 11848.3
1000 0 11848.3
401 .7
6423.8 12250.0 5750.0
2457.7 18000.0 2000.0
10.00
10.00
CelTlenl
(9'1b
1325.99
48932
141.3
10.00
200.0 19698.7
717.50 14350J
0.0 19698.7
>
Back Pressure
(1>$1)
14.70
-Eil Back Ptessue Requied
0.00
psi
' Top ~ or st111t ol dispb::emer~

Ente< vobne per woke on Cement Ciculatiog System ciaio9 to use $llok'"
' The lau return Vok.ne nmt be 0 to sq.;ly tlW ttOs it !he pie$SU1e tne remai'>der ol the job
- E;tmation durn;i Reem CAC<Jlalion to prevent U~tbng (Negative~ to~. Podlve ~to Strng)
Snoe Track
''
Snoe Track Length
i1so.o
ft
Shoe Track Volume
111 32
bbl
Addibonal P1e$$Ule to Seat~
!

TopF\Jg
1350.oo
7-15
23. Use Parameter> Job Data. The displacement volume includes the
cumulative volume of fluid s after the plug is dropped.
10 bbls (spacer) + 723. 17 bbls (mud) = 733.1 7 bbls.
Job Data
l~Strrig
r usec1
_J
Use Foam Schedule

l~
F1uod
New
Stage? Stage N~
r.1---- Orillng Ad (Mu 13.8 ppg 08M. 13.80 PP!: p~
Spacer/Flusn 14.0ppgSpacer, 14.00p p~ Cement

14.5 ppg Lead. 14.50 PP!: p~ Cement
16.4 ppg Tail 16.40 ppg pCement
16. 4 ppg Tal, 16 40 ppg
lop~
P"
Specer/fbh 14.0 ppg Spacef. 14 00 p p~Mud
13.8ppgOBM. 1 3.SO~p-
t?---..g_
J--
r2---
-Suoke
Placement
Rate
Method
(bWll'll'l)
1
2
3
4-1
4 2
Volume
Volurne
5
6
Volurne
Volurne
Top of Fii.id
Top ol Fluid
Rate
l'll"'l
10.00
1Cl00
10.00
7.00
200.00
20000
20000
140.00
10.00
1Cl00
200.00
200.00
DuratJOn
(ml'l)
Voll.me
(bbij
Top of
Flud
""Stroke~ (Measure
BlA<.
Cement
Lengtn
(ft]
(94b
sacks)
dDepdi)
000
500
32.12
1675
5.00
Shutdown
0.00
50.00
32119
117.22
00
00 11848.3
1000.0 118483
401 7
6423 B 12250.0 57500
2344 5 1800) 0 20000
1 .~
2000
m 11 14463 3
12
132599
466 78
141.3
19778.7
00 19778 7
<
>
J
Back Pre""e
(psil
14.70
"""'Est. Back Prem.re Requwed

Top Plug or sta<t ol cisplacement
- Entet vol.me per sltoke on Cement C.cW!ng System cialog to use sltoke;
- The i.,si retun vol.me rrmt be 0 to signiy tnat ths is the pte$$Ue lor the r--1er ol the iob
- Estmallon durig RIM!fse C.culatlon to ptevenl U-tl.tlr.g (Negative applii to Anrdn. P~ive applii to Suing)
Snoe Track
Snoe Trad< Lengttl
IEll.o
It
~Top Plug
Snoe Track Volume
[5.66
bOI
Addlional Pressure to Seat Plug jJS0.00
24. Use Tools > Volume Calculations to determine the pipe volume.
The volumes are not equal because of the 5.66 bbls shoe
track volume.
IBJ
!JI Volume Calculations

Depths(CapecityRange)
Top
Base
7- 16
MO (~)
T\IO (ft)
I o.o
121XOl.O
j 13243.7
\I~
Pipe
1738 .83
Total
['279<i.J?
Between strinQS
!o.oo
o_.o___ ~
_I
J2L65. 55
=1
:..J
!

Convert
r ui..r
s~
1000
10G>
~00
:iooao
100
n32
1000
m11
MO 197187
1'13
1W>33
oo 1gna1
>
" Tco f'l.g t:1 !bit d d:;ilacmitN

.. Cl'ttf~I*
ur1C-1C.Cl#no
- n,. ..... ftfVn ~ :i ti. o1o1 PT11
-r
~'
llm'lt kil.,..
ci1 "'r;0
llWtal~R...cs.Uaua'l'OPf~<!f'IUll.Ongll~~IO~h ~ecq.io s
"GI
St.o. T'-"
!

7-17
Analyze Results
Review Circulating Pressures
25. Use View> Plot> Circ Pressure and Density - Frac Zone.
Hint
Use the right-cli ck menu to view pressure vs. vol ume.
No, there is not a problem. The circulating pressures do not exceed

the fracture gradient at this depth for the entire job.
7300
7200
7100
~
u;
.9:
Q)
::;; 7000
(l'J
(l'J
Q)
Q_
6900
6700
-300
-200
100
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
Volume In (bbl)
26. Use View> Plot> Circ Pressure and Density - Reservoir Zone.
Hint
Use the right-click menu to view pressure vs. volume.
7- 18
!

No, there is not a problem because the circulating and hydrostatic

pressures do not fall below the pore pressure at TD during the
entire job.
~c~Pre~U1ea!Reservor_;:::one
__________ _
__ _ __
10300
10200
10100
10000
-B
Vi
::::i
(/)
(/)
9900
9800
Q)
~
0..
9700
9600
9500
9400
9300
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
Volume In (bbl)
!

7-19
Review Downhole Pressure Profiles

27. Access the View> Plot> Downhole Pressure Profiles plot.
2000
4000
6000
LEGE N D
- - MexSl\um ECO
o PorePr~e
16000
-4.- Fradure Gradient

~ Mirimum Hydrostatic GrO<iert
18000
,____,___......_ __....
20000
7.00
7.50
8.00
8.50
9.00
9.50
10.00
10.50 11 00 11.50 12.00
12.50
13.00 13.50
14.00
14.50 15.00
ECO (ppg)
a. Use this plot for a quick overall picture to determine if you will
have well control or ECD issues at any depth in the open hole.
b. No, because the maximum ECD and minimum hydrostatic
gradient curves lie between the pore pressure and fracture
gradient curves.
c. The hydrostatic gradient curve represents the minimum gradient
at any given time that could be present in the annulus.
d. This curve represents the maximum ECDs that can be
anticipated at various depths.
7-20
!

Review Density and Hydrostatic Profiles

28. The Density curve represents the static density of each flu id at the
end of the job. The Hydrostatic Gradient curve represents the
cumulative hydrostatic gradient of all fluids in the wellbore at the
end of the job.
fonalD~n~lly~Hydf~~JCf'l_Qlile _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
LEOENO
4000
6000
14000
16000
18000
20000
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Density I Hydrostatic Gradient (ppg)
!

7-21
Compare Rates In and Out

29. Use the right-click menu to view Rates vs. Time.
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
soo
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
Volume (bbl)
a. This plot displays the total annular return rate and corresponding
pump rates versus the fluid pumped into the well (a comparison
of the volume of material pumped in with the volume coming out
of the well). The difference between the two rate curves
indicates free fall. If free fall occurs and the well goes on
vacuum, the rate out will initially exceed and then fall below the
planned pumped rate.
b. There is slight free-fall at the start of displacement during
the job.
c. The free-fall does not appear to be severe enough. The predicted
rates (in and out) are about the same for most of the job.
d. This is for foam jobs when both liquid and gas phases are
present. However, it is not applicable in this design.
7-22
!

Review Wellhead and Surface Pressures

30. Access View> Plot> Calculated Wellhead/Surface Pressure.
~alculatNlSiifacePr<'i~ ure
_ _
_______
2000
_ __
LEGEND
- - CabAaled Wehad Pressure
o calculaled Pump Pressure
1500
500
100
200
300
400
500
60 0
700
800
900
1000
11 00
1200
Volume In (bbl)
a. The maximum calculated wellhead surface pressure is 2,017 psi,

and occurs at the end of the job when the plug is bumped.
b. The pump pressure is at the cement unit ; the wellhead pressure
is at the wellhead.
c. The maximum pump pressure is approximately 2,277 psi.
d. After the heavier fluids move to the annulus, additional pressure
is required to lift these fluids up the a nnulus.
!

7-23
Review Hookloads
31. Access View > Plot > Hook Load Simulation.
Hook ~olld Smulation {Effective Pipe Weight n Temtt ol Hool, load vs VokJme lnj
100
200
300
400
500
-~---
600
700
800
900
1 000
11 00
1 200
Volume In (bbl)
a. No, the predicted hookloads during the entire job are well above
the neutral buoyancy.
b. No, the rig capacity is not exceeded. The calculated hookloads
are below rig capacity during the entire job.
7-24
!

c. C li ck the ~ I icon to remove the lines of interest from a plot.

Immediately after free-fall occurs, the displacement fluid
catches up with the tail slurry.
420
415
410
405
0:
'5Z.
:;;- 400
ID
0
....J
~
0
0
395
390
385
380
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1 000
11 00
1 20 0
Volume In (bbl)
Use the Fluid Animation to Analyze Job Parameters

32. Access View >Animation > Fluid Positions.
a. Right-click the plot to access the Fluid Positions Frame
Animation Properties dialog box. Uncheck all the check boxes
associated wi th labels, and check the 1/2 Cutaway check box.
cg:]
,,., Animation Properli"s

label>
si- Depth Reference
r
r
si- eesaiptions
Options
Cancel
~Oellths
~-__;
1/~Cut-.w
rv' l /<Culaway
!

7-25
b.
Staoo
No
138ppg08M
2
3
14 0 PPO Spac"
V.U..ln
Tlm01n
Strol<""*
SLrfac:e Preuue
frac Zone ~enie
14SPPOLead
164pegT..i
1'0pegSPdC"
lliOO" bbl
~[00
rii63 96
""
""
~729
Res.ZonePi..,..e
fm,.~p..
Raleln
r;ooo-
Ra100o.t
~blil-
OltOUl!ll
Oei
t!llCOftArtUI>
Rate
1000
bW!IW'I
Pi......
93113 70
pa
Ea>
~Pl>o
VolAvg.ApplltontV- 4l>n
cp
D....ay
f13"iJ
POii
a~
f~
!

blilrM
.i]
o.,.., flale
7-26
,.
FUdName
c . Refer to the colo r legend in the upper right corner of

the animation.
PodrftzFr"llll!
_ _ _
__ _
__ _
________
V,._I"
__
bbl
000
io:oo """
hnef"
s.....
roo-~116396
""
Fite. Zone Ptet'M'e
[63l72!1
""
R., Z....Pl......e
l976A 67
""
Rat
riooo--riooo--
s..1-Pl-..e
i;.,.a..
O""H'"
.-.-.~ ..
O~l
O[C6""9\
Oop1h
J1900l0hAtn.M
R~e
finOO
blll/mn
Pl......
i""170
pa
ECO
fH 17 -
01>11
Vol A"ll Appoc...Vaooofy 46
f n-
CO
o~
[11eo
01>11
Quelly
rm- \
I I
d . Click the ~ butron to begin the animation. 488 bbls have been
pumped when free fall occurs. You can tell when free fall begins
because the color indicator (black) for free fa ll appears.
Hint
Use the VCR buttons to stop, start, and step through the simulation.
!

7-27
138PP!IOBM
UOPP!IS145PP!IL~
16 4 PP!1 Tail
140PPOS-
"""""'"
r ...
1n
197683
s..tacef'lem.<e
F11JC
Zone Pteuue
!000
pa
6894 20
""
Rate In
ls72565- pa
'ooo-bbll....
RdeOul
~bbl/....
Rei Zone Pte.1aue
O"'"Hole
Of~
fi9CXJO 0 ft ArnAn
ROie
6 "i3
bbl/,,..,
p,......
934i114
ECO
pog
Oenuy
7-28
13111
PP!I
o~
.ooo
Hydo"""Go6oni
j0n7
HdeOedned
flOOZAa.pd
!

O~tl
Oo>
1:
p1il'H
e.
. ,
Stoge
No
1
2
3
'
FUdN.,,,.,
138ppg08M
14 0 Rl9 s 1'5Rl!IL-i
16Rl!IT..14DppgS-
VoUneln
488 41
bbl
hnoln
'54.00
l1WI
S~o1;.,
1976113
SUlfacePr....,o
rooo-
PSI
F1ao Zeno Pressu-e
61194 20-
PD
Rei- Zone PrelSl.60
[97256>
pv
Rote In
R""'OIA
0_,Holo
O(AttU.")
O(C""'I:]
Oep1ti
R.te
l190000n~
rsn-
bbl/Im
9348 14
P'J
1412
Vol Avg. App.sent V-y SS 67
f.
ppg
cp
Oen>i:y
13il
Owity
1DOO
H)'<io:t..cG1ent
~""'11
Hole Cleaned
l 1om:~
ppg
:t
Finish the simulation.
!

7-29
g. 132 minutes .
Stooe
FUdN..,..
No
f------1'- - ~
r.--.--J
138ppg08M
140ppgS145ppgl.Md
164ppgT
l40ppgSllOll
J
1122192
VoU!ieln
bbl
~-
[ Tmoln
1MJ84
!<01"""737
[6827 i6
S1r~e:
Sui..,.Pteuuro
frac. Zone Pt9J.1Ule
375063
R., Zone Pt.....,e
""
!000
ro:oo
Rate In
Ra1e01.t
""
""
bbl/mm
bbl/mm
Down Hole
)
OtC-01
l>>ch
O~l
h9l00 0 ~ AnrWs
Rate
000
f'testl.le
j9324 fiT
ECD
~ ppg
""
VolAV!I Al>J>sentV...,,..iy l~oo
cp
o.....i,JI
PPO
Quaity
1640
inoo- \
Hyctoitatic Gr.oent
l~pso/ft
Holeci-led
j100XA~
h. To properly design the optimal thickening times for the slurries.
7-30
!

Review Hole Cleaning

33. Use the Parameter> Analysis Data dialog box. Check the
Erodibility and Eccentricity check boxes. Select the Enter Top/
Bottom MD radio button and specify the depths. Click OK and the
simulation will run.
!pf
Analysl~ Oat~-
-- - - - - - -
- rlJIBJ
P Eccerircly
~ Ero<ftbny
Mud Erodbity (Welbo!e FUid)
IReqcired Shear Stum (lll/100ft2) o::J
120.00
I 5% T~at\.fe Range at Midpoint
Top MD
j1acxxw
ft
r. Enter Top/Sottom MD
MidpontMO
rt
Bottom MD
j2COOJ.O
rt
Depths
I Entie Open Hole Section
SimulatOI Step Size
P Calculate Automatically
Votme Increment
bbl
OK
Cancel
Apply
Help
34. T he tail slurry section is predicted to be fully cleaned with 100%

mud removal.
2000
4000
6000
'O
8000
10000
:>
"'~
12000
14 000
16000
18000
95.00 95.50 9800 96.50
9700 9750 99.00 9850
9900 99.50 100.00 10050 101.00 101.50 102.00 102.50 103.00 10350 10 4.00 10450
Hole Cleaned(%)
!

7-31
35. Analyze the entire open section in the annulus.

a. Access the Analysis Data dialog box and select the Entire Ope
Hole Section radio button. Click OK to re-run the calculation:
rl)rg]
Analysis Data
1p1
P Eccenlricity
ErOObility
Mud Erodibity (W'elbole Fluid)
IRequired Shear Stien (lbl/1Wt2) iJ
j20.oo
Depths
~Temperature Range al Midpoint
Top MO
Entet Top/Bottom MO
Midpoint MD
rt
Bottom MD
ft
r. Erne Open Hole Sectoo
ft
SirnUator Step Size
U!iculate Automabcally
Voll.rnelncrement
bbl
7-32
OK
I_
Cancel
Apply
j_
!

Help
b. Access View > Plot > Erodibility Profile. There is mud cake
remaining. There is an increase in mud cake between the
previous shoe and l5,000 fl because this interval does not
have centralizers.
Er
_ryProlie
__
__ __
___
_ _ __ _
_ __
0
2000
4000
6000
a.
(])
0
"O
8000
10000
:::J
If)
(1)
(])
12000
2
14000
16000
18000
--I
20000
60
65
70
75
BO
85
90
95
100
Hole Cleaned (%)
c. Ideally, I 00% mud removal is desirable for the entire cemented

section. In this exercise, only a good tail placement was required
and the tail section is I 00% clean. In the centralized interval
containing the lead slurry, there is a small (less than 3%) mud
cake.
If the design required the entire cemented section to be cleaned,
the following changes could be made to the design:
-
A mud with a higher erodibil ity number could be used.
Centralizer placement could be improved over a

longer interval.
Specially formulated spacers (for example, tuned spacers)
that achieve higher mud removal could be used.
Non-conventional cementing techniques (for example,
foamed cement) cou ld be used.
d. Fluid tops and ECDs may be affected by remaining mud cake.
!

7-33
Fine-tune the Job

Re-examine ECDs and Fluid Tops
36. Access the View > Plot > Downhole Pressure Profile plot. Notice
the increase in ECDs. The increase in ECDs is most likely to cause
a problem at TD.
POWllfiolePtew..v~PtoH~
_ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
2000
6000
LEGEND
- - Maxilwl'I ECO
16000
O PcrePre~e
--&- Frecllxe Gradieri
~ MirlrTun Hyd'oslllbc Grediert
18000
7.00
7.50
8.00
8.50
9.00
9.50
10.00
10.50
11 00
11 .50
12-00 12.50
13.00
13.50
ECO (ppg)
7-34
!

14.00 14.50 15.00
37. Use the Parameter > Additional Data dialog box. Click OK to
close it and re-ru n the simulator to update the results.
Rog~
1750.0
RogCapaciy
Offshofe lnlotmation
Aell.Ins at Sea Flool
Sea Wa1.e1 Deml\jl

Depths o( lntere~t foi Plots I Gas Flow Potential
ReseNOf Zeno (MD)
1200000
ft
Fract1.1eZone (MD)
1200000
ft
Gas Flow Potential (!Mt sm.Aal.oo)
11 22
Tempe1at1.1e lnlotmaloo
~ BHCT
(" Cak:UateAPI BHCT
Edit f>lo(ile
(" T~all.le Pldile

BHCT
1200 :.>
SI.Iface Tempei ah.re
110.00
'f
Mud 01&1 Tempe1al.1.1e
17360
'F
229.66
BHST
OK
Cancel
!

Apply
'F
'f
Help
7-35
38. Access View > Plot > Circulating Pressure and Density Fracture Zone (in volume). Notice the c irculati ng pressure is very
close to the fracture zone toward the e nd of the displacement at TD.
C~f'lniureelFreu<1eZone
_ _
___ ___
_ _
_____ _ _ __ _ __
10300
10200
10100
10000
u;
~
Q)
....
9900
ril
Ul
9800
0.
9700
Q)
....
9600
9500
9400
9300
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Volume In (bbl)
7-36
!

1100
1200
39. To add a safety factor, use the Parameter> Job Data dialog box to
select Automatic Rate Adjustment with a I 50 psi safety factor.
Job Da!a
IP
htomatic RateAdju$1ment Sdety F!1Cto1
r Use Foam SchedtJe
T~
1150.00
_ _ _
NStage? StageN
rud
Eluod Editor
14.0ppgSpacer. 14JXlp ~
14.Sppglead, 14.SOPP!;r.>'
16.4 ppg Tai. 16.40ppg ~
1s.4ppght 1s.4oppg r
Top Plug"
rv
Spacer/Posh 14.0 ppg Spacer. 14_00 p w
Mud
13.8 ppg OBM. 13.BO PP!; p-
Placement
Method
_ __ _ _ _ __
lmerString
rused
Dtsable hto-Oisplacement ~ r Al'Y"otlknl~
Drlng Fld [Mu 118 ppg OBM. 13 80 PP!;~
Spacer/Flwn
Cement
Cement
Cement
Rate
(bbllmin)
""S~oke
Rate
(spm)
1
2
3
41
4 2
Valme
Valme
Top of Fluid
lop oll'Ud
St.Jtdown
10.00
10.00
10.00
7.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
140.00
5
6
Vobne
Vobne
10.00
10.00
200.00
200.00
8\A(
Topol
Duratoon Valme
(roo)
000
5_00
3212
16 75
5.00
1.00
n32
(bbl)
000
50_00
32119
117 22
""Stick
o_o
Fluid
Len\
(ft)
(Me4SUI
dD
00 11848 3
1000.0 11848.3
401 7
6423.8 12250.0 57500
2344.5 18000.0 2Cm0
Cement
(941>
sacks)
1325.99
466.78
10.00
200.0 19778.7
141 .3
723.17 144633
0.0 19778 7
<
>
--Est Bl!Ok Pressure ReQU11ed
Beck Ptessure
(psi)
14.70
o_oo
r-
PSI
Top Plug or start ol ~

- Entei l/Olurne pei itroke on Cement Circuialll'l!l System Oalog to U$e strokes
-The last return l/Olurne rrust be 0 to sq.fJt that this it the ixeuure for tne remamder ol the iob
~~ Estmalion durll'l!l Aevene Ciculation to prevent Ulubing (Negairve ~ to.Amulls. PO$ilve applji to Stmg)
Shoe Track
Shoe Track Lenl

Shoe Trl!Ok VolurTie
leo.o
11
~bbl
!

Top F\Jg
AddiboM Pressure to Seat Plug f350.00
7-37
40. Access View > Plot> Circulating Pressure and Density Fracture Zone. Notice the circulating pressure is no longer near
the fracture gradient because the rates have been adjusted toward
the end of the job. Note the safety factor region has been added to
the plot.
Crcul~".19'1e1sureatF1ach.eZone
_ __
__
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
10300
10200
10100
10000
u;
.e,
~
:::J
ti)
ti)
9900
9800
Q)
a::
9700
9600
9500
9400
-g
-+---"..,.~'+l'.'::lE- ~ ~,9281..f!lpSl,--13.SQ.ppg.(20000.Q.tt}-
9300
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Volume In (bbl)
7-38
!

1100
1200
4 1. Access View >Plot> Comparison of Rates In and Out. Notice

the rates dropped near the end of cement job. Approximately the
last 50 bbls are pumped at the slower rate of 5 bpm instead of the
planned l 0 bpm.
~ioon ol
Rate In and Out [Total Anrulat Return Ade Md the Coue:pondong Pump A~te vs Volrne lnJ
10
3
2
c:
~
.0
2co
s~-~--+--+--+~~---~---~..,._,~-
e..
er:
-0
:; 4
er
-2
-3
1 00
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
11 00
1200
1300
Volume (bbl)
!

7-39
42. Access View > Plot > Downhole Pressure Profiles. Notice the
decrease in ECO as a result of the reduced flow rates.
!)~Pre>st.r~Protje
_
: _______
__
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ ___
____
___ _
2000
4000
6000
14000
LE G END
16000
----- Maxirurn ECO
Pore Pre$$U"e
- - f raclu'e Oredieril
~ Mnmum Hydrostatic Gfadient
18000
7.00
7.50
8.00
8.50
9.00
9.50
10 00
10.50
11.00
11.50
12.00
12.50
13.00 13.50
14.00
ECO (ppg)
7-40
!

14.50
15.00
43. Access View> Animation> Fluid Positions. Fast forward to the

end of the simu lation.
S-...icO!i>Ona
Op00n
lroScale
~~~~~~~~~J
V~ln
11221.92
T~ln
1136:11
s~-
1238'
...
bbl
s..iacePr....,,.
ji21837
POI
F1ac:Z....,Pr..,..o
f9766.39
Res Zona Pret11.a:e
1976639
""
AA In
fo.oo
ReO"
""
W/mon
moo-
bbl/mon
OownH
O~J
O(c:-.gj
D<ol!>
1!nnO nArnin
Roto
000
P1e-nur.e
13.i'["l
bW""'1
""
W,-Vol Avo Aopot...tVISCO>ly 9999SOO cp

ECO
Den"y
Q"""y
H)<tostotlc G1"6erl
Hole Cleaned
16.<IO
ro:oo- ~
'a732- - pWI,
iiiiJ 00 ~ Colc:tkred
a. The red denotes the section where the mud was not fully
removed. Use the Erodibility plot to determine the percentage of
mud remaining.
b. Place the mouse pointer over the top of the lead slurry in the
animation schematic to view the predicted top of the lead slurry.
!

7-41
It is 11,947 ft (compared to the previous 12,250 ft) . Fl uid tops

are also reported in the Wellbore Simulator report.
St<l!IO
No
Fluodll..,,.
2
3
138Pll!IOBM
UOPll!IS"""'
1'5Pll!lu...d
164Pll!llai
UOppgS_..
V.._ln
fffiigr-bl>I
fmeln
lm.23
f238.
..,
J202592
1976639
""
F'1;,c. Zone PtetNe
z..,..p,.,...,.
f97i;"a39
s11oi-
S11loc:ePreu11e
Aei.
jOOO
""bl>l/mn
RoteOOJI
'Ooo
bl>l/mn
O(C-o)
'1!1lOOOll-
Ao!
[(ioo
Piel-wre
j3340.0
ECO
!1 11
Oemity
bW"""
""
W9
cp
J16~ l>l'O
Qwlly
fOOO
"
H!40<totic Giodieot
[0.732
pU/11
H... Oeoned
flOO.oox c.w.tect
!

OIAIYkMJ
O<l)lh
Vol.AY!l ~\/~c:oo)I 19999900
7-42
""
Aoto ln
Oowni-lcie
c.
I I
Place the mouse pointer over the top of the spacer in the
animation schematic to view the predicted top of the spacer. It is
l 0,812 ft versus the planned l l ,848 ft.
----
Schemooc Op0on:
Option jToSC<lle
--
- - - - -
- - - - - - -
138PP!IOBM
HOPP!!S...14 5PP!lleod
164PP!IT..i
IHlPP!!Spacet
)
Voi<meln
hnt ln
1221 92
bbl
13223
f1Wl
Strait..
124"384
Suf&ce PtesS\.fe
120a92
PSI
Free. Zone Ptec:M.ae
""
ResZooePr......,o
[9761>39
J9766 39
Ra1efn
f[OO
bbl/l!WI
Ro!eO._.
JO:oo
bbl/mn
pol
o_,Holo
OIC-.Ol
Oei>(h
OIArn.ml
J l !mlOft~
Rae
jU.00- bWmn
Prenue
193-4043
pso
ECO
pm
PP11
va..Avg. Awarent V-v fssmoo
<1>
o~
J1s 40
PPll
Q~v
~t
HjiO'O>ta!Je G1.oe.-.
JO}J2--
Holea.-d
1100.00 ~ed
P<ilfl
If the annular volume is significantly filled with non-mobile mud, it will

increase the velocity and frictional pressure losses elevating the ECDs.
Also, this can cause fluid tops to be higher than anticipated. It is a good
practice to review all parameters if mud displacement efficiency is

not 100%.
!

7-43
7-44
!

Wellplan Training 2

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Wellplan Training 2

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

TM

Halliburton I Landmark Software & Services

Third Party Licenses and Attributions

Application/nstallationDirectory/ d ocs/ Third_Part y. pd f

Technical Support Information ......................................... 1-2

Basics .. . ........................... . ...................................

Exercise 1: Creating the Data Hierarchy . . ... .. . ..... . . ................ 1-2

Exercise 2: Specifying Tubular Properties and Working With Catalogs . . 1-12

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual

Configuring the Workspace ....................................... 1-46

Analyze Hydraulics (Using the Hydraulics Module) ............... . ... 2-10

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000. 1. 1O Training Manual

In vestigate Well Control (Using the Well Contro l Analysis Module) . . .. 2 -1 8

Drilling Solution .. .. . ...... ..........................................

Overview ............. .... . .. ........................ ... . . . . . . ...... 3- 1

WELLPLAN TM Software Release 5000. 1. 1O Training Manual

Analyze Pressure Loss and Annular Velocity ............... .. . .... . .....

Determine Critical Rotational Speeds (Using Critical Speed Module) . . . 3-93

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual

Condition the Well Prior to Cementing (Usi ng H ydraulics Module) . . .. . 4- 11

Running Liner Solution . ................... ... ......................

O verview ...................................................... . .... 5- 1

In-depth To rq ue Drag Analysis (Usi ng Torque Drag Module) .......... 5-12

Overview .... . ................................................. . .. . . 6-1

.. . . . ..... . .... . .. . . . ... ... . . ...

Open the Case . . .. . . .. . . . ... .... . . . .... . . . . .. . .. . . . ... . . . . . . . .. . . .... 6-3

Centralizer Placement . .. . . . . . ... . .... . . . ...... ... . .... . . .. . .. .. . . . ... 6-6

WELLPLA N Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual

Fine-tune the Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 13

Cementing the Liner Solution . .. ............ . .. . .. ....... . ... .. . . . . 7- t

Centralizer Placement .... . .. . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . ... . ... . ... .. .. . .... .. . . .. 7-9

Estimate Bottomhole Circulating Temperature ................ ... .. . . . 7- 11

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000. 1.10 Training Manual

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000. 1. 10 Training Manual

Chapter I: Getting Started

Technical Support Information

Welcome to the t..ndmerk Toc:hnlcol Support Portal

V.. . . ~ . . . . . Lop_... tlci . . ~,_.Nl,.-e Ir.a

. ,...... ,.........._.Cfeflflt ,._,........

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual

Exercise 2: Specifying Tubular Properties and Working With Catalogs

Exercise 3: Using the Case Menu and Libraries, and

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual

Exercise 1: Creating the Data Hierarchy

2. Enter your user ID and password on rhe login screen.

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000. 1. 10 Training Manual

c) Specify the well depth reference, configuration (offshore or

Use the on line help.

e) Entry of other well information is not required for this course at

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual

as the password on the

3. Create a new company. Using Well Explorer, right-click the

Fiie lllew Tools

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual

Alternatively, create a new company by selecting

4. Specify company properties.

General Real rrne Corh;ations Audt Ir-lo

WELLPLAN Software Release 5000.1.10 Training Manual

b) To prevent editing of the company-level data, you can set a

'P Project Properties

Tight Group Name:

IMean Sea Level

Active IXlt System